ML13255A268: Difference between revisions
StriderTol (talk | contribs) (Created page by program invented by StriderTol) |
StriderTol (talk | contribs) (Created page by program invented by StriderTol) |
||
| Line 170: | Line 170: | ||
REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xxxviiWATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURES SectionTitleFIGURE 3.8.4-65AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 CONCRETE PARTITION WALLS OUTLINE AND REINFORCEMENTFIGURE 3.8.4-66GENERAL LOCATI ON OF SETTLEMENT STATIONSFIGURE 3.8.4-67GENERAL LOCATI ON OF SETTLEMENT STATIONSFIGURE 3.8.4-68STRUCTURAL STEEL ER CW INTAKE PU MPING STATION MISSILE PROTECTION FRAMING (SHEET 2)FIGURE 3.8.4-69SPENT FUEL POOL FUEL POOL GATES ARRANGEMENTSFIGURE 3.8.4-70AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 SPENT FUEL POOL FUEL POOL GATES STRUCTURAL DETAILSFIGURE 3.8.4-71SPENT FUEL POOL FUEL POOL GATES SEAL DETAILSFIGURE 3.8.4-72ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING CONCRETE PILE SUPPORTED FOUNDATIONFIGURE 3.8.4-73YARD - ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING CONCRETE FLOOR EL. 742.0 OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.4-74YARD ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING CONCRETE EXTERIOR WALLS OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.4-75YARD - ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING CONCRETE EXTERIOR WALLS OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.4-76YARD - ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING CONCRETE INTERIOR WALLS - FLOOR EL. 742.0 OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.4-77YARD - ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING CONCRETE FLOOR EL. 760.5FIGURE 3.8.4-78YARD ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING CONCRETE INTERIOR WALLS-FL EL. 760.5FIGURE 3.8.4-79YARD - ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING CONCRETE ROOF EL. 774.0 OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.4-80YARD ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING CONCRETE MISSILE BARRIERS OUTLINE & REINFORCEMENT151FIGURE 3.8.6-1REACTOR BUILDING UNI TS 1 & 2 175 TON POLAR CRANES ARRANGEMENTFIGURE 3.8.6-2REACTOR BUILDING UNI TS 1 & 2 175 TON POLAR CRANES TROLLEY ARRANGEMENT AND DETAILS (SHEET 1)FIGURE 3.8.6-3REACTOR BUILDING UNI TS 1 & 2 175 TON POLAR CRANES TROLLEY ARRANGEMENT AND DETAILS (SHEET 2)FIGURE 3.8.6-4175 TON POLAR CRANES BRIDGE DETAILS REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xxxviiiWATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURESSectionTitleFIGURE 3.8.6-5REACTOR BUILDING UNI TS 1 & 2 175 TON POLAR CRANES MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS (SHEET 1)FIGURE 3.8.6-6REACTOR BUILDING UNI TS 1 & 2 175 TON POLAR CRANES MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS (SHEET 2)FIGURE 3.8.6-7AUXILIARY BUILDI NG UNITS 1 & 2 125 TON CRANE ARRANGEMENTFIGURE 3.8.6-8AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 125 TON CRANE TROLLEY ARRANGEMENTFIGURE 3.8.6-9AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 125 TON CRANE TROLLEY DETAILSFIGURE 3.8.6-10AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 125 TON CRANE BRIDGE DETAILSFIGURE 3.8.6-11125 TON CRANE LIMIT SWITCH AND MECHANICAL STOP ARRANGEMENTFIGURE 3.8A-1SHELL WALL TEMPERATURE VERSUS TIME AFTER LOSS OF COOLANTFIGURE 3.8A-2TYPICAL TEMPERATURE TRANSIENT LOWER COMPARTMENT WALLFIGURE 3.8B-1BUCKLING ST RESS COEFFICIENT, C C , FOR UNSTIFFENED UNPRESSURIZED CIRCULAR CYLINDERS SUBJECTED TO AXIAL COMPRESSIONFIGURE 3.8B-2INCREASE IN AXIAL-COMPRESSIVE BUCKLING-STRESS COEFFICIENT OF CYLINDERS | REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xxxviiWATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURES SectionTitleFIGURE 3.8.4-65AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 CONCRETE PARTITION WALLS OUTLINE AND REINFORCEMENTFIGURE 3.8.4-66GENERAL LOCATI ON OF SETTLEMENT STATIONSFIGURE 3.8.4-67GENERAL LOCATI ON OF SETTLEMENT STATIONSFIGURE 3.8.4-68STRUCTURAL STEEL ER CW INTAKE PU MPING STATION MISSILE PROTECTION FRAMING (SHEET 2)FIGURE 3.8.4-69SPENT FUEL POOL FUEL POOL GATES ARRANGEMENTSFIGURE 3.8.4-70AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 SPENT FUEL POOL FUEL POOL GATES STRUCTURAL DETAILSFIGURE 3.8.4-71SPENT FUEL POOL FUEL POOL GATES SEAL DETAILSFIGURE 3.8.4-72ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING CONCRETE PILE SUPPORTED FOUNDATIONFIGURE 3.8.4-73YARD - ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING CONCRETE FLOOR EL. 742.0 OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.4-74YARD ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING CONCRETE EXTERIOR WALLS OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.4-75YARD - ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING CONCRETE EXTERIOR WALLS OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.4-76YARD - ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING CONCRETE INTERIOR WALLS - FLOOR EL. 742.0 OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.4-77YARD - ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING CONCRETE FLOOR EL. 760.5FIGURE 3.8.4-78YARD ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING CONCRETE INTERIOR WALLS-FL EL. 760.5FIGURE 3.8.4-79YARD - ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING CONCRETE ROOF EL. 774.0 OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.4-80YARD ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING CONCRETE MISSILE BARRIERS OUTLINE & REINFORCEMENT151FIGURE 3.8.6-1REACTOR BUILDING UNI TS 1 & 2 175 TON POLAR CRANES ARRANGEMENTFIGURE 3.8.6-2REACTOR BUILDING UNI TS 1 & 2 175 TON POLAR CRANES TROLLEY ARRANGEMENT AND DETAILS (SHEET 1)FIGURE 3.8.6-3REACTOR BUILDING UNI TS 1 & 2 175 TON POLAR CRANES TROLLEY ARRANGEMENT AND DETAILS (SHEET 2)FIGURE 3.8.6-4175 TON POLAR CRANES BRIDGE DETAILS REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xxxviiiWATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURESSectionTitleFIGURE 3.8.6-5REACTOR BUILDING UNI TS 1 & 2 175 TON POLAR CRANES MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS (SHEET 1)FIGURE 3.8.6-6REACTOR BUILDING UNI TS 1 & 2 175 TON POLAR CRANES MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS (SHEET 2)FIGURE 3.8.6-7AUXILIARY BUILDI NG UNITS 1 & 2 125 TON CRANE ARRANGEMENTFIGURE 3.8.6-8AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 125 TON CRANE TROLLEY ARRANGEMENTFIGURE 3.8.6-9AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 125 TON CRANE TROLLEY DETAILSFIGURE 3.8.6-10AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 125 TON CRANE BRIDGE DETAILSFIGURE 3.8.6-11125 TON CRANE LIMIT SWITCH AND MECHANICAL STOP ARRANGEMENTFIGURE 3.8A-1SHELL WALL TEMPERATURE VERSUS TIME AFTER LOSS OF COOLANTFIGURE 3.8A-2TYPICAL TEMPERATURE TRANSIENT LOWER COMPARTMENT WALLFIGURE 3.8B-1BUCKLING ST RESS COEFFICIENT, C C , FOR UNSTIFFENED UNPRESSURIZED CIRCULAR CYLINDERS SUBJECTED TO AXIAL COMPRESSIONFIGURE 3.8B-2INCREASE IN AXIAL-COMPRESSIVE BUCKLING-STRESS COEFFICIENT OF CYLINDERS | ||
DUE TO INTERNAL PRESSUREFIGURE 3.8B-3BUCKLING COEFFICIENTS FOR CIRCULAR CYLINDERS SUBJECTED TO EXTERNAL PRESSUREFIGURE 3.8B-4BUCKLING ST RESS COEFFICIENT, C S , FOR UNSTIFFENED UNPRESSURIZED CIRCULAR CYLINDERS SUBJECTED TO TORSIONFIGURE 3.8B-5INCREASE IN TORSIONAL BUCKLING-STRESS COEFFICIENT OF CYLINDERS DUE TO INTERNAL PRESSUREFIGURE 3.8B-6BUCKLING-STRESS COEFFICIENT, C B , FOR UNSTIFFENED UNPRESSURIZED CIRCULAR CYLINDERS SUBJECTED TO BENDINGFIGURE 3.8B-7INCREASE IN BENDING BUCKLING-STRESS COEFFICIENT OF CYLINDERS DUE TO INTERNAL PRESSUREFIGURE 3.8B-8BUCKLING-STRESS COEFFICIENT, K C, FOR UNPRESSURIZED CURVED PANELS SUBJECTED TO AXIAL COMPRESSION REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xxxixWATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURES SectionTitleFIGURE 3.8B-9BUCKLING-STRESS COEFFICIENT, K S , FOR UNPRESSURIZED CURVED PANELS SUBJECTED TO SHEARFIGURE 3.8B-10BUCKLING-STRESS COEFFICIENT, K' S , FOR UNPRESSURIZED CURVED PANELS SUBJECTED TO SHEARFIGURE 3.8C-1VERTICAL STIFFENER MODELFIGURE 3.8C-2POINTS OF STRESS CALCULATION FIGURE 3.8C-3JUMBO INSERT PLAN T POINTS OF STRESS INTENSITIESFIGURE 3.8C-4DETERMINATION OF LOADS ON CENTER PENETRATION ASSOCIATED WITH MAXIMUMSTRESS INTENSITYFIGURE 3.8C-5PENETRATION ANALYSISFIGURE 3.8D-1RESPONSE FOR EARTHQUAKE AVERAGINGFIGURE 3.8D-2SPECTRAL RESPONSE FIGURE 3.9-1VIBRATION CHECK-OU T FUNCTIONAL TEST INSPECTION DATAFIGURE 3.10-1ORIENTATION OF CABLE TRAY AXES REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xlWATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURESSectionTitleTHIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA 3.1-1WATTS BARWBNP-110009_TVA_WB_FSAR_Section_3_A.book3.0 DESIGN OF STRUCTURES, COMP ONENTS, EQUIPMEN T, AND SYSTEMS3.1 CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA | DUE TO INTERNAL PRESSUREFIGURE 3.8B-3BUCKLING COEFFICIENTS FOR CIRCULAR CYLINDERS SUBJECTED TO EXTERNAL PRESSUREFIGURE 3.8B-4BUCKLING ST RESS COEFFICIENT, C S , FOR UNSTIFFENED UNPRESSURIZED CIRCULAR CYLINDERS SUBJECTED TO TORSIONFIGURE 3.8B-5INCREASE IN TORSIONAL BUCKLING-STRESS COEFFICIENT OF CYLINDERS DUE TO INTERNAL PRESSUREFIGURE 3.8B-6BUCKLING-STRESS COEFFICIENT, C B , FOR UNSTIFFENED UNPRESSURIZED CIRCULAR CYLINDERS SUBJECTED TO BENDINGFIGURE 3.8B-7INCREASE IN BENDING BUCKLING-STRESS COEFFICIENT OF CYLINDERS DUE TO INTERNAL PRESSUREFIGURE 3.8B-8BUCKLING-STRESS COEFFICIENT, K C, FOR UNPRESSURIZED CURVED PANELS SUBJECTED TO AXIAL COMPRESSION REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xxxixWATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURES SectionTitleFIGURE 3.8B-9BUCKLING-STRESS COEFFICIENT, K S , FOR UNPRESSURIZED CURVED PANELS SUBJECTED TO SHEARFIGURE 3.8B-10BUCKLING-STRESS COEFFICIENT, K' S , FOR UNPRESSURIZED CURVED PANELS SUBJECTED TO SHEARFIGURE 3.8C-1VERTICAL STIFFENER MODELFIGURE 3.8C-2POINTS OF STRESS CALCULATION FIGURE 3.8C-3JUMBO INSERT PLAN T POINTS OF STRESS INTENSITIESFIGURE 3.8C-4DETERMINATION OF LOADS ON CENTER PENETRATION ASSOCIATED WITH MAXIMUMSTRESS INTENSITYFIGURE 3.8C-5PENETRATION ANALYSISFIGURE 3.8D-1RESPONSE FOR EARTHQUAKE AVERAGINGFIGURE 3.8D-2SPECTRAL RESPONSE FIGURE 3.9-1VIBRATION CHECK-OU T FUNCTIONAL TEST INSPECTION DATAFIGURE 3.10-1ORIENTATION OF CABLE TRAY AXES REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xlWATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURESSectionTitleTHIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA 3.1-1WATTS BARWBNP-110009_TVA_WB_FSAR_Section_3_A.book3.0 DESIGN OF STRUCTURES, COMP ONENTS, EQUIPMEN T, AND SYSTEMS3.1 CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA 3.1.1 IntroductionThe Watts Bar Nuclear Power plant was designed to meet the intent of the "Proposed General Design Criteria for Nuclear Power Plant Construction Permits" published in July, 1967. The Watts Bar construction permit was issued in January, 1973. This FSAR, however, addresses the NRC Genera l Design Criteria (GDC) published as Appendix A to 10 CFR 50 in July, 1971, including Criterion 4 as amended October 27, 1987.Each criterion is followed by a discussion of the design features and procedures which meet the intent of the criteria. Any exception to the 1971 GDC resulting from the earlier commitments is identified in the discussion of the corresponding criterion. References to other sections of the FSAR are given for system design details. | ||
Watts Bar Nuclear Power plant was designed to meet the intent of the "Proposed General Design Criteria for Nuclear Power Plant Construction Permits" published in July, 1967. The Watts Bar construction permit was issued in January, 1973. This FSAR, however, addresses the NRC Genera l Design Criteria (GDC) published as Appendix A to 10 CFR 50 in July, 1971, including Criterion 4 as amended October 27, 1987.Each criterion is followed by a discussion of the design features and procedures which meet the intent of the criteria. Any exception to the 1971 GDC resulting from the earlier commitments is identified in the discussion of the corresponding criterion. References to other sections of the FSAR are given for system design details. | |||
3.1.2 WBNP Conformance with GDCs 3.1.2.1 Overall RequirementsCriterion 1 - Quality Standards and RecordsStructures, systems, and components important to safety shall be designed, fabricated, erected, and tested to quality standards commensurate with the importance of the safety functions to be performed. Where generally recognized codes and standards are used, they shall be identified and evaluated to determine their applicability, adequacy, and sufficiency and shall be supplemented or modified as necessary to assure a quality product in keeping with the required safety function. A Quality Assurance Program shall be established and implemented in order to provide adequate assurance that these structures, systems, and components will satisfactorily perform their safety function. Appropriate records of the design, fabrication, erection and testing of structures, systems, and components important to safety shall be maintained by or under the control of the nuclear power unit licensee throughout the life of the unit.ComplianceDiscussions related to the applicable codes, design criteria and standards used in the design of particular systems are contained in the appropriate SAR sections and in Tables 3.2-1, 3.2-2, 3.2-3, 3.2-4 and 3.2-5.The Quality Assurance Program conforms to the requirements of 10 CFR 50 Appendix B, "Quality Assurance Criteria for Nuclear Power Plants." Details of the program are given in Chapter 17. | 3.1.2 WBNP Conformance with GDCs 3.1.2.1 Overall RequirementsCriterion 1 - Quality Standards and RecordsStructures, systems, and components important to safety shall be designed, fabricated, erected, and tested to quality standards commensurate with the importance of the safety functions to be performed. Where generally recognized codes and standards are used, they shall be identified and evaluated to determine their applicability, adequacy, and sufficiency and shall be supplemented or modified as necessary to assure a quality product in keeping with the required safety function. A Quality Assurance Program shall be established and implemented in order to provide adequate assurance that these structures, systems, and components will satisfactorily perform their safety function. Appropriate records of the design, fabrication, erection and testing of structures, systems, and components important to safety shall be maintained by or under the control of the nuclear power unit licensee throughout the life of the unit.ComplianceDiscussions related to the applicable codes, design criteria and standards used in the design of particular systems are contained in the appropriate SAR sections and in Tables 3.2-1, 3.2-2, 3.2-3, 3.2-4 and 3.2-5.The Quality Assurance Program conforms to the requirements of 10 CFR 50 Appendix B, "Quality Assurance Criteria for Nuclear Power Plants." Details of the program are given in Chapter 17. | ||
| Line 256: | Line 253: | ||
(2)Local alarms from a portable continuous air monitor located in the area. | (2)Local alarms from a portable continuous air monitor located in the area. | ||
(3)Main Control Room alarm from the Auxiliary Building Ventilation Radiation Monitor for high airborne radiation in the waste packaging area.See Sections 9.1 and 12.3 and Chapter 11 for further details. | (3)Main Control Room alarm from the Auxiliary Building Ventilation Radiation Monitor for high airborne radiation in the waste packaging area.See Sections 9.1 and 12.3 and Chapter 11 for further details. | ||
3.1-38CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA WATTS BARWBNP-110Criterion 64 Monitoring Radioactivity ReleasesMeans shall be provided for monitoring the reactor containment atmosphere, spaces containing components for recirculation of LOCA fluids, effluent discharge paths, and the plant environs for radioactivity that may be released from normal operations, including anticipated operational occurrences, and from postulated accidents.ComplianceThe facility contains means for monitoring the containment atmosphere and all other important areas during both normal and accident conditions to detect and measure radioactivity which could be released under any conditions. The monitoring system includes area gamma monitors, atmospheric monitors and liquid monitors with full indication in the control room. Alarms are provided to warn of high radioactivity.Chapter 11 discusses the process and effluent radiation monitoring systems. Chapter 12 discusses the area and airborne radiation monitoring systems.REFERENCES None CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-1WATTS BARWBNP-110 3.2 CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS | 3.1-38CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA WATTS BARWBNP-110Criterion 64 Monitoring Radioactivity ReleasesMeans shall be provided for monitoring the reactor containment atmosphere, spaces containing components for recirculation of LOCA fluids, effluent discharge paths, and the plant environs for radioactivity that may be released from normal operations, including anticipated operational occurrences, and from postulated accidents.ComplianceThe facility contains means for monitoring the containment atmosphere and all other important areas during both normal and accident conditions to detect and measure radioactivity which could be released under any conditions. The monitoring system includes area gamma monitors, atmospheric monitors and liquid monitors with full indication in the control room. Alarms are provided to warn of high radioactivity.Chapter 11 discusses the process and effluent radiation monitoring systems. Chapter 12 discusses the area and airborne radiation monitoring systems.REFERENCES None CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-1WATTS BARWBNP-110 3.2 CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2.1 Seismic ClassificationsThe Watts Bar Nuclear Plant structures, systems, and components which perform a primary safety function have been designed to remain functional in the event of a Safe Shutdown Earthquake (SSE). These structures, systems, and components, designated as Seismic Category I, are those necessary to assure: | ||
ClassificationsThe Watts Bar Nuclear Plant structures, systems, and components which perform a primary safety function have been designed to remain functional in the event of a Safe Shutdown Earthquake (SSE). These structures, systems, and components, designated as Seismic Category I, are those necessary to assure: | |||
(1)The integrity of the reactor coolant pressure boundary. | (1)The integrity of the reactor coolant pressure boundary. | ||
(2)The capability to shut down the reactor and maintain it in a safe shutdown condition, or (3)The capability to prevent or mitigate the consequences of accidents which could result in potential offsite exposures comparable to or in excess of the guideline exposures of 10 CFR Part 100.These structures, systems, and components are classified in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.29 unless exception is taken in detailed classificaition information provided in other sections of the FSAR, such as Table 3.2-2a, 3.2-6, etc.Piping, pumps, valves, and other fluid system components which must retain limited structural integrity because their failure could jeopardize to an unacceptable extent the achievement of a primary safety function, because they form an interface between Seismic Category I and non-Seismic Category I plant features, or because they perform a secondary safety function, are designated by TVA as Seismic Category I(L) (i.e., limited requirements). Those fluid containing elements which are included in Seismic Category I(L) are seismically qualified to meet the intent of Position 2 of Regulatory Guide 1.29. Seismic Category 1(L) is subdivided into the following categories 1L(A) Pressure boundary and position retention and 1L(B) position retention.Where portions of mechanical systems are Category I or I(L) and the remaining portions not seismically classified, the systems have been seismically qualified to a terminating anchor (or other appropriate analysis problem termination) beyond the defined boundary such as a valve, thus meeting Position 3 of Regulatory Guide 1.29.All Category I safety-related structures, and portions of mechanical and electrical systems and components are listed in Tables 3.2-1, 3.2-2, 3.2-2a, 3.2-2b and 3.2-3. Those Category I(L) portions of mechanical systems are also listed in Table 3.2-2. | (2)The capability to shut down the reactor and maintain it in a safe shutdown condition, or (3)The capability to prevent or mitigate the consequences of accidents which could result in potential offsite exposures comparable to or in excess of the guideline exposures of 10 CFR Part 100.These structures, systems, and components are classified in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.29 unless exception is taken in detailed classificaition information provided in other sections of the FSAR, such as Table 3.2-2a, 3.2-6, etc.Piping, pumps, valves, and other fluid system components which must retain limited structural integrity because their failure could jeopardize to an unacceptable extent the achievement of a primary safety function, because they form an interface between Seismic Category I and non-Seismic Category I plant features, or because they perform a secondary safety function, are designated by TVA as Seismic Category I(L) (i.e., limited requirements). Those fluid containing elements which are included in Seismic Category I(L) are seismically qualified to meet the intent of Position 2 of Regulatory Guide 1.29. Seismic Category 1(L) is subdivided into the following categories 1L(A) Pressure boundary and position retention and 1L(B) position retention.Where portions of mechanical systems are Category I or I(L) and the remaining portions not seismically classified, the systems have been seismically qualified to a terminating anchor (or other appropriate analysis problem termination) beyond the defined boundary such as a valve, thus meeting Position 3 of Regulatory Guide 1.29.All Category I safety-related structures, and portions of mechanical and electrical systems and components are listed in Tables 3.2-1, 3.2-2, 3.2-2a, 3.2-2b and 3.2-3. Those Category I(L) portions of mechanical systems are also listed in Table 3.2-2. | ||
3.2.2 System Qual ity Group ClassificationFluid system components for the Watts Bar Nuclear Plant that perform a primary safety function are identified by TVA Classes A, B, or C (see Section 3.2.2.7 for HVAC Safety Classifications). These piping classes are assigned to fluid systems based on the ANS Safety Classes 1, 2a, and 2b, respectively, which are assigned to nuclear power plant equipment per the August 1970 Draft of ANSI N18.2, "Nuclear Safety Criteria for the | |||
Qual ity Group ClassificationFluid system components for the Watts Bar Nuclear Plant that perform a primary safety function are identified by TVA Classes A, B, or C (see Section 3.2.2.7 for HVAC Safety Classifications). These piping classes are assigned to fluid systems based on the ANS Safety Classes 1, 2a, and 2b, respectively, which are assigned to nuclear power plant equipment per the August 1970 Draft of ANSI N18.2, "Nuclear Safety Criteria for the | |||
3.2-2CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS WATTS BARWBNP-110Design of Stationary Pressurized Water Reactor Plants." Fluid system components whose postulated failure would result in potential offsite doses that exceed 0.5 Rem to the whole body, or its equivalent to any part of the body, are identified as TVA Class D and are based on ANSI N18.2 (Aug., 1970 draft) Safety Class 3 and Regulatory Guide 1.26. The TVA piping classification system for WBNP does not conform strictly to the guidance of Regulatory Guide 1.26 (which was not in effect on the docket date for the Construction Permit). The ANS safety classification of each component has been considered in the various aspects of design, fabrication, construction, and operation. | 3.2-2CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS WATTS BARWBNP-110Design of Stationary Pressurized Water Reactor Plants." Fluid system components whose postulated failure would result in potential offsite doses that exceed 0.5 Rem to the whole body, or its equivalent to any part of the body, are identified as TVA Class D and are based on ANSI N18.2 (Aug., 1970 draft) Safety Class 3 and Regulatory Guide 1.26. The TVA piping classification system for WBNP does not conform strictly to the guidance of Regulatory Guide 1.26 (which was not in effect on the docket date for the Construction Permit). The ANS safety classification of each component has been considered in the various aspects of design, fabrication, construction, and operation. | ||
| Line 508: | Line 500: | ||
3.3-6WIND AND TORNADO LOADINGWATTS BARWBNP-110 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK WATER LEVEL (FLOOD) DESIGN 3.4-1WATTS BARWBNP-110 3.4 WATER LEVEL (FLOOD) DESIGN3.4.1 Flood ProtectionThe flood protection requirements and provisions for Category I structures are discussed in Sections 2.4.1.1, 2.4.2.2, 2.4.2.3, and 2.4.10. | 3.3-6WIND AND TORNADO LOADINGWATTS BARWBNP-110 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK WATER LEVEL (FLOOD) DESIGN 3.4-1WATTS BARWBNP-110 3.4 WATER LEVEL (FLOOD) DESIGN3.4.1 Flood ProtectionThe flood protection requirements and provisions for Category I structures are discussed in Sections 2.4.1.1, 2.4.2.2, 2.4.2.3, and 2.4.10. | ||
3.4.2 Analysis ProcedureThe methods and procedures by which the static and dynamic effects of the design basis flood conditions are applied to Category I structures are discussed in Sections 2.4.3.6 and 2.4.13.5.REFERENCESNone. | |||
ProcedureThe methods and procedures by which the static and dynamic effects of the design basis flood conditions are applied to Category I structures are discussed in Sections 2.4.3.6 and 2.4.13.5.REFERENCESNone. | |||
3.4-2WATER LEVEL (FLOOD) DESIGN WATTS BARWBNP-110THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK | 3.4-2WATER LEVEL (FLOOD) DESIGN WATTS BARWBNP-110THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK | ||
| Line 637: | Line 627: | ||
-9/year. This conservative upper bound probability is less than the Standard Review Plan range of "1 x 10 | -9/year. This conservative upper bound probability is less than the Standard Review Plan range of "1 x 10 | ||
-7" and indicates that further consideration of hazard from this federal airway is unnecessary.There are no airports located within five miles of the site. There are no airports with projected operations greater than 500 d 2 movements per year located within 10 miles of the site or greater than 1,000 d 2 outside 10 miles, where d is the distance in miles from the site.There are no military installations or any airspace use that might present a hazard to the site. Therefore, aircraft hazards need not be considered in the design of the Watts Bar Nuclear Plant. | -7" and indicates that further consideration of hazard from this federal airway is unnecessary.There are no airports located within five miles of the site. There are no airports with projected operations greater than 500 d 2 movements per year located within 10 miles of the site or greater than 1,000 d 2 outside 10 miles, where d is the distance in miles from the site.There are no military installations or any airspace use that might present a hazard to the site. Therefore, aircraft hazards need not be considered in the design of the Watts Bar Nuclear Plant. | ||
3.5.2 Systems To Be ProtectedSystems whose failure could lead to offsite radiological consequences or which are required for reactor shutdown and cooldown under normal and/or design basis conditions are listed in Table 3.2-1. These include 1) the fluid handling equipment in ANS Safety Classes 1, 2a, 2b or 3 listed by system in Tables 3.2-2a and 3.2-2b, 2) Class 1E electrical systems and components listed in Table 3.2-3, and 3) the Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning components in TVA Classes B, M, Q, and S as described in Table 3.2-2a. A more detailed discussion of required equipment and its safety-related implications may be found in the FSAR sections covering individual system.It is important to note that all of the equipment referenced above is required for some safety-related function but not all at once. The list of required equipment for a particular missile event depends on the nature of the missile (whether it is associated MISSILE PROTECTION 3.5-25WATTS BARWBNP-110with or can cause a LOCA, whether or not the missile is being generated from a safety-related piece of equipment, etc). Hence, much of the missile damage consideration outside containment can be reduced to looking at those systems and components required for reactor shutdown, coolant system makeup, and for decay heat removal to the ultimate heat sink.Table 3.5-14 lists outdoor features, including air intakes and exhausts, which may be required to perform a safety-related function coincident with or following the occurrence of a tornado.For the Watts Bar Nuclear Plant the layout of structures and equipment is such that there are no systems or components which rely upon redundancy and separation alone for protection against externally generated missiles. There are however certain systems and components which, due to their location and/or separation of trains, are inherently protected against specific types of missiles. This protection by separation and location concept has been addressed where applicable in the missile analyses of Section 3.5.1. | |||
3.5.3 Barrier Design ProceduresTo arrive at a formula to use in computing penetration into concrete walls, a comparison was made of formulas listed in ORNL-NSIC-22, "Missile Generation and Protection in Lightwater-Cooled Power Reactor Plants." Four equations were studied in ORNL-NSIC-22 in connection with penetration in concrete. Two of these, the Army Corps of Engineers formula and the National Defense Research Committee formula, do not apply for impact velocities under 500 ft/sec and thus are not applicable here (velocity of 300 mph = 440 ft/sec). The remaining two equations are the modified Petry formula and the Ballistic Research Laboratory formula. These two formulas were compared for a 6-inch diameter missile of 100 pounds and a 16-inch diameter missile of 2,500 pounds with velocities in the range from 0 to 500 ft/sec. As seen in Figures 3.5-6 and 3.5-7, the Petry formula is the most conservative for velocities greater than 150 to 200 mph.The following describes the barrier procedures utilized for concrete barriers. The depth to which a missile penetrated a concrete wall was estimated by use of the modified Petry formula.[6]D' = 12 KAV' [1 + e-4(a - 2)]whereD' = depth of penetrationV = impact velocityK = A material constantA = weight of missile/impact area of missile V'log 10 1 V 2215,000--------------------- | |||
To Be ProtectedSystems whose failure could lead to offsite radiological consequences or which are required for reactor shutdown and cooldown under normal and/or design basis conditions are listed in Table 3.2-1. These include 1) the fluid handling equipment in ANS Safety Classes 1, 2a, 2b or 3 listed by system in Tables 3.2-2a and 3.2-2b, 2) Class 1E electrical systems and components listed in Table 3.2-3, and 3) the Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning components in TVA Classes B, M, Q, and S as described in Table 3.2-2a. A more detailed discussion of required equipment and its safety-related implications may be found in the FSAR sections covering individual system.It is important to note that all of the equipment referenced above is required for some safety-related function but not all at once. The list of required equipment for a particular missile event depends on the nature of the missile (whether it is associated MISSILE PROTECTION 3.5-25WATTS BARWBNP-110with or can cause a LOCA, whether or not the missile is being generated from a safety-related piece of equipment, etc). Hence, much of the missile damage consideration outside containment can be reduced to looking at those systems and components required for reactor shutdown, coolant system makeup, and for decay heat removal to the ultimate heat sink.Table 3.5-14 lists outdoor features, including air intakes and exhausts, which may be required to perform a safety-related function coincident with or following the occurrence of a tornado.For the Watts Bar Nuclear Plant the layout of structures and equipment is such that there are no systems or components which rely upon redundancy and separation alone for protection against externally generated missiles. There are however certain systems and components which, due to their location and/or separation of trains, are inherently protected against specific types of missiles. This protection by separation and location concept has been addressed where applicable in the missile analyses of Section 3.5.1. | |||
Design ProceduresTo arrive at a formula to use in computing penetration into concrete walls, a comparison was made of formulas listed in ORNL-NSIC-22, "Missile Generation and Protection in Lightwater-Cooled Power Reactor Plants." Four equations were studied in ORNL-NSIC-22 in connection with penetration in concrete. Two of these, the Army Corps of Engineers formula and the National Defense Research Committee formula, do not apply for impact velocities under 500 ft/sec and thus are not applicable here (velocity of 300 mph = 440 ft/sec). The remaining two equations are the modified Petry formula and the Ballistic Research Laboratory formula. These two formulas were compared for a 6-inch diameter missile of 100 pounds and a 16-inch diameter missile of 2,500 pounds with velocities in the range from 0 to 500 ft/sec. As seen in Figures 3.5-6 and 3.5-7, the Petry formula is the most conservative for velocities greater than 150 to 200 mph.The following describes the barrier procedures utilized for concrete barriers. The depth to which a missile penetrated a concrete wall was estimated by use of the modified Petry formula.[6]D' = 12 KAV' [1 + e-4(a - 2)]whereD' = depth of penetrationV = impact velocityK = A material constantA = weight of missile/impact area of missile V'log 10 1 V 2215,000--------------------- | |||
+=a T12KAV'-------------------- | +=a T12KAV'-------------------- | ||
= | = | ||
Revision as of 18:16, 11 May 2019
| ML13255A268 | |
| Person / Time | |
|---|---|
| Site: | Watts Bar  |
| Issue date: | 08/14/2013 |
| From: | Tennessee Valley Authority |
| To: | Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation |
| Shared Package | |
| ML13255A164 | List:
|
| References | |
| Download: ML13255A268 (218) | |
Text
REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-iWATTS BARTABLE OF CONTENTS SectionTitle Page3.0DESIGN OF STRUCTURES, COMPONENTS, EQUIPMENT, AND SYSTEMS3.1CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA3.1-13.
1.1INTRODUCTION
3.1-13.1.2WBNP CONFORMANCE WITH GDCS3.1-1 3.1.2.1OVERALL REQUIREMENTS3.1-1 3.1.2.2PROTECTION BY MULTIPLE FISSION PRODUCT BARRIERS3.1-53.1.2.3PROTECTION AND REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS3.1-123.1.2.4FLUID SYSTEMS3.1-17 3.1.2.5REACTOR CONTAINMENT3.1-30 3.1.2.6FUEL AND RADIOACTIVITY CONTROL3.1-353.2CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS3.2-13.2.1SEISMIC CLASSIFICATIONS3.2-13.2.2SYSTEM QUALITY GROUP CLASSIFICATION3.2-13.2.2.1CLASS A3.2-2 3.2.2.2CLASS B3.2-2 3.2.2.3CLASS C3.2-2 3.2.2.4CLASS D3.2-2 3.2.2.5RELATIONSHIP OF APPLIC ABLE CODES TO SAFETY CLASSIFICATION FOR MECHANICAL COMPONENTS3.2-33.2.2.6NONNUCLEAR SAFETY CLASS (NNS)3.2-33.2.2.7HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) SAFETY CLASSIFICATION3.2-33.2.3CODE CASES AND CODE EDITIONS AND ADDENDA3.2-33.2.3.1TVA DESIGN AND FABRICATION3.2-3 3.2.3.2PURCHASED MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS3.2-43.3WIND AND TORNADO LOADING3.3-13.3.1WIND LOADINGS3.3-1 3.3.1.1DESIGN WIND VELOCITY3.3-1 3.3.1.2DETERMINATION OF APPLIED FORCE3.3-1 3.3.2TORNADO LOADINGS3.3-1 3.3.2.1APPLICABLE DESIGN PARAMETERS3.3-1 REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-iiWATTS BARTABLE OF CONTENTSSectionTitle Page3.3.2.2DETERMINATION OF FORCES ON STRUCTURES3.3-23.3.2.3ABILITY OF CATEGORY I STRUCTURES TO PERFORM DESPITE FAILURE OF STRUCTURES NOT DESIGNED FOR TORNADO LOADS3.3-33.4WATER LEVEL (FLOOD) DESIGN3.4-13.4.1FLOOD PROTECTION3.4-13.4.2ANALYSIS PROCEDURE3.4-13.5MISSILE PROTECTION3.5-13.5.1MISSILE SELECTION AND DESCRIPTION3.5-23.5.1.1INTERNALLY GENERATED MISSILES (OUTSIDE CONTAINMENT)3.5-23.5.1.2INTERNALLY GENERATED MISSILES (INSIDE CONTAINMENT)3.5-53.5.1.3TURBINE MISSILES3.5-10 3.5.1.4MISSILES GENERATED BY NATURAL PHENOMENA3.5-23 3.5.1.5MISSILES GENERATED BY EVENTS NEAR THE SITE.3.5-233.5.1.6AIRCRAFT HAZARDS3.5-24 3.5.2SYSTEMS TO BE PROTECTED3.5-24 3.5.3BARRIER DESIGN PROCEDURES3.5-25 3.5.3.1ADDITIONAL DIESEL GE NERATOR BUILDING (AND OTHER CATEGORY I STRUCTURES ADDED AFTER JULY 1979)3.5-283.5AESTIMATES OF VELOCITIES OF JET PROPELLED MISSILES3.5A-13.6PROTECTION AGAINST DYNAMIC EFFECTS ASSOCIATED WITH THEPOSTULATED RUPTURE OF PIPING3.6-13.6A PROTECTION AGAINST DYNAMIC EFFECTS ASSOCIATED WITH THEPOSTULATED RUPTURE OF PIPING (EXCLUDING REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM PIPING)3.6-13.6A.1POSTULATED PIPING FAILUR ES IN FLUID SYSTEMS INSIDEAND OUTSIDE CONTAINMENT3.6-83.6A.1.1DESIGN BASES3.6-8 3.6A.
1.2DESCRIPTION
OF PIPING SYSTEM ARRANGEMENT3.6-103.6A.1.3SAFETY EVALUATION3.6-10 REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-iiiWATTS BARTABLE OF CONTENTS SectionTitle Page3.6A.2DETERMINATION OF BRE AK LOCATIONS AND DYNAMIC EFFECTS ASSOCIATED WITH THE POSTULATED RUPTURE OF PIPING3.6-113.6A.2.1CRITERIA USED TO DEFINE BREAK AND CRACK LOCATION AND CONFIGURATION3.6-113.6A.2.2ANALYTICAL METHODS TO DEFINE FORCING FUNCTIONS AND RESPONSE MODELS3.6-173.6A.2.3DYNAMIC ANALYSIS METHODS TO VERIFY INTEGRITY AND OPERABILITY3.6-213.6A.2.4GUARD PIPE ASSEMBLY DESIGN CRITERIA3.6-24 3.6A.2.5
SUMMARY
OF DYNAMIC ANALYSIS RESULTS3.6-253.6BPROTECTION AGAINST DYNAMIC EFFECTS ASSOCIATED WITH THE POSTULATED RUPTURE OF PIPING3.6-263.6B.1BREAK LOCATIONS AND DY NAMIC EFFECTS ASSOCIATED WITH POSTULATED PRIMARY LOOP PIPE RUPTURE3.6-263.6B.2ANALYTICAL METHODS TO DEFINE FORCING FUNCTIONAND RESPONSE MODELS3.6-273.6B.3DYNAMIC ANALYSIS OF TH E REACTOR COOLANT LOOP PIPING EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS AND PIPE WHIP RESTRAINTS3.6-293.7SEISMIC DESIGN3.7-13.7.1SEISMIC INPUT3.7-23.7.1.1GROUND RESPONSE SPECTRA3.7-2 3.7.1.2DESIGN TIME HISTORIES3.7-2 3.7.1.3CRITICAL DAMPING VALUES3.7-3 3.7.1.4SUPPORTING MEDIA FOR SEISMIC CATEGORY I STRUCTURES3.7-3 3.7.2SEISMIC SYSTEM ANALYSIS3.7-3 3.7.2.1SEISMIC ANALYSIS METHODS3.7-4 3.7.2.2NATURAL FREQUENCIES AND RESPONSE LOADS FOR NSSS3.7-213.7.2.3PROCEDURES USED FOR MODELING3.7-22 3.7.2.4SOIL/STRUCTURE INTERACTION3.7-23 3.7.2.5DEVELOPMENT OF FLOOR RESPONSE SPECTRA3.7-233.7.2.6THREE COMPONENTS OF EARTHQUAKE MOTION3.7-25 3.7.2.7COMBINATION OF MODAL RESPONSES3.7-263.7.2.8INTERACTION OF NON-CATEG ORY I STRUCTURES WITH SEISMIC CATEGORY I STRUCTURES3.7-28 REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-ivWATTS BARTABLE OF CONTENTSSectionTitle Page3.7.2.9EFFECTS OF PARAMETER VARIATIONS ON FLOOR RESPONSE SPECTRA3.7-293.7.2.10USE OF CONSTANT VERTICAL LOAD FACTORS3.7-293.7.2.11METHODS USED TO ACCOUNT FOR TORSIONAL EFFECTS3.7-293.7.2.12COMPARISON OF RESPONSES - SET A VERSUS SET B3.7-303.7.2.13METHODS FOR SEISMIC ANALYSIS OF DAMS3.7-30 3.7.2.14DETERMINATION OF CATEGORY I STRUCTURE OVERTURNING MOMENTS3.7-303.7.2.15ANALYSIS PROCEDURE FOR DAMPING3.7-31 3.7.3SEISMIC SUBSYSTEM ANALYSIS3.7-31 3.7.3.1SEISMIC ANALYSIS METHODS FOR OTHER THAN NSSS3.7-31 3.7.3.2DETERMINATION OF NUMBER OF EARTHQUAKE CYCLES3.7-323.7.3.3PROCEDURE USED FOR MODELING3.7-32 3.7.3.4BASIS FOR SELECTION OF FREQUENCIES3.7-34 3.7.3.5USE OF EQUIVALENT STATIC LOAD METHOD OF ANALYSIS3.7-353.7.3.6THREE COMPONENTS OF EARTHQUAKE MOTION3.7-35 3.7.3.7COMBINATION OF MODAL RESPONSES3.7-363.7.3.8ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES FOR PIPING OTHER THAN NSSS3.7-373.7.3.9MULTIPLE SUPPORTED EQ UIPMENT AND COMPONENTSWITH DISTINCT INPUTS3.7-443.7.3.10USE OF CONSTANT VERTICAL LOAD FACTORS3.7-45 3.7.3.11TORSIONAL EFFECTS OF ECCENTRIC MASSES3.7-45 3.7.3.12BURIED SEISMIC CATEGORY I PIPING SYSTEMS3.7-45 3.7.3.13INTERACTION OF OTHER PIPING WITH SEISMIC CATEGORY I PIPING 3.7-513.7.3.14SEISMIC ANALYSES FOR FUEL ELEMENTS, CONTROL ROD ASSEMBLIES, CONTROL ROD DRIVES, AND REACTOR INTERNALS3.7-513.7.3.15ANALYSIS PROCEDURE FOR DAMPING3.7-53 3.7.3.16SEISMIC ANALYSIS AND QUA LIFICATION OF CATEGORY IEQUIPMENT OTHER THAN NSSS3.7-533.7.3.17SEISMIC ANALYSIS AND DESI GN OF HVAC DUCT AND DUCT SUPPORT SYSTEMS3.7-563.7.3.18SEISMIC QUALIFICATION OF MAIN CONTROL ROOM SUSPENDED CEILING AND AIR DELIVERY COMPONENTS3.7-603.7.4SEISMIC INSTRUMENTATION PROGRAM3.7-61 REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-vWATTS BARTABLE OF CONTENTS SectionTitle Page3.7.4.1COMPARISON WITH REGULATORY GUIDE 1.123.7-613.7.4.2LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF INSTRUMENTATION3.7-613.7.4.3CONTROL ROOM OPERATOR NOTIFICATION3.7-63 3.7.4.4CONTROLLED SHUTDOWN LOGIC3.7-64 3.7.4.5COMPARISON OF MEASURED AND PREDICTED RESPONSES3.7-653.8DESIGN OF CATEGORY I STRUCTURES3.8.1CONCRETE SHIELD BUILDING3.8.1-13.8.
1.1DESCRIPTION
OF THE SHIELD BUILDING3.8.1-13.8.1.1.1EQUIPMENT HATCH DOORS AND SLEEVES3.8.1-23.8.1.2APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS, AND SPECIFICATIONS3.8.1-33.8.1.3LOADS AND LOADING COMBINATIONS3.8.1-5 3.8.1.4DESIGN AND ANALYSIS PROCEDURES3.8.1-7 3.8.1.5STRUCTURAL ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA3.8.1-103.8.1.6MATERIALS, QUALITY CONTROL AND SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES3.8.1-113.8.1.6.1MATERIALS3.8.1-11 3.8.1.6.2QUALITY CONTROL3.8.1-11 3.8.1.6.3CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES (HISTORICAL INFORMATION)3.8.1-123.8.1.7TESTING AND INSERVICE SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS3.8.1-133.8.2STEEL CONTAINMENT SYSTEM3.8.2-13.8.
2.1DESCRIPTION
OF THE CONTAINMENT AND PENETRATIONS3.8.2-13.8.2.
1.1DESCRIPTION
OF THE CONTAINMENT3.8.2-1 3.8.2.
1.2DESCRIPTION
OF PENETRATIONS3.8.2-1 3.8.2.2APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS3.8.2-33.8.2.2.1CODES3.8.2-3 3.8.2.2.2DESIGN SPECIFICATION
SUMMARY
3.8.2-4 3.8.2.2.3NRC REGULATORY GUIDES3.8.2-63.8.2.3LOADS AND LOADING COMBINATIONS3.8.2-73.8.2.3.1DESIGN LOADS3.8.2-7 3.8.2.3.2LOADING CONDITIONS3.8.2-9 3.8.2.4DESIGN AND ANALYSIS PROCEDURES3.8.2-12 3.8.2.
4.1INTRODUCTION
3.8.2-12 REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-viWATTS BARTABLE OF CONTENTSSectionTitle Page3.8.2.4.2STATIC STRESS ANALYSIS3.8.2-123.8.2.4.3DYNAMIC SEISMIC ANALYSIS3.8.2-13 3.8.2.4.4NON-AXISYMMETRIC PRESSURE LOADING ANALYSIS3.8.2-133.8.2.4.5THERMAL ANALYSIS3.8.2-14 3.8.2.4.6PENETRATIONS ANALYSIS3.8.2-15 3.8.2.4.7INTERACTION OF CONTAINMENT AND ATTACHEDEQUIPMENT3.8.2-173.8.2.4.8ANCHORAGE3.8.2-17 3.8.2.5STRUCTURAL ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA3.8.2-183.8.2.5.1MARGIN OF SAFETY3.8.2-18 3.8.2.6MATERIALS, QUALITY CONTROL, AND SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES3.8.2-193.8.2.6.1MATERIALS - GENERAL3.8.2-19 3.8.2.6.2CORROSION PROTECTION3.8.2-22 3.8.2.6.3PROTECTIVE COATINGS3.8.2-24 3.8.2.6.4TOLERANCES3.8.2-24 3.8.2.6.5VESSEL MATERIAL INSPECTION AND TEST3.8.2-25 3.8.2.6.6IMPACT TESTING3.8.2-25 3.8.2.6.7POST-WELD HEAT TREATMENT3.8.2-25 3.8.2.6.8WELDING3.8.2-25 3.8.2.7TESTING AND INSERVICE INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS3.8.2-263.8.2.7.1BOTTOM LINER PLATES TEST - HISTORICAL INFORMATION3.8.2-263.8.2.7.2VERTICAL WALL AND DOME TESTS - HISTORICAL INFORMATION3.8.2-263.8.2.7.3SOAP BUBBLE TESTS - HISTORICAL INFORMATION3.8.2-26 3.8.2.7.4OVERPRESSURE TESTS - HISTORICAL INFORMATION3.8.2-263.8.2.7.5LEAKAGE RATE TEST - HISTORICAL INFORMATION3.8.2-26 3.8.2.7.6OPERATIONAL TESTING - HISTORICAL INFORMATION3.8.2-273.8.2.7.7LEAK TESTING AIRLOCKS - HISTORICAL INFORMATION3.8.2-273.8.2.7.8PENETRATION TESTS - HISTORICAL INFORMATION3.8.2-273.8.2.7.9INSERVICE INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS3.8.2-273.8.3CONCRETE INTERIOR STRUCTURE3.8.3-13.8.
3.1DESCRIPTION
OF THE INTERIOR STRUCTURE3.8.3-13.8.3.2APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS3.8.3-7 REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-viiWATTS BARTABLE OF CONTENTS SectionTitle Page3.8.3.3LOADS AND LOADING COMBINATIONS3.8.3-133.8.3.4DESIGN AND ANALYSIS PROCEDURES3.8.3-16 3.8.3.5STRUCTURAL ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA3.8.3-313.8.3.6MATERIALS, QUALITY CONTROL AND SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES3.8.3-343.8.3.7TESTING AND INSERVICE SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS3.8.3-383.8.3.8ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS3.8.3-383.8.4OTHER CATEGORY I STRUCTURES3.8.4-13.8.
4.1DESCRIPTION
OF THE STRUCTURES3.8.4-1 3.8.4.1.1AUXILIARY-CONTROL BUILDING3.8.4-1 3.8.4.2APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS, AND SPECIFICATIONS3.8.4-173.8.4.3LOADS AND LOADING COMBINATIONS3.8.4-21 3.8.4.4DESIGN AND ANALYSIS PROCEDURES3.8.4-23 3.8.4.5STRUCTURAL ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA3.8.4-353.8.4.6MATERIALS, QUALITY CONTROL, AND SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES3.8.4-373.8.4.7TESTING AND INSERVICE SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS3.8.4-393.8.5FOUNDATIONS AND CONCRETE SUPPORTS3.8.5-13.8.
5.1DESCRIPTION
OF FOUNDATIONS AND SUPPORTS3.8.5-13.8.5.1.1PRIMARY CONTAINMENT3.8.5-1 3.8.5.1.2FOUNDATIONS OF OTHER CATEGORY I STRUCTURES3.8.5-1 3.8.5.2APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS, AND SPECIFICATIONS3.8.5-33.8.5.3LOADS AND LOADING COMBINATIONS3.8.5-4 3.8.5.4DESIGN AND ANALYSIS PROCEDURE3.8.5-4 3.8.5.4.1PRIMARY CONTAINMENT FOUNDATION3.8.5-4 3.8.5.4.2AUXILIARY-CONTROL BUILDING3.8.5-4 3.8.5.4.3INTAKE PUMPING STATION3.8.5-4 3.8.5.4.4SOIL-SUPPORTED STRUCTURES3.8.5-5 3.8.5.4.5PILE SUPPORTED STRUCTURES3.8.5-5 3.8.5.5STRUCTURAL ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA3.8.5-53.8.5.5.1PRIMARY CONTAINMENT FOUNDATION3.8.5-5 3.8.5.5.2FOUNDATIONS OF OTHER CATEGORY I STRUCTURES3.8.5-5 3.8.5.6MATERIALS, QUALITY CONTROL, AND SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES3.8.5-6 REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-viiiWATTS BARTABLE OF CONTENTSSectionTitle Page3.8.5.6.1MATERIALS3.8.5-63.8.5.6.2QUALITY CONTROL3.8.5-7 3.8.5.6.3SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES3.8.5-73.8.6CATEGORY I(L) CRANES3.8.6-13.8.6.1POLAR CRANES3.8.6-13.8.6.
1.1DESCRIPTION
3.8.6-1 3.8.6.1.2APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS, AND SPECIFICATIONS3.8.6-13.8.6.1.3LOADS, LOADING COMBINATIONS, AND ALLOWABLE STRESSES3.8.6-23.8.6.1.4DESIGN AND ANALYSIS PROCEDURE3.8.6-23.8.6.1.5STRUCTURAL ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA3.8.6-2 3.8.6.1.6MATERIALS, QUALITY CONTROLS, AND SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES3.8.6-33.8.6.1.7TESTING AND IN-SERVICE SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS3.8.6-33.8.6.1.8SAFETY FEATURES3.8.6-3 3.8.6.2AUXILIARY BUILDING CRANE3.8.6-4 3.8.6.
2.1DESCRIPTION
3.8.6-4 3.8.6.2.2APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS, AND SPECIFICATIONS3.8.6-53.8.6.2.3LOADS, LOADING COMBINATIONS, AND ALLOWABLE STRESSES3.8.6-53.8.6.2.4DESIGN AND ANALYSIS PROCEDURE3.8.6-53.8.6.2.5STRUCTURAL ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA3.8.6-6 3.8.6.2.6MATERIALS, QUALITY CONTROLS, AND SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES3.8.6-63.8.6.2.7TESTING AND IN-SERVICE SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS3.8.6-73.8.6.2.8SAFETY FEATURES3.8.6-73.8ASHELL TEMPERATURE TRANSIENTS3.8A-13.8BBUCKLING STRESS CRITERIA3.8B-13.8B.1INTRODUCTION3.8B-13.8B.2SHELLS STIFFENED WITH CIRCUMFERENTIAL STIFFENERS3.8B-13.8B.2.1CIRCULAR CYLINDRI CAL SHELLS UNDER AXIAL COMPRESSION3.8B-13.8B.2.2CIRCULAR CYLINDRICAL SHELLS IN CIRCUMFERENTIALCOMPRESSION3.8B-2 REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-ixWATTS BARTABLE OF CONTENTS SectionTitle Page3.8B.2.3CIRCULAR CYLINDRICAL SHELLS UNDER TORSION3.8B-23.8B.2.4CIRCULAR CYLINDRICAL SHELLS UNDER BENDING3.8B-33.8B.2.5CIRCULAR CYLINDRICAL SHELL UNDER COMBINED LOADS3.8B-43.8B.3SHELLS STIFFENED WI TH A COMBINATION OF CIRCUMFERENTIAL AND VERTICAL STIFFENERS3.8B-53.8B.4SPHERICAL SHELLS3.8B-7 3.8B.2.1THE CRITICAL BUCKLING STRESS IN THE SPHERICAL DOME, EXCEPT FOR EXTERNAL PRESSURE, WAS
DETERMINED BY THE FOLLOWING EQUATION:3.8B-73.8B.2.2SPHERICAL SHELL UNDER COMBINED LOADS3.8B-8 3.8B.3FACTOR OF SAFETY3.8B-83.8CDOCUMENTATION OF CB&I COMPUTER PROGRAMS3.8C-13.8C.1INTRODUCTION3.8C-1 3.8C.2PROGRAM 1017-MODAL ANALYSIS OF STRUCTURES USING THE EIGEN VALUE TECHNIQUE3.8C-13.8C.3PROGRAM 1044-SEISMIC ANALYSIS OF VESSEL APPENDAGES3.8C-13.8C.4PROGRAM E1668-SPECTRAL ANALYSIS FOR ACCELERATION RECORDS DIGITIZED AT EQUAL INTERVALS3.8C-33.8C.5PROGRAM 1642-TRANSIENT PRESSURE BEAM ANALYSIS3.8C-3 3.8C.6PROGRAM E1623-POST PROC ESSOR PROGRAM FOR PROGRAME13743.8C-43.8C.7PROGRAM E1374-SHELL DYNAMIC ANALYSIS3.8C-53.8C.
7.1INTRODUCTION
3.8C-5 3.8C.8PROGRAM E1622-LOAD GENERATION PREPROCESSOR FOR PROGRAM E13743.8C-63.8C.9PROGRAM E1624 SPCGEN-SPECTRAL CURVE GENERATION3.8C-73.8C.10PROGRAM 781, METHOD OF MODELING VERTICAL STIFFENERS3.8C-73.8C.11PROGRAM 119-CHECK OF FLANGE DESIGN3.8C-7 3.8C.12PROGRAM 772-NOZZLE REINFORCEMENT CHECK3.8C-73.8C.13PROGRAM 1027-WRC 107 STRE SS INTENSITIES AT LOADED ATTACHMENTS FOR SPHERES OR CYLINDERS WITH ROUND OR SQUARE ATTACHMENT3.8C-83.8C.14PROGRAM 1036M-STRESS INTENSITIES IN JUMBO INSERT PLATES3.8C-83.8DCOMPUTER PROGRAMS FOR STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS3.8D-1 REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xWATTS BARTABLE OF CONTENTSSectionTitle Page3.8ECODES, LOAD DEFINITIONS AND LOAD COMBINATIONS FOR THE MODIFICATION AND EVALUATION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES AND FORTHE DESIGN OF NEW FEATURES ADDED TO EXISTING STRUCTURES AND THE DESIGN OF STRUCTURES INITIATED AFTER JULY 19793.8E-13.8E.1APPLICATION CODES AND STANDARDS3.8E-13.8E.2LOAD DEFINITIONS3.8E-1 3.8E.3LOAD COMBINATIONS - CONCRETE3.8E-3 3.8E.4LOAD COMBINATIONS - STRUCTURAL STEEL3.8E-53.9MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS3.9-13.9.1GENERAL TOPIC FOR ANALYSI S OF SEISMIC CATEGORY I ASME CODE AND NON-CODE ITEMS3.9-13.9.1.1DESIGN TRANSIENTS3.9-1 3.9.1.2COMPUTER PROGRAMS USED IN ANALYSIS AND DESIGN3.9-13.9.1.3EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS3.9-3 3.9.1.4CONSIDERATION FOR THE EVALUATION OF THE FAULTEDCONDITION3.9-33.9.2DYNAMIC TESTING AND ANALYSIS3.9-4 3.9.2.1PREOPERATIONAL VIBRATION AND DYNAMIC EFFECTSTESTING ON PIPING3.9-43.9.2.2SEISMIC QUALIFICATION TES TING OF SAFETY-RELATEDMECHANICAL EQUIPMENT3.9-63.9.2.3DYNAMIC RESPONSE ANALYSIS OF REACTOR INTERNALS UNDER OPERATIONAL FLOW TRANSIENTS AND STEADY-STATE CONDITIONS3.9-83.9.2.4PREOPERATIONAL FLOW-INDUCED VIBRATION TESTING OF REACTOR INTERNALS3.9-103.9.2.5DYNAMIC SYSTEM ANAL YSIS OF THE REACTOR INTERNALS UNDER FAULTED CONDITIONS3.9-123.9.2.6CORRELATIONS OF REACTOR INTERNALS VIBRATIONTESTS WITH THE ANALYTICAL RESULTS3.9-213.9.3ASME CODE CLASS 1, 2 AN D 3 COMPONENTS, COMPONENT SUPPORTS AND CORE SUPPORT STRUCTURES3.9-223.9.3.1LOADING COMBINATIONS, DESIGN TRANSIENTS, AND STRESS LIMITS3.9-223.9.3.2PUMPS AND VALVE OPERABILITY ASSURANCE3.9-29 3.9.3.3DESIGN AND INSTALLATION DETAILS FOR MOUNTING OF PRESSURE RELIEF DEVICES3.9-40 REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xiWATTS BARTABLE OF CONTENTS SectionTitle Page3.9.3.4COMPONENT SUPPORTS3.9-423.9.4CONTROL ROD SYSTEM3.9-47 3.9.4.1DESCRIPTIVE INFORMATION OF CRDS3.9-47 3.9.4.2APPLICABLE CRDS DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS3.9-47 3.9.4.3DESIGN LOADINGS, STRE SS LIMITS, AND ALLOWABLEDEFORMATIONS3.9-473.9.4.4CRDS PERFORMANCE ASSURANCE PROGRAM3.9-473.9.5REACTOR PRESSURE VESSEL INTERNALS3.9-47 3.9.5.1DESIGN ARRANGEMENTS3.9-47 3.9.5.2DESIGN LOADING CONDITIONS3.9-48 3.9.5.3DESIGN LOADING CATEGORIES3.9-48 3.9.5.4DESIGN CRITERIA BASIS3.9-48 3.9.6INSERVICE TESTING OF PUMPS AND VALVES3.9-483.10SEISMIC DESIGN OF CATEGORY I INSTRUMENTATION AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT3.10-13.10.1SEISMIC QUALIFICATION CRITERIA3.10-13.10.2METHODS AND PROCEDURES FOR QUALIFYING ELECTRICALEQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION3.10-63.10.3METHODS OF QUALIFYING TVA-DESIGNED SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INSTRUMENTATION AND CABLES3.10-73.10.3.1ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION ASSEMBLIES3.10-73.10.3.2CABLE TRAYS AND SUPPORTS3.10-7 3.10.3.3CONDUIT AND SUPPORTS3.10-8 3.10.3.4CONDUIT BANKS3.10-9 3.10.4OPERATING LICENSE REVIEW3.10-9 3.10.4.1TVA SUPPLIED INSTRUME NTATION AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT3.10-93.11ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICALEQUIPMENT3.11-13.11.1 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFI CATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS3.11-13.11.1.1IDENTIFICATION OF SAFETY SYSTEMS AND JUSTIFICATION3.11-13.11.1.2IDENTIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT IN HARSH ENVIRONMENTS3.11-13.11.2ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS3.11-2 REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xiiWATTS BARTABLE OF CONTENTSSectionTitle Page3.11.2.1HARSH ENVIRONMENT3.11-23.11.2.2MILD ENVIRONMENT3.11-3 3.11.3ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT WITHIN THE SCOPE OF 10 CFR 50.493.11-33.11.4QUALIFICATION TESTS AND ANALYSES3.11-4 3.11.5QUALIFICATION TEST RESULTS3.11-4 3.11.6LOSS OF HEATING, VENTIL ATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING(HVAC)3.11-43.11.7ESTIMATED CHEMICAL AND RADIATION ENVIRONMENT3.11-43.11.7.1CHEMICAL SPRAY3.11-4 3.11.7.2RADIATION3.11-53.12CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS3.12-13.
12.1INTRODUCTION
/LICECING BACKGROUND3.12-13.12.2SAFETY BASIS3.12-1 3.12.3SCOPE OF HEAVY LOAD HANDLING SYSTEM3.12-1 3.12.4CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS PROGRAM3.12-2 3.12.4.1WBN COMMITMENTS IN RESPONSE TO NUREG-0612,SECTION 5.1.13.12-23.12.4.2REACTOR PRESSURE VESSEL HEAD (RPVH) LIFTING PROCEDURES3.12-43.12.5SAFETY EVALUATION3.12-6 REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xiiiWATTS BARLIST OF TABLES SectionTitleTABLE 3.2-1CATEGORY I STRUCTURESTABLE 3.2-2
SUMMARY
OF CRITER IA - MECHANICAL SYSTEM COMPONENTSTABLE 3.2-2ACLASSIFICATION OF SY STEMS HAVING MAJOR DESIGN CONCERNS RELATED TO A PRIMARY SAFETY FUNCTIONTABLE 3.2-2BCLASSIFICATION OF SYSTEMS NOT HAVING MAJOR DESIGN CONCERNS RELATED TO A PRIMARY SAFETY FUNCTION (SEE NOTE 2 BELOW)TABLE 3.2-3 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM EQUIPMENT DESIGNED TO OPERATE DURING AND AFTER A "SAFE SHUTDOWN EARTHQUAKE"TABLE 3.2-4
SUMMARY
OF CODES AND STANDARDS FOR SAFETY CLASS COMPONENTS OF THE WATTS BAR NUC
LEAR PLANT CODE REQUIREMENTSTABLE 3.2-5NON-NUCLEAR SAFETY CLASSIFICATIONS TABLE 3.2-6TVA HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING CLASSIFICATIONSTABLE 3.2-7CODE CASES AND PROVISIONS OF LATER CODE EDITIONS AND ADDENDA USED BY TVA FOR DESIGN AND
FABRICATIONTABLE 3.5-1
SUMMARY
OF POSTUL ATED CRDM MISSILE ANALYSISTABLE 3.5-2TYPICAL POSTULATED VALVE MISSILE CHARACTERISTICSTABLE 3.5-3POSTULATED PIPING TEMPERATURE ELEMENT ASSEMBLY MISSILE CHARACTERISTICSTABLE 3.5-4CHARACTERISTICS OF OTHER MISSILES POSTULATED WITHIN REACTOR CONTAINMENTTABLE 3.5-5DELETED BY AMENDM ENT 71; SEE SECTION 10.2.3.1TABLE 3.5-6TABULATED CALCULAT ION OF THE PROBABILITY OF EVENT H - THE RECEIPT OF UNACCEPTABLE DAMAGETABLE 3.5-7TORNADO MISSILE SP ECTRUM A FOR CATEGORY I STRUCTURES(1)TABLE 3.5-8TORNADO MISSILE SP ECTRUM B DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING EQUIPMENT DOORS(1)TABLE 3.5-9TORNADO MISSILE SP ECTRUM C FOR CATEGORY I STRUCTURES(1)TABLE 3.5-10TABULATION OF THE PROBABILITY OF RECEIPT OF UNACCEPTABLE DAMAGE - PER CRITICAL STRUCTURE REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xivWATTS BARLIST OF TABLESSectionTitleTABLE 3.5-11DELETED BY AMENDMENT 95TABLE 3.5-12DELETED BY AMENDMENT 95 TABLE 3.5-13DELETED BY AMENEDMENT 95TABLE 3.5-14OUTDOOR SAFETY-RELATED FEATURES(1) (INCLUDING AIR INTAKES AND EXHAUSTS)TABLE 3.5-15DELETED BY AMENDMENT 95TABLE 3.5-16DELETED BY AMENDMENT 95 TABLE 3.5-17TORNADO MI SSILE SPECTRUM D(1)TABLE 3.5-18MINIMUM WALL AND RO OF THICKNESS REQUIREMENTS TO RESIST THE EFFECTS OF TORNADO MISSILE IMPACT(1)TABLE 3.6-1
SUMMARY
OF COMBINED STRESSES AT BREAK LOCATIONS - MAIN STEAM LINES (SHEET 1 OF 1)TABLE 3.6-2
SUMMARY
OF COMBINED STRESSES AT BREAK LOCATIONS - FEEDWATER LINES (SHEET 1 OF 2)TABLE 3.6-3
SUMMARY
OF COMBINED STRESSES AT BREAK LOCATIONS - AUXILIARY FEEDWATER SYSTEM STEAM SUPPLY LINES FOR UNIT 1 (SHEET 1 OF 1)TABLE 3.6-3A
SUMMARY
OF COMBINED STRESSES AT BREAK LOCATIONS - AUXILIARY FEEDWATER SYSTEM STEAM SUPPLY LINE FOR UNIT 2 (SHEET 1 OF 1)TABLE 3.6-4
SUMMARY
OF COMBINED STRESSES AT BREAK LOCATIONS - SI COLD LEG INJECTION (SHEET 1 OF 2)TABLE 3.6-5
SUMMARY
OF STRESSES AT BREAK LOCATIONS - RHR/SI HOT LEG RECIRCULATION, LOOP 4 (SHEET 1 OF 1)TABLE 3.6-6
SUMMARY
OF STRESSES AT BREAK LOCATIONS - SI HOT LEG RECIRCULATION LOOPS 1, 2, AND 3 (SHEET 1 OF 1)TABLE 3.6-7DELETED BY AMENDMENT 79TABLE 3.6-8DELETED PER AMENDMENT 64TABLE 3.6-9
SUMMARY
OF PROTECTI ON REQUIREMENTS - OUTSIDE CONTAINMENT4 - MAIN STEAM REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xvWATTS BARLIST OF TABLES SectionTitleTABLE 3.6-10
SUMMARY
OF PROTECTI ON REQUIREMENTS - OUTSIDE CONTAINMENT4 - FEEDWATERTABLE 3.7-1PERIODS FOR SPECTRAL VALUES(1)
TABLE 3.7-2STRUCTURAL DAMPING RATIOS USED IN ANALYSIS OF CATEGORY I STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTSTABLE 3.7-2ADELETED TABLE 3.7-2BDELETEDTABLE 3.7-3SUPPORTING MEDIA FOR CATEGORY I STRUCTURESTABLE 3.7-4SHIELD BUILDING STRUCTURAL PROPERTIES ( SET A )
TABLE 3.7-4ALUMPED-MASS MODEL PR OPERTIES OF SHIELD BUILDING MODEL (SET B AND SET C)TABLE 3.7-5SHIELD BUILDING NATURAL PERIODSTABLE 3.7-5ASTEEL CONTAINMENT VESSEL ELEMENT PROPERTIESTABLE 3.7-5BSTEEL CONTAINMENT VESSEL MASS POINT PROPERTIESTABLE 3.7-5CLUMPED-MASS MOD EL PROPERTIES OF STEEL CONTAINMENT VESSEL MODELTABLE 3.7-6INTERIOR CONCRETE ELEMENT PROPERTIESTABLE 3.7-6ALUMPED-MASS MODEL PROPERTIES OF INTERIOR CONCRETE STRUCTURE-HORIZON TAL MODEL - SET B AND SET CTABLE 3.7-6BLUMPED-MASS MOD EL PROPERTIES OF INTERIOR CONCRETE STRUCTURE-VERTICAL MODEL - SET B AND SET CTABLE 3.7-7INTERIOR CONCRETE STRUCTURE - MASS POINT PROPERTIES (SET A )TABLE 3.7-8INTERIOR CONCRETE ST RUCTURE - NORM AL MODES OF VIBRATION ( SET A )TABLE 3.7-9AUXILIARY BUILDING ELEMENT PROPERTIES (SET A, SET B, AND SET C)TABLE 3.7-9AAUXILIARY BUILDING NODAL COORDINATES (SET B AND SET C)TABLE 3.7-10AUXILIARY BUILDING MASS POINT PROPERTIES (SET A, SET B, SET C)TABLE 3.7-11AUXILIARY BUILDI NG NATURAL PERIODS (SET A)TABLE 3.7-12NORTH STEAM VALVE ROOM ELEMENT PROPERTIESTABLE 3.7-13NORTH STEAM VALVE ROOM MASS POINT PROPERTIES REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xviWATTS BARLIST OF TABLESSectionTitleTABLE 3.7-13ALUMPED-MASS MODEL PROPERTIES OF NORTH STEAM VALVE ROOM (NSVR) - HORIZ ONTAL MODEL (SET B, SET C)TABLE 3.7-13BLUMPED-MASS MODEL PROPERTIES OF NORTH STEAM VALVE ROOM (NSVR) - VERTICAL MODEL (SET B, SET C)TABLE 3.7-14NORTH STEAM VALVE ROOM NATURAL FREQUENCIESTABLE 3.7-15PUMPING STATION ELEMENT PROPERTIES TABLE 3.7-15A INTAKE PUMPING ST ATION BEAM ELEMENT PROPERTIES (SET B, SET C)TABLE 3.7-16PUMPING STATION MASS POINT PROPERTIESTABLE 3.7-16AINTAKE PUMPING STAT ION NODAL WEIGHT PROPERTIES (SET B AND SET C)TABLE 3.7-16BINTAKE PUMPING STAT ION NODAL COOR DINATES (SET B AND SET C) (FEET UNITS)TABLE 3.7-17PUMPING STATION NATURAL PERIODSTABLE 3.7-18DIESEL-GENERATOR BUILDING ELEMENT PROPERTIESTABLE 3.7-19DIESEL-GENERATOR BU ILDING MASS POINT PROPERTIESTABLE 3.7-19ALUMPED-MASS MODEL PROPERTIES OF DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING - HORIZONTAL MODEL (SET B AND SET C)TABLE 3.7-19BLUMPED-MASS MODEL PROPERTIES OF DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING - VERTICAL MODEL (SET B AND SET C)TABLE 3.7-19CLUMPED-MASS MODEL PROPERTIES OF REFUELING WATER STORAGE TANK - SEISMIC MODEL (SET B AND SET C)TABLE 3.7-20DIESEL-GENERATOR BUILDING NATURAL PERIODSTABLE 3.7-21WASTE-PACKAGIN G AREA ELEMENT PROPERTIESTABLE 3.7-22WASTE-PACKAGING AREA MASS POINT PROPERTIESTABLE 3.7-23WASTE-PACKAGIN G AREA NATURAL PERIODSTABLE 3.7-23ACDWE BUILDING SOIL DEPOSIT SHEAR MODULI AND SHEAR WAVE VELOCITIESTABLE 3.7-23BLUMPED-MASS MODEL PROPERTIES OF ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING - HORIZONTAL MODELTABLE 3.7-23CLUMPED-MASS MODEL PROPERTIES OF ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING - VERTICAL MODELTABLE 3.7-24DAMPING RATIOS FOR FLUID SYSTEM PIPING AND THEIR SUPPORTS ANALYZED BY NSSS VENDORTABLE 3.7-25METHODS USED FOR SEISMIC ANALYSES OF CATEGORY I SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xviiWATTS BARLIST OF TABLES SectionTitleTABLE 3.7-26ALLOWABLE STRESSES FOR DUCT SUPPORTSTABLE 3.8.1-1(SHEET 1 OF 2)LOADING COMBINATIONS, LOAD FACTORS AND ALLOWABLE STRESSES FOR THE SHIELD BUILDING CONCRETE EXTERIOR CYLINDR ICAL WALL, DOME AND BASE SLABTABLE 3.8.1-2SHIELD BUILDING EQUI PMENT HATCH DOORS AND SLEEVE LOADS, LOADING COMBINATIONS, AND ALLOWABLE STRESSESTABLE 3.8.2-1 ALLOWABLE STRESS CR ITERIA - CONTAINMENT VESSEL (SHEET 1 OF 1)TABLE 3.8.3-1LOADING COMBINAT IONS, LOAD FACTORS AND ALLOWABLE STRESSES FOR INTERIOR CONCRETE STRUCTURE (SHEET 1 OF 2)TABLE 3.8.3-2
SUMMARY
OF REPRESENTATIVE MAXIMUM STRESSES FOR THE INTERIOR CONCRETE STRUCTURE(1, 5)TABLE 3.8.3-3PERSONNEL ACCESS D OORS IN CRANE WALL LOADS, LOADING COMBINATIONS, AND ALLOWABLE STRESSESTABLE 3.8.3-4ICE CONDENSER ALLOWABLE LIMITS(3)
TABLE 3.8.3-5SELECTION OF STEELS IN RELATION TO PREVENTION OF NON-DUCTILE FRACTURE OF ICE CONDENSER
COMPONENTS(1)TABLE 3.8.3-6 EQUIPMENT ACCESS HA TCH
SUMMARY
OF ALLOWABLE STRESSES FOR DESIGN CONDITIONTABLE 3.8.3-7ESCAPE HATCH - DIVIDER BARRIER FLOOR LOAD COMBINATIONS - ALLOWABLE STRESSES STRUCTURAL PARTS - (FY - 36,000 PSI) (SHEET 1 OF 2)TABLE 3.8.3-8AIR RETURN DUCT PENE TRATION
SUMMARY
OF STRESSES FOR CONTROLLING DESIGN CONDITION DB LOCA - DL + SSETABLE 3.8.4-1AUXILIARY-CONTROL BU ILDING CONCR ETE STRUCTURE LOADS, LOADING COMBINATIONS AND ALLOWABLE STRESSESTABLE 3.8.4-2AUXILIARY-CONTROL BUILDING STRUCTURAL STEEL LOADS, LOADING CONDITIONS AND ALLOWABLE STRESSESTABLE 3.8.4.-3CONTROL ROOM SHIE LD DOORS LOADS, LOADING COMBINATIONS, AND ALLOWABLE STRESSES REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xviiiWATTS BARLIST OF TABLESSectionTitleTABLE 3.8.4-4AUXILIARY BUILDING RAILROAD ACCESS HATCH COVERS LOADS, LOADING COMBINATIONS, AND ALLOWABLE STRESSESTABLE 3.8.4-5RAILROAD ACCE SS DOOR LOADS, LOADING COMBINATIONS, AND ALLOWABLE STRESSES DOOR, EMBEDDED FRAME AND DOOR TRACKTABLE 3.8.4-6MANWAYS IN RHR SUMP VALVE ROOM LOADS, LOADING COMBINATIONS, AND ALLOWABLE STRESSES (PAGE 1 OF 2)TABLE 3.8.4-7PRESSURE CONFIN ING PERSONNEL DOORS LOADS, LOADING COMBINATIONS, AND ALLOWABLE STRESSES1 (ALL DOORS AS SHOWN IN TABLE 3.8.4-7A EXCEPT A55, A57, C20, C26, A101, A105, A216, AND A217)TABLE 3.8.4-7ALIST OF PERSONNEL ACCESS DOORS IN AUXILIARY / CONTROL BUILDING (PAGE 1 OF 1)TABLE 3.8.4-7BABSCE AIR BOUN DARY DOORS (PAGE 1 OF 1)TABLE 3.8.4-8INTAKE PUMPING STAT ION LOADING CASES, ALLOWABLE STRESSES, FACTORS, FACTORS OF SAFETY, AND MATERIAL PROPERTIESTABLE 3.8.4-9CONCRETE RETAINING WALLS LOADING CASES ALLOWABLE STRESSES, FACTORS OF SAFETY, AND
MATERIAL PROPERTIESTABLE 3.8.4-10SHEET PILE RETAIN ING WALL DESIGN LOADINGS, ALLOWABLE STRESSES, MATERIAL PROPERTIESTABLE 3.8.4-11TRAVELING WATER SCR EENS (INTAKE PUMPING STATION) LOAD COMBINATIONS A ND ALLOWABLE STRESSESTABLE 3.8.4-12DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING LOADS, LOADING COMBINATIONS, ALLOWABLE STRESSES, AND MATERIAL PROPERTIESTABLE 3.8.4-13DIESEL GENERATOR BU ILDING DOORS AND BULKHEADS LOADS, LOADING COMBINATIONS, AND ALLOWABLE STRESSES (PAGE 1 OF 2)TABLE 3.8.4-14DELETED BY AMENDMENT 39TABLE 3.8.4-15PRIMARY AND REFUELING WATER PIPE TUNNELS LOADS, LOAD COMBINATIONS, A LLOWABLE STRESSES, AND MATERIAL PROPERTIESTABLE 3.8.4-16CLASS 1E ELECTRIC SY STEMS STRUCTURES LOADS, LOAD COMBINATIONS, ALLOWABLE STRESSES, AND MATERIAL PROPERTIES REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xixWATTS BARLIST OF TABLES SectionTitleTABLE 3.8.4-17NORTH STEAM VALVE ROOM LOADING COMBINATIONS AND ALLOWABLE STRESSESTABLE 3.8.4-18NORTH STEAM VALVE ROOM STRUCTURAL STEEL LOADING COMBINATIONS AND ALLO WABLE STRESSES FOR STRUCTURAL STEELTABLE 3.8.4-19ERCW STRUCTURES LOADS, LOAD COMBINATIONS, ALLOWABLE STRESSES, AND MATERIAL PROPERTIESTABLE 3.8.4-20REFUELING WATER STORAGE TANK FOUNDATION LOADS, LOAD COMBINATIONS AND MATERIAL PROPERTIESTABLE 3.8.4-21SPENT FUEL POOL GATES LOADS, LOADING COMBINATIONS, AND ALLOWABLE STRESSESTABLE 3.8.4-22ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING LOADS, LOADING COMBINATIONS, DEFINITIONS OF LOAD TERMSTABLE 3.8.4-23WATERTIGHT EQUIPM ENT HATCH COVERS LOADS, LOADING COMBINATIONS, AND ALLOWABLE STRESSES (PAGE 1 OF 2)TABLE 3.8.6-1POLAR CRANES LOADS, LOADING COMBINATIONS, AND ALLOWABLE STRESSESTABLE 3.8.6-2AUXILIARY BUILDI NG CRANE LOADS, LOADING COMBINATIONS, AND ALLOWABLE STRESSESTABLE 3.8B-1MULTIPLE LOAD COMBINATIONS VARIOUS PLANT CONDITIONSLOADING CONDITIONSTABLE 3.8B-2ALLOWABLE STRESS INTE NSITIES PLUS BUCKLING LOAD FACTORSTABLE 3.8D-1BIAXIAL BENDING - USDTABLE 3.8D-2CONCRETE STRESS ANALYSIS TABLE 3.8D-3THERMCYLTABLE 3.8D-4TORS IONAL DYNANALTABLE 3.8D-5DYNANAL TABLE 3.8D-6ROCKING DYNANAL TABLE 3.8D-7BAP222TABLE 3.8D-8DL42TABLE 3.8D-9PLTDL42 TABLE 3.8D-10PNA 100 NOZZLE STRESSES (PEN X-57) NEXT TO SHELLTABLE 3.8E-1LIMITING VALUES OF ALLOWABLE STRESS REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xxWATTS BARLIST OF TABLESSectionTitleTABLE 3.9-1DESIGN LOADING COMBINATIONS FOR ASME CODE CLASS 2 AND 3 COMPONENTS AND SUPPORTS ANALYZED BY WESTINGHOUSE, (EXCLUDING PIPE SUPPORTS) (A)TABLE 3.9-2STRESS CRITERIA FOR SAFETY RELATED ASME CLASS 2 AND 3 TANKS ANALYZED BY WESTINGHOUSETABLE 3.9-3STRESS CRITERIA FOR CATEGORY I ASME CODE CLASS 2 AND CLASS 3 NONACTIVE PU MPS AND PUMP SUPPORTS ANALYZED BY WESTINGHOUSETABLE 3.9-4STRESS CRITERIA FOR SAFETY RELATED ASME CODE CLASS 2 AND CLASS 3 VALVES ANALYZED BY WESTINGHOUSETABLE 3.9-5MAXIMUM DEFLECTIONS UNDER DESIGN BASIS EVENT (IN)1,2,3,4TABLE 3.9-6DESIGN CRITERIA FOR ACTIVE PUMPS AND PUMP SUPPORTS ANALYZED BY WESTINGHOUSETABLE 3.9-7LOAD SOURCES TABLE 3.9-8LOADING CONSTITUENTS AND STRESS LIMITS FOR ASME CLASS 1 PIPINGTABLE 3.9-9LOADING CONSTITUEN TS AND STRESS LIMITS FOR CATEGORY I ASME
CLASS 2 AND 3 PIPING (SHEET 1 OF 2)TABLE 3.9-10LOADING CONSTITUENTS AND STRESS LIMITS FOR ACTIVE VALVE EVALUATIONTABLE 3.9-11DELETED BY AMENDMENT 64 TABLE 3.9-12DELETED BY AMENDMENT 64TABLE 3.9-13ADESIGN LOADS FOR CATEGORY I PIPING SUPPORTSTABLE 3.9-13BDESIGN LOADING COMB INATIONS FOR CATEGORY I ASME CODE CLASS 2 AND 3 LINE-MOUNTED*** CO MPONENTS AND COMPONENT SUPPORTS ANALYZED BY TVATABLE 3.9-14STRESS CRITERIA FOR CATEGORY I ASME CLASS 2 AND CLASS 3 TANKS ANALYZED BY TVATABLE 3.9-15STRESS CRITERIA FOR CATEGORY I ASME CODE CLASS 2 AND CLASS 3 NONACTIVE PUMPS ANALYZED BY TVATABLE 3.9-16STRESS CRITERIA FOR CATEGORY I ASME CODE CLASS 2 AND CLASS 3 NONACTIVE VALVES ANALYZED BY TVATABLE 3.9-17ACTIVE VALVES FOR PRIMARY FLUID SYSTEMSTABLE 3.9-18STRESS LIMITS FOR AC TIVE CATEGORY I ASME CLASS 2 AND 3 PUMPS REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xxiWATTS BARLIST OF TABLES SectionTitleTABLE 3.9-19STRESS LIMITS FOR AC TIVE CATEGORY I ASME CLASS 2 AND 3 VALVESTABLE 3.9-20RELIEF VALVES IN CLASS 2 AUXILIARY SYSTEMSTABLE 3.9-21SUPPORT DESIGN ALLO WABLE STRESSES FOR CATEGORY I PIPING SUPPORTSTABLE 3.9-22DELETED BY AMENDMENT 51 TABLE 3.9-23DELETED BY AMENDMENT 51TABLE 3.9-24DELETED BY AMENDMENT 51TABLE 3.9-25VALVES REQUIRED TO BE ACTIVE FOR DESIGN BASIS EVENTSTABLE 3.9-26INSERVICE IN SPECTION CATEGORY VALVESTABLE 3.9-27ACTIVE SECTION III ASME-CODED COMPONENTS (EXCEPT VALVES) IN TVA SCOPE OF SUPPLY(1)TABLE 3.9-28ACTIVE PUMPS FOR PRIMARY FLUID SYSTEMS IN WESTINGHOUSE SCOPE OF SUPPLY AS APPLIED TO WATTS
BAR NUCLEAR PLANTTABLE 3.10-1 WBNP INSTRUMENTAT ION AND ELECTRI CAL EQUIPMENTSEISMIC QUALIFICATION
SUMMARY
TABLE 3.10-2QUALIFICATION OF IN STRUMENTATION AND CONTROL EQUIPMENTTABLE 3.10-3WATTS BAR SE ISMIC QUALIFICATIONSTABLE 3.10-4DELETED BY AMENDMENT 95TABLE 3.10-5ALLOWABLE STRESSES FOR CABLE TRAY SUPPORTSTABLE 3.11-1SYSTEMS (OR PORTIONS OF SYSTEMS) REQUIRED TO MITIGATE LOSS-OF-COOLANT ACCIDENTS AND/OR HIGH ENERGY LINE BREAKSTABLE 3.11-2COMPLIANCE WITH NRC CRITERIA AND STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xxiiWATTS BARLIST OF TABLESSectionTitleTHIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xxiiiWATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURES SectionTitleFIGURE 3.3-1VARIATIONS OF DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE AND TANGENTIAL PLUS TRANSLATIONALVELOCITY AS A FUNCTION OF THE DISTANCE FROM THE CENTER OF A TORNADOFIGURE 3.5-1ICE CONDENSER LOWER INLET DOOR OPENING, TYPICAL MISSILE TRAJECTORY ORIENTATIONFIGURE 3.5-2PHYSICAL DIMENSIONS OF IMPORTANT POTENTIAL TURBINE MISSILESFIGURE 3.5-3TURBINE GENERATOR LOCATIONSFIGURE 3.5-4WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT LAYOUTFIGURE 3.5-5CROSS-SECTIONAL ANAL YSIS OF SUSCEPTIBILITY OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS TO UPWARD TURBINE MISSILE TRAJECTORIESFIGURE 3.5-6COMPARISON OF MISSILE FORMULAS (6-IN CYLINDRICAL MISSILE)FIGURE 3.5-7COMPARISON OF MISSILE FORMULAS (L6-IN CYLINDRICAL MISSILE)FIGURE 3.5-8DEPTH OF MISSILE PENETRATION FOR TORNADO (2-IN DIAMETER PIPE)FIGURE 3.5-9DEPTH OF MISSILE PENETRATION FOR TORNADO (2X4)FIGURE 3.5-10LP DISC MISSILESFIGURE 3.5-11LP CYLINDER & BLADE RING FRAGMENTSFIGURE 3.6-1SHAPE FACTORS FIGURE 3.6-2ISOMETRIC OF POSTUL ATED BREAK LOCATIONS (MAIN STEAM LINE FROM STEAM GENERATOR #1)FIGURE 3.6-3ISOMETRIC OF POSTUL ATED BREAK LOCATIONS (MAIN STEAM LINE FROM STEAM GENERATOR #2)FIGURE 3.6-4ISOMETRIC OF POSTUL ATED BREAK LOCATIONS (MAIN STEAM LINE FROM STEAM GENERATOR #3)FIGURE 3.6-5ISOMETRIC OF POSTUL ATED BREAK LOCATIONS (MAIN STEAM LINE FROM STEAM GENERATOR #4)FIGURE 3.6-6ISOMETRIC OF PO STULATED BREAK LOCATION (FEEDWATER LINE TO STEAM GENERATOR # 1)FIGURE 3.6-7ISOMETRIC OF PO STULATED BREAK LOCATION (FEEDWATER LINE TO STEAM GENERATOR # 2)
REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xxivWATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURESSectionTitleFIGURE 3.6-8ISOMETRIC OF PO STULATED BREAK LOCATION (FEEDWATER LINE TO STEAM GENERATOR # 3)FIGURE 3.6-9ISOMETRIC OF PO STULATED BREAK LOCATION (FEEDWATER LINE TO STEAM GENERATOR # 4)FIGURE 3.6-10ISOMETRIC OF PO STULATED BREAK LOCATIONS (AUXILIARY FEEDWATER STEAM SUPPLY LINES)FIGURE 3.6-11S.I. COLD LEG INJECTION LOOP 1 ISOMETRICFIGURE 3.6-12S.I. COLD LEG INJECTION LOOP 4 ISOMETRICFIGURE 3.6-13S.I. COLD LEG INJECTION LOOP 2 ISOMETRICFIGURE 3.6-14ISOMETRIC OF POSTUL ATED BREAK LOCATIONS (SI COLD LEG INJECTION LOOP 3)FIGURE 3.6-15RHR/S.I. HOT LEG RE CIRCULATION LOOP 4 ISOMETRICFIGURE 3.6-16S.I. HOT LEG RECIRCULATION LOOP 2 ISOMETRIC FIGURE 3.6-17RHR HOT LEG RECIRCULATION LOOPS 1 AND 3 ISOMETRICFIGURE 3.6-18DELETED BY AMENDMENT 79FIGURE 3.6-19DELETED -AMENDMENT 64 FIGURE 3.6-20DELETED -AMENDMENT 64FIGURE 3.6-21MAIN STEAM LINE BREAK LOCATIONS OUTSIDE CONTAINMENTFIGURE 3.6-22MAIN STEAM LINE PIPE RUPTURE PROTECTION OUTSIDE CONTAINMENTFIGURE 3.6-23MAIN FEEDWATER LI NE BREAK LOCATIONS OUTSIDE CONTAINMENTFIGURE 3.6-24MAIN FEEDWATER LINE PIPE RUPTURE PROTECTION OUTSIDE CONTAINMENTFIGURE 3.7-1SET A AND SET C SITE DESIGN RESPONSE SPECTRA SAFE SHUTDOWNEARTHQUAKE ROCK-SUPPORTED STRUCTURES 1/2%
DAMPINGFIGURE 3.7-2SET A AND SET C SITE DESIGN RESPONSE SPECTRA SAFE SHUTDOWNEARTHQUAKE ROCK-SUPPORTED STRUCTURES 1%
DAMPINGFIGURE 3.7-3SET A AND SET C SITE DESIGN RESPONSE SPECTRA SAFE SHUTDOWNEARTHQUAKE ROCK-SUPPORTED STRUCTURES 2%
DAMPING REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xxvWATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURES SectionTitleFIGURE 3.7-4SET A AND SET C SITE DESIGN RESPONSE SPECTRA SAFE SHUTDOWNEARTHQUAKE ROCK-SUPPORTED STRUCTURES 5%
DAMPINGFIGURE 3.7-4ASET B SITE SPECIFIC DESIGN RESPONSE SPECTRUM SAFE SHUTDOWNEARTHQUAKE (N-S) ROCK SUPPORTED STRUCTURES 1%
DAMPINGFIGURE 3.7-4BSET B SITE SPECIFIC DESIGN RESPONSE SPECTRUM SAFE SHUTDOWN EARTHQUAKE (N-S) ROCK SUPPORTED STRUCTURES 2%
DAMPINGFIGURE 3.7-4CSET B SITE SPECIFIC DESIGN RESPONSE SPECTRUM SAFE SHUTDOWNEARTHQUAKE (N-S) ROCK SUPPORTED STRUCTURES 3%
DAMPINGFIGURE 3.7-4DSET B SITE SPECIFIC DESIGN RESPONSE SPECTRUM SAFE SHUTDOWNEARTHQUAKE (N-S) ROCK SUPPORTED STRUCTURES 4%
DAMPINGFIGURE 3.7-4ESET B SITE SPECIFIC DESIGN RESPONSE SPECTRUM SAFE SHUTDOWN EARTHQUAKE (N-S) ROCK SUPPORTED STRUCTURES 5%
DAMPINGFIGURE 3.7-4FSET B SITE SPECIFIC RESPONSE SPECTRUM SAFE SHUTDOWN EARTHQUAKE (N-S) ROCK SUPPORTED STRUCTURES 7%
DAMPINGFIGURE 3.7-4GSPECIFIC DESIGN RESPONSE SPECTRUM SAFE SHUTDOWNEARTHQUAKE (E-W) ROCK SUPPORTED STRUCTURES 1%
DAMPINGFIGURE 3.7-4HSET B SITE SPECIFIC DESIGN RESPONSE SPECTRUM SAFE SHUTDOWNEARTHQUAKE (E-W) ROCK SUPPORTED STRUCTURES 2%
DAMPINGFIGURE 3.7-4ISET B SITE SPECIFIC DESIGN RESPONSE SPECTRUM SAFE SHUTDOWNEARTHQUAKE (E-W) ROCK SUPPORTED STRUCTURES 3%
DAMPING REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xxviWATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURESSectionTitleFIGURE 3.7-4JSET B SITE SPECIFIC DESIGN RESPONSE SPECTRUM SAFE SHUTDOWNEARTHQUAKE (E-W) ROCK SUPPORTED STRUCTURES 4%
DAMPINGFIGURE 3.7-4KSET B SITE SPECIFIC DESIGN RESPONSE SPECTRUM SAFE SHUTDOWNEARTHQUAKE (E-W) ROCK SUPPORTED STRUCTURES 5%
DAMPINGFIGURE 3.7-4LSET B SITE SPECIFIC DESIGN RESPONSE SPECTRUM SAFE SHUTDOWN EARTHQUAKE (E-W) ROCK SUPPORTED STRUCTURES 7%
DAMPINGFIGURE 3.7-4MSET B SITE SPECIFIC DESIGN RESPONSE SPECTRUM SAFE SHUTDOWNEARTHQUAKE (VERTICAL) ROCK SUPPORTED STRUCTURES 1% DAMPINGFIGURE 3.7-4NSET B SITE SPECIFIC DESIGN RESPONSE SPECTRUM SAFE SHUTDOWNEARTHQUAKE (VERTICAL) ROCK SUPPORTED STRUCTURES 2% DAMPINGFIGURE 3.7-4OSET B SITE SPECIFIC DESIGN RESPONSE SPECTRUM SAFE SHUTDOWN EARTHQUAKE (VERTICAL) ROCK SUPPORTED STRUCTURES 3% DAMPINGFIGURE 3.7-4PSET B SITE SPECIFIC DESIGN RESPONSE SPECTRUM SAFE SHUTDOWNEARTHQUAKE (VERTICAL) ROCK SUPPORTED STRUCTURES 4% DAMPINGFIGURE 3.7-4QSET B SITE SPECIFIC DESIGN RESPONSE SPECTRUM SAFE SHUTDOWNEARTHQUAKE (VERTICAL) ROCK SUPPORTED STRUCTURES 5% DAMPINGFIGURE 3.7-4RSET B SITE SPECIFIC DESIGN RESPONSE SPECTRUM SAFE SHUTDOWN EARTHQUAKE (VERTICAL) ROCK SUPPORTED STRUCTURES 7% DAMPINGFIGURE 3.7-4SCOMPARISONS OF H1 ARTIFICIAL TIME HISTORY PSDF WITH HORIZONTAL, 84TH
PERCENTILE, AND MINIMUM REQUIRED, 84TH-PERCENTILE TARGET PSDFS REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xxviiWATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURES SectionTitleFIGURE 3.7-4TCOMPARISONS OF H2 ARTIFICIAL TIME HISTORY WITH HORIZONTAL, 84TH PERCENTILE, AND MINIMUM REQUIRED, 84TH-PERCENTILE TARGET PSDFSFIGURE 3.7-4UCOMPARISONS OF V ARTIFICIAL TIME HISTORY WITH VERTICAL, 84TH PERCENTILE, AND MINIMUM REQUIRED, 84TH- PERCENTILE TARGET PSDFSFIGURE 3.7-5LUMPED MASS MODEL FOR ANALYSIS OF CYLINDRICAL SHELLFIGURE 3.7-5ASEISMIC ANALYSIS MOD EL FOR SHIELD BUILDING (SET B AND SET C)FIGURE 3.7-6FLOW CHART OF OPERATIONS FOR RESPONSE OF THE DOMEFIGURE 3.7-7SHELL MODEL FOR DO ME ANALYSIS-SHIELD BUILDINGFIGURE 3.7-7ASEISMIC ANALYSIS HODEL FOR STEEL CONTAINMENT VESSEL (SET B AND SET C)FIGURE 3.7-7BCONTAINMENT VESSEL LUMPED MASS BEAM MODEL AND PROPERTIESFIGURE 3.7-7CSECTIONAL ELEVATIO N OF STEEL CONTAINMENT VESSEL AND LUMPED MASS MODEL FOR SEISMIC ANALYSISFIGURE 3.7-8SECTIONAL ELEVATIONAL LOOKING NORTH LUMPED MASS MODEL FOR DYNAMIC ANALYSISFIGURE 3.7-8ASEISMIC ANALYSIS MODEL FOR INTERIOR CONCRETE STRUCTURE (SET B AND SET C)FIGURE 3.7-8BSEISMIC ANALYSIS MODEL FOR INTERIOR CONCRETE STRUCTURE (SET B AND SET C)FIGURE 3.7-8CDYNAMIC MODEL FOR THE REACTOR PRESSURE VESSEL (RPV)FIGURE 3.7-8DDYNAMIC MODEL FOR THE REACTOR COOLANT LOOP 1 FIGURE 3.7-8EDYNAMIC MODEL FOR THE REACTOR COOLANT LOOP 2FIGURE 3.7-8FDYNAMIC MODEL FOR THE REACTOR COOLANT LOOP 3FIGURE 3.7-8GDYNAMIC MODEL FOR THE REACTOR COOLANT LOOP 4 FIGURE 3.7-9LUMPED MASS MODEL FOR DYNAMIC ANALYSIS-AUXILIARY CONTROL BUILDINGFIGURE 3.7-9AACB SEISMIC MODEL (SET B AND SET C)
REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xxviiiWATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURESSectionTitleFIGURE 3.7-10SECTIONAL ELEVATION OF NORTH STEAM VALVE ROOM AND LUMPED MASS MODEL FOR SEISMIC ANALYSISFIGURE 3.7-10ALUMPED-MASS STICK MODEL FOR THE NSVR SUPERSTRUCTURE - YZ PLANEFIGURE 3.7-10BLUMPED-MASS STICK MODEL FOR THE NSVR SUPERSTRUCTURE - XZ PLANEFIGURE 3.7-11SECTIONAL ELEVATION OF INTAKE PUMPING STATION - LUMPED MASS MODEL FO R DYNAMIC ANALYSISFIGURE 3.7-11AIPS SEISMIC MODELFIGURE 3.7-12MATHEMATICAL MODEL FOR SOIL STRUCTURE INTERACTIONFIGURE 3.7-13SECTIONAL ELEVATION OF DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING LUMPED MASS MODEL FOR DYNAMIC ANALYSISFIGURE 3.7-13ASEISMIC ANALYSIS MODEL FOR DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING - YZ PLANEFIGURE 3.7-13BSEISMIC ANALYSIS MODEL FOR DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING - XZ PLANEFIGURE 3.7-13CLUMPED-MASS STICK MODEL FOR REFUELING WATER STORAGE TANKFIGURE 3.7-14MATHEMATICAL MODEL FOR DYNAMIC ANALYSIS OF THE WASTE PACKAGING AREAFIGURE 3.7-15DELETED BY AMENDMENT 64FIGURE 3.7-15ACONDENSATE DEMINERALIZER WASTE EVAPORATOR BUILDING -
LUMPED MODELS FOR NORMAL MODE ANALYSISFIGURE 3.7-15BSEISMIC ANALYSIS MODEL FOR ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING - YZ PLANEFIGURE 3.7-15CSEISMIC ANALYSIS MODEL FOR ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING - XZ PLANEFIGURE 3.7-15DAUXILIARY CONTROL BUILDING - SET A VS. SET B ARS COMPARISON - OBE NORTH-SOUTH EL. 692.00FIGURE 3.7-15EAUXILIARY CONTROL BUILDING - SET A VS. SET B ARS COMPARISON - BE EAST-WEST EL. 692.0FIGURE 3.7-15FAUXILIARY CONTROL BUILDING - SET A VS. SET B ARS COMPARISON - OBE VERTICAL EL. 692.00 REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xxixWATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURES SectionTitleFIGURE 3.7-15GAUXILIARY CONTROL BUILDING - SET A VS. SET B ARS COMPARISON - OBE NORTH-SOUTH EL. 814.25FIGURE 3.7-15HAUXILIARY CONTROL BUILDING - SET A VS. SET B ARS COMPARISON - OBE EAST-WEST E1. 814.25FIGURE 3.7-15IAUXILIARY CONTROL BUILDING - SET A VS. SET B ARS COMPARISON - OBE VERTICAL E1. 814.25FIGURE 3.7-16DELETED - AMENDMENT 64FIGURE 3.7-17DELETED - AMENDMENT 64 FIGURE 3.7-18DELETED - AMENDMENT 64FIGURE 3.7-19DELETED - AMENDMENT 64FIGURE 3.7-20DELETED - AMENDMENT 64 FIGURE 3.7-21DELETED - AMENDMENT 64FIGURE 3.7-22DELETED - AMENDMENT 64FIGURE 3.7-23DELETED - AMENDMENT 64 FIGURE 3.7-24DELETED - AMENDMENT 64FIGURE 3.7-25DELETED - AMENDMENT 64FIGURE 3.7-26DELETED - AMENDMENT 64 FIGURE 3.7-27DELETED - AMENDMENT 64FIGURE 3.7-28DELETED - AMENDMENT 64FIGURE 3.7-29DELETED - AMENDMENT 64 FIGURE 3.7-30DELETED - AMENDMENT 64FIGURE 3.7-31DELETED - AMENDMENT 64FIGURE 3.7-32DELETED - AMENDMENT 64 FIGURE 3.7-33DELETED - AMENDMENT 64FIGURE 3.7-34DELETED - AMENDMENT 64FIGURE 3.7-35DELETED - AMENDMENT 64 FIGURE 3.7-36DELETED - AMENDMENT 64FIGURE 3.7-37FLOW CHART FOR DEVELOPMENT OF FLOOR RESPONSE SPECTRAFIGURE 3.7-38DELETED - AMENDMENT 64FIGURE 3.7-39REACTOR, AUXILIARY, AND CONTROL BLDGS. - SEISMIC INSTRUMENTATIONLOCATION OF SEISMIC INSTRUMENTS AND PERIPHERAL
EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xxxWATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURESSectionTitleFIGURE 3.7-40REACTOR, AUXILIARY, AND CONTROL BUILDINGSSEISMIC INSTRUMENTATION LOCATION OF SEISMIC INSTRUMENTS AND PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENTFIGURE 3.7-41DIESEL GENORATOR BUILDING SEISMIC INSTRUMENTATION LOCATION OF SEISMIC INSTRUMENTS AND PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENTFIGURE 3.7-42CONTROL BUILDING UNITS 1 AND 2 SEISMIC INSTRUMENTATION LOCATION OF SEISMIC INSTRUMENTS AND PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENTFIGURE 3.7-43CONTROL BUILDING UNITS 1 AND 2 SEISMIC INSTRUMENTATION LOCATION OF SEISMIC INSTRUMENTS AN D PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENTFIGURE 3.7-44POWERHOUSE REACTOR UNIT 1 SEISMIC INSTRUMENTATION LOCATION OF SEISMIC INSTRUMENTS AND PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENTFIGURE 3.7-45POWERHOUSE REACTOR UNIT 1 SEISMIC INSTRUMENTATION LOCATION OF SEISMIC INSTRUMENTS AND PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENTFIGURE 3.8.1-1REACTOR BUILDING ELEVATIONFIGURE 3.8.1-2REACTOR BUILDI NG UNITS 1 AND 2 CONCRETE STRUCTURAL SLAB ELEVATION 699.28 - OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.1-3REACTOR BUILDI NG UNITS 1 AND 2 CONCRETE STRUCTURAL SLAB ELEVATION 699.28 OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.1-4REACTOR BUILDING UNI TS 1 AND 2 CONCRETE EXTERIOR WALL OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.1-5CONCRETE EX TERIOR WALL OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.1-6REACTOR BUILDINGS UNIT 1 AND 2 CONCRETE EXTERIOR WALL OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.1-7REACTOR BUILDING S UNIT 1 AND 2 CONCRETE DOME OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.1-8REACTOR BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 EQUIPMENT ACCESS DOORS ARRANGEMENT AND DETAILSFIGURE 3.8.1-9SHIELD BUILDING TE MPERATURE GRADIENT ELEVATION 728-745 REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xxxiWATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURES SectionTitleFIGURE 3.8.2-1STRUCTURAL STEEL CO NTAINMENT VESSEL DESIGN DATA SHEETFIGURE 3.8.2-2REACTOR BUILDINGS UNITS 1 AND 2 STRUCTURAL STEEL CONTAINMENT VESSEL ANCHOR BOLT PLAN & BASE DETS -
SHEET 1FIGURE 3.8.2-3STRUCTURAL STEEL CONTAINMENT VESSEL INTERIOR ELEVATION - SHEET 2FIGURE 3.8.2-4REACTOR BUILDINGS UNITS 1 AND 2 EQUIPMENT ACCESS HATCH ARRANGEMENT AND DETAILSFIGURE 3.8.2-5REACTOR BUILDINGS UNITS 1 AND 2 PERSONNEL ACCESS LOCK ARRANGEMENT AND DETAILSFIGURE 3.8.2-6POWERHOUSE, AUXILIARY , REACTOR BUILDINGS UNITS 1 AND 2 MECHANICAL FUEL TRANSFER TUBE INSTALLATIONFIGURE 3.8.2-7POWERHOUSE REACTOR BUILDINGS UNITS 1 AND 2 MECHANICAL CONTAINMENT PENETRATIONFIGURE 3.8.2-8POWERHOUSE REACTOR BUILDING UNITS 1 - 2 MECHANICAL CONTAINMENT PENETRATIONSFIGURE 3.8.2-9DELETED BY AMENDMENT 64FIGURE 3.8.2-10TMD NODAL VOLUMESFIGURE 3.8.2-11TMD NODAL VOLUMES FIGURE 3.8.2-12CB & I CONTAINMENT SHELL MODELFIGURE 3.8.2-13CB & I CONTAINMEN T SHELL ANALYSIS FLOW MODELFIGURE 3.8.2-14STRESS REDUCTION METHOD FIGURE 3.8.3-1REACTOR BUILDING UNI TS 1 & 2 CONCRETE INTERIOR STRUCTURE OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.3-2REACTOR BUILDING UNI TS 1 & 2 CONCRETE INTERIOR STRUCTURE OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.3-3REACTOR BUILDING UNI TS 1 & 2 CONCRETE INTERIOR STRUCTURE OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.3-4REACTOR BUILDING UNI TS 1 & 2 CONCRETE INTERIOR STRUCTURE OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.3-5REACTOR BUILDING UNI TS 1 & 2 CONCRETE INTERIOR STRUCTURE OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.3-6PLAN-UPPER CO MPARTMENT; 1FT. = 0.3048MFIGURE 3.8.3-7PLAN-LOWER COMPARTMENT; 1FT. = 0.3048MFIGURE 3.8.3-7AREACTOR SHIELD WALL AND REFUELING CANAL - OUTLINE REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xxxiiWATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURESSectionTitleFIGURE 3.8.3-7BREACTOR BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 CONCRETE REACTOR SHIELD WALL AND REFUELING CANAL - OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.3-7CREACTOR BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 CONCRETE REACTOR SHIELD WALL AND REFUELING CANAL - OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.3-7DCONCRETE REACTOR SHIELD WALL AND REFUELING CANAL - OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.3-7EREACTOR BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL REACTOR CAVITY EMBEDDED PARTS -SHEET 2FIGURE 3.8.3-7FREACTOR BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL REACTOR CAVITY EMBEDDED PARTS - SHEET 3FIGURE 3.8.3-7GREACTOR BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL REACTOR CAVITY EMBEDDED PARTS - SHEET 4FIGURE 3.8.3-8REACTOR BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 PERSONNEL ACCESS DOORS THRU CRANE WALL DOORS - ARRANGEMENTFIGURE 3.8.3-9REACTOR BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 PERSONNEL ACCESS DOORS THRU CRANE WALL DOOR - STRUCTURAL DETAILSFIGURE 3.8.3-10REACTOR BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 PERSONNEL ACCESS DOORS THRU CRANE WALL DOORS MISC. DETAILSFIGURE 3.8.3-11REACTOR BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 PERSONNEL ACCESS DOORS THRU CRANE WALL EMBEDDED FRAMEFIGURE 3.8.3-12REACTOR BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 ESCAPE HATCHESFIGURE 3.8.3-13REACTOR BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 CONCRETE FLOOR -
EL.756.63 OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.3-14REACTOR BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL REACTOR WELL HANDRAIL & MI SSILE SHIELD ANCHOR BOLTS - EL 756.63FIGURE 3.8.3-15REACTOR BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL FRAMES, GRATING AND EMB PARTS EL. 756.63 - SHEET 1FIGURE 3.8.3-16REACTOR BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL FRAMES, GRATING AND EMB PARTS EL. 756.63 - SHEET 2FIGURE 3.8.3-17REACTOR BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL SHIELD PLUGS & FRAMES EL. 756.63FIGURE 3.8.3-18REACTOR BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL HATCH FRAME AND COVER EL. 756.63FIGURE 3.8.3-19TYPICAL DIVIDER FLOOR LOCA TEMPERATURE GRADIENTSFIGURE 3.8.3-20REACTOR BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 CONCRETE STEAM GENERATOR AND PRESSURIZER ENCLOSURE - OUTLINE REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xxxiiiWATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURES SectionTitleFIGURE 3.8.4-1CONCRETE GENERAL OUTLINE FEATURESFIGURE 3.8.4-2REACTOR, AUXILIARY & CONTROL BUILDINGS GENERAL OUTLINE FEATURESFIGURE 3.8.4-3CONCRETE GENERAL OUTLINE FEATURES FIGURE 3.8.4-4REACTOR, AUXILIARY
& CONTROL BUILDINGS CONCRETE GENERAL OUTLINE FEATURESFIGURE 3.8.4-5CONCRETE GENERAL OUTLINE FEATURESFIGURE 3.8.4-6REACTOR, AUXILIARY
& CONTROL BUILDINGS CONCRETE GENERAL OUTLINE FEATURESFIGURE 3.8.4-7REACTOR, AUXILIARY
& CONTROL BUILDINGS CONCRETE GENERAL OUTLINE FEATURESFIGURE 3.8.4-8REACTOR, AUXILIARY
& CONTROL BUILDINGS CONCRETE GENERAL OUTLINE FEATURESFIGURE 3.8.4-9REACTOR, AUXILIARY
& CONTROL BUILDINGS CONCRETE FLOOR DESIGN DATAFIGURE 3.8.4-10AUXILIARY BUILDINGS UNITS 1 & 2 RAILWAY ACCESS HATCH ARRANGEMENT & DETAILS (SHEET 1)FIGURE 3.8.4-11AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 RAILWAY ACCESS HATCH ARRANGEMENT AND DETAILS (SHEET 2)FIGURE 3.8.4-12AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 RAILWAY ACCESS DOOR ARRANGEMENTFIGURE 3.8.4-13AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 RAILWAY ACCESS DOORS DETAILSFIGURE 3.8.4-14AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 RAILWAY ACCESS DOORS FRAME DETAILSFIGURE 3.8.4-15AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 RAILWAY ACCESS DOORS HOIST MACHINERY ENCLOSURE DETAILSFIGURE 3.8.4-16RHR SUMP VALVE ROOM MANWAYSFIGURE 3.8.4-17POWERHOUSE, AUXILIARY REACTOR, & CONTROL BUILDINGS ARCHITECTURA L PLAN ELEVATION 708.0 AND 713.0FIGURE 3.8.4-18POWERHOUSE, AUXILIARY REACTOR, & CONTROL BUILDINGS ARCHITECTURA L PLAN ELEVATION 729.0 AND 737.0FIGURE 3.8.4-19ARCHITECTURAL PLAN ELEVATION 755.0 AND 757.0 REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xxxivWATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURESSectionTitleFIGURE 3.8.4-20POWERHOUSE, AUXILIARY REACTOR, & CONTROL BUILDINGS ARCHITECTURA L PLAN ELEVATION 772.0, 782.0 AND 786.0FIGURE 3.8.4-21POWERHOUSE AUXILIARY BUILDING PRESSURE CONFINING PERSONNEL DOORS ARRANGEMENT AND DETAILS (SHEET 1)FIGURE 3.8.4-22POWERHOUSE AUXILIARY BUILDING PRESSURE CONFINING PERSONNEL DOORS ARRANGEMENT AND DETAILS (SHEET 2)FIGURE 3.8.4-23POWERHOUSE AUXILIARY BUILDING PRESSURE CONFINING PERSONNEL DOORS ARRANGEMENT AND DETAILS (SHEET 3)FIGURE 3.8.4-24YARD-DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING CONCRETE FLOORS AND WALLS OUTLINE (SHEET 1)FIGURE 3.8.4-25YARD-DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING CONCRETE FLOORS AND WALLS OUTLINE (SHEET 2)FIGURE 3.8.4-26YARD-DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING CONCRETE FLOORS AND WALLS OUTLINE (SHEET 3)FIGURE 3.8.4-27YARD-DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING CONCRETE FLOOR AND WALLS OUTLINE (SHEET 4)FIGURE 3.8.4-28DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING FLOOR AND WALL OUTLINE (SHEET 5)FIGURE 3.8.4-29YARD-DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING CONCRETE FLOORS AND WALLS OUTLINE (SHEET 6)FIGURE 3.8.4-30DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 DOORS & BULKHEAD ARRANGEMENTFIGURE 3.8.4-31DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 DOORS AND BULKHEAD DETAILS (SHEET 1)FIGURE 3.8.4-32DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING DOORS AND BULKHEAD DETAILS (SHEET 2)FIGURE 3.8.4-33YARD-DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING CONCRETE FLOORS AND WALLS OUTLINE (SHEET 7)FIGURE 3.8.4-34DELETED -AMENDMENT 62 FIGURE 3.8.4-35AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 CONCRETE PIPE TUNNELS AND TANK FOUNDATIONS OUTLINE (SHEET 1)FIGURE 3.8.4-36AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 CONCRETE PIPE TUNNELS AND TANK FOUNDATIONS OUTLINE (SHEET 2)
REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xxxvWATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURES SectionTitleFIGURE 3.8.4-36AAUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 CONCRETE PIPE TUNNELS AND TANK FOUNDATIONS OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.4-36BAUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 CONCRETE PIPE TUNNELS AND TANK FOUNDATIONSFIGURE 3.8.4-36CAUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 CONCRETE PIPE TUNNELS AND TANK FOUNDATIONS OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.4-37YARD UNITS 1 & 2 CO NCRETE MANHOLES AND DUCT RUNS OUTLINE AND REINFORCEMENTFIGURE 3.8.4-38YARD UNITS 1 & 2 CONCRETE MANHOLES OUTLINE AND REINFORCEMENT (SHEET 1)FIGURE 3.8.4-39YARD UNITS 1 & 2 CONCRETE MANHOLES OUTLINE AND REINFORCEMENT (SHEET 2)FIGURE 3.8.4-40YARD UNITS 1 & 2 CO NCRETE MANHOLES 4A-8A &5B-9B OUTLINE AND REINFORCEMENT (SHEET 3)FIGURE 3.8.4-41YARD UNITS 1 & 2 CO NCRETE MANHOLE 4B OUTLINE AND REINFORCEMENT (SHEET 4)FIGURE 3.8.4-42YARD UNITS 1 & 2 CONCRETE MANHOLES OUTLINE AND REINFORCEMENT (SHEET 5)FIGURE 3.8.4-43MANHOLES OUTLINE AND REINFORCEMENT (SHEET 6)FIGURE 3.8.4-44YARD UNITS 1 & 2 CONCRETE MANHOLES 20, 21, 24 & 25 OUTLINE & REINFORCEMENTFIGURE 3.8.4-45YARD UNITS 1 & 2 CONCRETE MANHOLES 18, 19, 22, 23, 26 &
27 OUTLINE & REINFORCEMENTFIGURE 3.8.4-46YARD UNITS 1 & 2 CO NCRETE MANHOLES & DUCT RUNS OUTLINE & REINFORCEMENTFIGURE 3.8.4-46AYARD UNITS 1 & 2 CONCRETE ERCW STRUCTURES OUTLINE AND REINFORCEMENTFIGURE 3.8.4-47AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 CONCRETE - NORTH STEAM VALVE ROOM OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.4-48AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 CONCRETE - NORTH STEAM VALVE ROOM OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.4-49AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL ACCESS PLATFORMS - MAIN STEAM VALVE ROOMSFIGURE 3.8.4-49ASTRUCTURAL STEEL MA IN STEAM VALVE ROOM FRAMING AND ROOF DECKINGFIGURE 3.8.4-49BDELETED BY AMENDMENT 79 REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xxxviWATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURESSectionTitleFIGURE 3.8.4-49CMECHANICAL MAIN STEAM RELIEF & SAFETY VALVE VENTSFIGURE 3.8.4-50INTAKE PUMPING STATION GENERAL OUTLINE FEATURE (SHEET 1)FIGURE 3.8.4-51WATER SUPPLY UNITS 1 & 2 INTAKE PUMPING STATION CONCRETE GENERAL OUTLINE FEATURE (SHEET 2)FIGURE 3.8.4-52WATER SUPPLY UNITS 1 & 2 INTAKE PUMPING STATION TRAVELING SCREENS ARRANGEMENTFIGURE 3.8.4-53WATER SUPPLY UNITS 1 & 2 CONCRETE RETAINING WALL AT INTAKE PUMPING STATION - OUTLINE AND REINFORCEMENTFIGURE 3.8.4-54WATER SUPPLY UNITS 1 & 2 CONCRETE RETAINING WALL AT INTAKE PUMPING STATION - OUTLINE AND REINFORCEMENTFIGURE 3.8.4-55CONCRETE - RETAIN ING WALL AT INTAKE PUMPING STATION - OUTLINE AND REINFORCEMENTFIGURE 3.8.4-56YARD UNITS 1 & 2 CONCRETE ERCW STRUCTURES OUTLINE & REINFORCEMENTFIGURE 3.8.4-56AYARD UNITS 1 & 2 CONCRETE ERCW STRUCTURES OUTLINE & REINFORCEMENTFIGURE 3.8.4-56BYARD UNITS 1 & 2 CONCRETE ERCW STRUCTURES OUTLINE & REINFORCEMENTFIGURE 3.8.4-56CYARD UNITS 1 & 2 CONCRETE ERCW STRUCTURES OUTLINE & REINFORCEMENTFIGURE 3.8.4-57AUXILIARY BUILDING UNIT 1 CONC RETE ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT BUILDING OUTLINE (SHEET 1)FIGURE 3.8.4-58AUXILIARY BUILDING UNIT 1 CONC RETE ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT BUILDING OUTLINE (SHEET 2)FIGURE 3.8.4-59AUXILIARY BUILDING UNIT 1 CONC RETE ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT BUILDING OUTLINE (SHEET 3)FIGURE 3.8.4-60CONCRETE PART ITION WALLS OUTLINE AND REINFORCEMENT (SHEET 1)FIGURE 3.8.4-61AUXILIARY BUILDING PARTITION WALLS (SHEET 2)
FIGURE 3.8.4-62AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 CONCRETE PARTITION WALLS OUTLINE AND REINFORCEMENTFIGURE 3.8.4-63AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 CONCRETE PARTITION WALLS OUTLINE AND REINFORCEMENTFIGURE 3.8.4-64AUXILIARY BUILDING PARTITION WALLS (SHEET 5)
REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xxxviiWATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURES SectionTitleFIGURE 3.8.4-65AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 CONCRETE PARTITION WALLS OUTLINE AND REINFORCEMENTFIGURE 3.8.4-66GENERAL LOCATI ON OF SETTLEMENT STATIONSFIGURE 3.8.4-67GENERAL LOCATI ON OF SETTLEMENT STATIONSFIGURE 3.8.4-68STRUCTURAL STEEL ER CW INTAKE PU MPING STATION MISSILE PROTECTION FRAMING (SHEET 2)FIGURE 3.8.4-69SPENT FUEL POOL FUEL POOL GATES ARRANGEMENTSFIGURE 3.8.4-70AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 SPENT FUEL POOL FUEL POOL GATES STRUCTURAL DETAILSFIGURE 3.8.4-71SPENT FUEL POOL FUEL POOL GATES SEAL DETAILSFIGURE 3.8.4-72ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING CONCRETE PILE SUPPORTED FOUNDATIONFIGURE 3.8.4-73YARD - ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING CONCRETE FLOOR EL. 742.0 OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.4-74YARD ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING CONCRETE EXTERIOR WALLS OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.4-75YARD - ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING CONCRETE EXTERIOR WALLS OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.4-76YARD - ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING CONCRETE INTERIOR WALLS - FLOOR EL. 742.0 OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.4-77YARD - ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING CONCRETE FLOOR EL. 760.5FIGURE 3.8.4-78YARD ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING CONCRETE INTERIOR WALLS-FL EL. 760.5FIGURE 3.8.4-79YARD - ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING CONCRETE ROOF EL. 774.0 OUTLINEFIGURE 3.8.4-80YARD ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING CONCRETE MISSILE BARRIERS OUTLINE & REINFORCEMENT151FIGURE 3.8.6-1REACTOR BUILDING UNI TS 1 & 2 175 TON POLAR CRANES ARRANGEMENTFIGURE 3.8.6-2REACTOR BUILDING UNI TS 1 & 2 175 TON POLAR CRANES TROLLEY ARRANGEMENT AND DETAILS (SHEET 1)FIGURE 3.8.6-3REACTOR BUILDING UNI TS 1 & 2 175 TON POLAR CRANES TROLLEY ARRANGEMENT AND DETAILS (SHEET 2)FIGURE 3.8.6-4175 TON POLAR CRANES BRIDGE DETAILS REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xxxviiiWATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURESSectionTitleFIGURE 3.8.6-5REACTOR BUILDING UNI TS 1 & 2 175 TON POLAR CRANES MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS (SHEET 1)FIGURE 3.8.6-6REACTOR BUILDING UNI TS 1 & 2 175 TON POLAR CRANES MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS (SHEET 2)FIGURE 3.8.6-7AUXILIARY BUILDI NG UNITS 1 & 2 125 TON CRANE ARRANGEMENTFIGURE 3.8.6-8AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 125 TON CRANE TROLLEY ARRANGEMENTFIGURE 3.8.6-9AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 125 TON CRANE TROLLEY DETAILSFIGURE 3.8.6-10AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 125 TON CRANE BRIDGE DETAILSFIGURE 3.8.6-11125 TON CRANE LIMIT SWITCH AND MECHANICAL STOP ARRANGEMENTFIGURE 3.8A-1SHELL WALL TEMPERATURE VERSUS TIME AFTER LOSS OF COOLANTFIGURE 3.8A-2TYPICAL TEMPERATURE TRANSIENT LOWER COMPARTMENT WALLFIGURE 3.8B-1BUCKLING ST RESS COEFFICIENT, C C , FOR UNSTIFFENED UNPRESSURIZED CIRCULAR CYLINDERS SUBJECTED TO AXIAL COMPRESSIONFIGURE 3.8B-2INCREASE IN AXIAL-COMPRESSIVE BUCKLING-STRESS COEFFICIENT OF CYLINDERS
DUE TO INTERNAL PRESSUREFIGURE 3.8B-3BUCKLING COEFFICIENTS FOR CIRCULAR CYLINDERS SUBJECTED TO EXTERNAL PRESSUREFIGURE 3.8B-4BUCKLING ST RESS COEFFICIENT, C S , FOR UNSTIFFENED UNPRESSURIZED CIRCULAR CYLINDERS SUBJECTED TO TORSIONFIGURE 3.8B-5INCREASE IN TORSIONAL BUCKLING-STRESS COEFFICIENT OF CYLINDERS DUE TO INTERNAL PRESSUREFIGURE 3.8B-6BUCKLING-STRESS COEFFICIENT, C B , FOR UNSTIFFENED UNPRESSURIZED CIRCULAR CYLINDERS SUBJECTED TO BENDINGFIGURE 3.8B-7INCREASE IN BENDING BUCKLING-STRESS COEFFICIENT OF CYLINDERS DUE TO INTERNAL PRESSUREFIGURE 3.8B-8BUCKLING-STRESS COEFFICIENT, K C, FOR UNPRESSURIZED CURVED PANELS SUBJECTED TO AXIAL COMPRESSION REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xxxixWATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURES SectionTitleFIGURE 3.8B-9BUCKLING-STRESS COEFFICIENT, K S , FOR UNPRESSURIZED CURVED PANELS SUBJECTED TO SHEARFIGURE 3.8B-10BUCKLING-STRESS COEFFICIENT, K' S , FOR UNPRESSURIZED CURVED PANELS SUBJECTED TO SHEARFIGURE 3.8C-1VERTICAL STIFFENER MODELFIGURE 3.8C-2POINTS OF STRESS CALCULATION FIGURE 3.8C-3JUMBO INSERT PLAN T POINTS OF STRESS INTENSITIESFIGURE 3.8C-4DETERMINATION OF LOADS ON CENTER PENETRATION ASSOCIATED WITH MAXIMUMSTRESS INTENSITYFIGURE 3.8C-5PENETRATION ANALYSISFIGURE 3.8D-1RESPONSE FOR EARTHQUAKE AVERAGINGFIGURE 3.8D-2SPECTRAL RESPONSE FIGURE 3.9-1VIBRATION CHECK-OU T FUNCTIONAL TEST INSPECTION DATAFIGURE 3.10-1ORIENTATION OF CABLE TRAY AXES REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION3-xlWATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURESSectionTitleTHIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA 3.1-1WATTS BARWBNP-110009_TVA_WB_FSAR_Section_3_A.book3.0 DESIGN OF STRUCTURES, COMP ONENTS, EQUIPMEN T, AND SYSTEMS3.1 CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA 3.1.1 IntroductionThe Watts Bar Nuclear Power plant was designed to meet the intent of the "Proposed General Design Criteria for Nuclear Power Plant Construction Permits" published in July, 1967. The Watts Bar construction permit was issued in January, 1973. This FSAR, however, addresses the NRC Genera l Design Criteria (GDC) published as Appendix A to 10 CFR 50 in July, 1971, including Criterion 4 as amended October 27, 1987.Each criterion is followed by a discussion of the design features and procedures which meet the intent of the criteria. Any exception to the 1971 GDC resulting from the earlier commitments is identified in the discussion of the corresponding criterion. References to other sections of the FSAR are given for system design details.
3.1.2 WBNP Conformance with GDCs 3.1.2.1 Overall RequirementsCriterion 1 - Quality Standards and RecordsStructures, systems, and components important to safety shall be designed, fabricated, erected, and tested to quality standards commensurate with the importance of the safety functions to be performed. Where generally recognized codes and standards are used, they shall be identified and evaluated to determine their applicability, adequacy, and sufficiency and shall be supplemented or modified as necessary to assure a quality product in keeping with the required safety function. A Quality Assurance Program shall be established and implemented in order to provide adequate assurance that these structures, systems, and components will satisfactorily perform their safety function. Appropriate records of the design, fabrication, erection and testing of structures, systems, and components important to safety shall be maintained by or under the control of the nuclear power unit licensee throughout the life of the unit.ComplianceDiscussions related to the applicable codes, design criteria and standards used in the design of particular systems are contained in the appropriate SAR sections and in Tables 3.2-1, 3.2-2, 3.2-3, 3.2-4 and 3.2-5.The Quality Assurance Program conforms to the requirements of 10 CFR 50 Appendix B, "Quality Assurance Criteria for Nuclear Power Plants." Details of the program are given in Chapter 17.
3.1-2CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA WATTS BARWBNP-110Criterion 2 - Design Bases for Protection Against Natural Phenomena Structures, systems, and components important to safety shall be designed to withstand the effects of natural phenomena such as earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, floods, tsunami, and seiches without loss of capability to perform their safety functions. The design bases for these structures, systems, and components shall reflect:
(1)Appropriate consideration of the most severe of the natural phenomena that have been historically reported for the site and surrounding area, with sufficient margin for the limited accuracy, quantity, and period of time in which the historical data have been accumulated, (2)Appropriate combinations of the effects of normal and accident conditions with the effects of the natural phenomena, and (3)The importance of the safety functions to be performed.ComplianceThe structures, systems, and components important to safety are designed to either withstand the effects of natural phenomena without loss of capability to perform their safety functions, or to fail in the safest condition. Those structures, systems, and components vital to the shutdown capability of the reactor are designed to withstand the maximum probable natural phenomenon expected at the site, determined from recorded data for the site vicinity, with appropriate margin to account for uncertainties in historical data. Appropriate combinations of normal, accident, and natural phenomena structural loadings are considered in the plant design.The nature and magnitudes of the natural phenomena considered in the design of the plant are discussed in Sections 2.3, 2.4, and 2.5. Sections 3.2 through 3.10 discuss the design of the plant in relationship to natural events. Seismic and safety classifications, as well as other pertinent standards and information, are given in the sections discussing individual structures and components.
Criterion 3 - Fire Protection Structures, systems, and components important to safety shall be designed and located to minimize, consistent with other safety requirements, the probability and effect of fires and explosions. Noncombustible and heat-resistant materials shall be used wherever practical throughout the unit, particularly in locations such as the containment and control room. Fire detection and fighting systems of appropriate capacity and capability shall be provided and designed to minimize the adverse effects of fires on structures, systems, and components important to safety. Fire-fighting systems shall be designed to assure that their rupture or inadvertent operation does not significantly impair the safety capability of these structures, systems, and components.
CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA 3.1-3WATTS BARWBNP-110ComplianceThe plant is designed to minimize the probability of fires and explosions, and in the event of such occurrences to minimize the potential effects of such events to plant safety related equipment and personnel. Prime consideration was given to these requirements throughout the design process by providing for the duplication and physical separation of components in plant design and the use of materials classified as noncombustible and/or fire resistant wherever practical in safety-related areas of the plant. Equipment and facilities for fire protection, including detection, alarm, and extinguishment, are provided to protect both plant-equipment and personnel from fire, explosion, and the resultant release of toxic vapors. Fire-fighting systems are designed to assure that their rupture or inadvertent operation will not significantly impair systems important to safety. Portions of the fire-protection systems necessary to protect safety-related equipment in Class I structures are designed to seismic requirements.The Fire Protection Systems provided are:
(1)High pressure water, (2)Carbon dioxide, and (3)Portable extinguishers.The Fire Protection System is designed such that a failure of any component of the system or inadvertent operation:
(1)Does not cause a nuclear accident or significant release of radioactivity to the environment.
(2)Does not impair the ability of equipment to safely shutdown and isolate the reactor or limit the releases of radioactivity to the environment in the event of a postulated accident.The Fire Protection Systems for the Watts Bar Nuclear Plant are discussed in Section 9.5.1. Protection from fire in the control room is discussed in Section 6.4. Criterion 4 - Environmental and Missile Design BasesStructures, systems, and components important to safety shall be designed to accommodate the effects of and to be compatible with the environmental conditions associated with normal operation, maintenance, testing, and postulated accidents, including loss-of-coolant accidents (LOCAs). These structures, systems, and components shall be appropriately protected against dynamic effects, including the effects of missiles, pipe whipping, and discharging fluids, that may result from equipment failures and from events and conditions outside the nuclear power unit.
3.1-4CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA WATTS BARWBNP-110ComplianceThis criterion has been implemented as amended and published in the Federal Register, Volume 52, Number 207, October 27, 1987, 41288, which added the following:"However, dynamic effects associated with postulated pipe ruptures in nuclear power units may be excluded from the design basis when analyses reviewed and approved by the Commission demonstrate that the probability of fluid system piping rupture is extremely low under conditions consistent with the design basis for the piping."Structures, systems, and components important to safety are designed to accommodate the effects of and to be compatible with the environmental conditions associated with normal operation, maintenance, testing, and postulated accidents.
The associated environmental parameters are identified and incorporated in the design requirements and specifications. Particular care was given to the extreme environmental conditions associated with major incidents such as LOCAs. Required equipment and instrumentation are identified, environmental conditions such as temperature, pressure, humidity, and irradiation, are calculated, and the effects of the latter on the former were evaluated either analytically or experimentally. The dynamic effects associated with an accident were carefully identified and assurance given that the structures and systems (including engineered safeguards) assumed undamaged in the total assessment of the accident consequences are suitably protected.Emergency core cooling components are austenitic stainless steel or equivalent corrosion resistant material and hence are compatible with the containment atmosphere over the full range of exposure during the post accident conditions.Where vital components cannot be located away from potential missiles, protective walls and slabs, local missile shielding, and restraining devices are provided to protect the containment and engineered safety feature components within the containment against damage from missiles generated by the equipment failures associated with the design basis accident (DBA).The environmental design of safety-related items is discussed in Section 3.8 on the design of structures; Sections 6.2.2 and 6.2.3 on containment heat removal and air purification; and Section 9.4 on ventilation systems. Safety- related systems and components used the input from these sections for design as discussed in Section 3.11. Missile and environmental protection is discussed in Sections 3.5 and 3.11, respectively.Criterion 5 - Sharing of Structures, Systems, and ComponentsStructures, systems, and components important to safety shall not be shared among nuclear power units unless it is shown that such sharing will not impair significantly their ability to perform their safety functions, including, in the event of an accident in one unit, an orderly shutdown and cooldown of the remaining units.
CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA 3.1-5WATTS BARWBNP-110ComplianceThe structures important to safety that are shared are the Auxiliary Building (Section 3.8), Control Building (Section 3.8), Diesel Generator Building (Section 3.8), and the intake pumping station (Section 3.8). Shared safety- related systems include the essential raw cooling water (Section 9.2), component cooling water (Section 9.2), fire protection (Section 9.5), spent fuel cooling (Section 9.1), fuel oil storage tanks (Section 9.5), preferred and emergency electric power (Section 8.2 and 8.3, respectively), chemical and volume control (Section 9.3), radioactive waste (Chapter 11), emergency gas treatment system (Sections 6.2 and 6.5), and control and Auxiliary Building ventilation systems (Section 6.4). The vital dc power system is shared to the extent that a few loads (e.g., the vital inverters) in one nuclear unit are energized by the dc power channels assigned primarily to power loads of the other unit. In no case does the sharing inhibit the safe shutdown of one unit while the other unit is experiencing an accident. All shared systems are sized for all credible initial combinations of normal and accident states for the two units, with appropriate isolation to prevent an accident condition in one unit from carrying into the other. During the period of time when Unit1 is licensed and Unit 2 is unlicensed, all portions of systems and structures important to the safe operation and safe shutdown of Unit 1 will be isolated and protected. For systems which are shared and have interface points, a means is provided for isolating and protecting the portions required for Unit 1 operation and safe shutdown from the balance of the Unit 2 systems which are not necessary or desirable for the operation and/or safe shutdown of Unit 1.If the designated equipment configuration is revised to allow system testing or modification, appropriate action will be taken to ensure that the required system availability for accident mitigation is maintained.
3.1.2.2 Protection By Mult iple Fission Product BarriersCriterion 10 - Reactor DesignThe reactor core and associated coolant, control, and protection systems shall be designed with appropriate margin to assure that specified acceptable fuel design limits are not exceeded during any condition of normal operation, including the effects of anticipated operational occurrences.ComplianceThe reactor core with its related coolant, control, and protection systems is designed to function throughout its design lifetime without exceeding acceptable fuel damage limits. The reactor trip system is designed to actuate a reactor trip for any anticipated combination of plant conditions when necessary to ensure that fuel design limits are not exceeded. The core design, together with reliable process and decay heat removal systems, provides for this capability under all expected conditions of normal operation with appropriate margins for uncertainties and anticipated transient situations, including the effects of loss of reactor coolant flow, trip of the turbine-generator, loss of normal feedwater and loss of both normal and preferred power sources.
3.1-6CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA WATTS BARWBNP-110Chapter 4 discusses the design bases and design evaluation of reactor components. Chapter 5 discusses the reactor coolant system. The details of the reactor trip and engineered safety features actuation system design and logic are discussed in Chapter 7. This information supports the accident analyses presented in Chapter 15.Criterion 11 - Reactor Inherent Protection The reactor core and associated coolant systems shall be designed so that in the power operating range the net effect of the prompt inherent nuclear feedback characteristics tends to compensate for a rapid increase in reactivity.ComplianceA negative reactivity coefficient is a basic feature of core nuclear design as discussed in Chapter 4.Criterion 12 - Suppression of Reactor Power Oscillations The reactor core and associated coolant, control and protection systems shall be designed to assure that power oscillations which can result in conditions exceeding specified acceptable fuel design limits are not possible or can be reliably and readily detected and suppressed.CompliancePower oscillations of the fundamental mode are inherently eliminated by the negative Doppler and nonpositive moderator temperature coefficients of reactivity.Oscillations due to xenon spatial effects in the radial, diametral and azimuthal overtone modes are heavily damped due to the inherent design and due to the negative Doppler and nonpositive moderator temperature coefficients of reactivity.Oscillations due to xenon spatial effects in the axial first overtone mode may occur. Assurance that fuel design limits are not exceeded by xenon axial oscillations is provided as a result of reactor trip functions using the measured axial power imbalance as an input.Oscillations due to xenon spatial effects in axial modes higher than the first overtone are heavily damped due to the inherent design and due to the negative Doppler coefficient of reactivity.The stability of the core against xenon-induced power oscillations and the functional requirements of instrumentation for monitoring and measuring core power distribution are discussed in Section 4.3. Details of the instrumentation design and logic are discussed in Chapter 7.Criterion 13 - Instrumentation and Control Instrumentation shall be provided to monitor variables and systems over their anticipated ranges for normal operation, for anticipated operational occurrences, and for accident conditions as appropriate to assure adequate safety, including those CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA 3.1-7WATTS BARWBNP-110variables and systems that can affect the fission process, the integrity of the reactor core , the reactor coolant pressure boundary, and the containment and its associated systems. Appropriate controls shall be provided to maintain these variables and systems within prescribed operating ranges.ComplianceInstrumentation and controls are provided to monitor and control neutron flux, control rod position, temperatures, pressures, flows, and levels as necessary to assure that adequate plant safety can be maintained. Instrumentation is provided in the reactor coolant system, steam and power conversion system, the containment, engineered safety features systems, radiological waste systems and other auxiliaries. Parameters that must be provided for operator use under normal operating and accident conditions are indicated in the control room in proximity with the controls for maintaining the indicated parameter in the proper range.The quantity and types of process instrumentation provided measures safe and orderly operation of all systems over the full design range of the plant. These systems are described in Chapters 6, 7, 8, 9, 11 and 12.Criterion 14 - Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary The reactor coolant pressure boundary shall be designed, fabricated, erected, and tested so as to have an extremely low probability of abnormal leakage, or rapidly propagating failure, and of gross rupture.ComplianceThe reactor coolant pressure boundary is designed to accommodate the system pressures and temperatures attained under all expected modes of plant operation, including all anticipated transients, and to maintain the stresses within applicable stress limits. In addition to the loads imposed on the piping under operating conditions, consideration is also given to abnormal loadings, such as pipe rupture and seismic loadings as discussed in Sections 3.6 and 3.7, respectively. The piping is protected from overpressure by means of pressure relieving devices as required by applicable codes.Reactor coolant pressure boundary materials selection and fabrication techniques ensure a low probability of gross rupture or significant leakage.The materials of construction of the reactor coolant pressure boundary are protected by control of coolant chemistry from corrosion which might otherwise reduce the structural integrity of the boundary during its service lifetime.The reactor coolant pressure boundary has provisions for inspections, testing and surveillance of critical areas to assess the structural and leak tight integrity. The details are given in Section 5.2. For the reactor vessel, a material surveillance program conforming to applicable codes is provided.
3.1-8CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA WATTS BARWBNP-110Means are provided to detect significant uncontrolled leakage from the reactor coolant pressure boundary with indication in the control room as discussed in Section 5.2.Criterion 15 - Reactor Coolant System Design The reactor coolant system and associated auxiliary, control, and protection systems shall be designed with sufficient margin to assure that the design conditions of the reactor coolant pressure boundary are not exceeded during any condition of normal operation, including anticipated operational occurrences.ComplianceTransient analyses presented in Section 5.2 lead to the conclusion that design conditions are not exceeded during normal operation. Protection and control set points are based on these transient analyses.Additionally, reactor coolant pressure boundary components achieve a large margin of safety by the use of proven ASME materials and design codes, use of proven fabrication techniques, nondestructive shop testing and integrated hydrostatic testing of assembled components.The effect of radiation embrittlement is considered in reactor vessel design, and surveillance samples monitor adherence to expected conditions throughout plant life.Multiple safety and relief valves are provided for the reactor coolant system. These valves and their set points meet ASME criteria for over-pressure protection. The ASME criteria are satisfactory based on a long history of industry use. Chapter 5 discusses reactor coolant system design.Criterion 16 - Containment Design Reactor containment and associated systems shall be provided to establish an essentially leaktight barrier against the uncontrolled release of radioactivity to the environment and to assure that the containment design conditions important to safety are not exceeded for as long as postulated accident conditions require.ComplianceThe reactor containment (Section 6.2) is a freestanding, continuous steel membrane structure housing the reactor and various auxiliary components including the ice condenser. The ice condenser (Section 6.7) limits the initial containment pressure to a value less than design during a large LOCA. A concrete Shield Building surrounding the steel vessel allows for collection of any containment leakage, which is subsequently processed by the emergency gas treatment system (Section 6.5) before release to the environment. The containment also contains a spray system (Section 6.2) which supplements the ice condenser in limiting pressure and which also provides long-term cooling following a LOCA. The design pressure is not exceeded in any pressure transients which result from combining the effects of heat sources with minimal operation of the engineered safety features.
CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA 3.1-9WATTS BARWBNP-110The containment system is designed to provide for protection of the public from the consequences of a LOCA based on a postulated break of the reactor coolant piping up to and including a doubled-ended break of the largest reactor coolant pipe. Periodic containment leak rate measurements ensure that the leaktight barrier is maintained.Criterion 17 - Electric Power Systems An onsite electric power system and an offsite electric power system shall be provided to permit functioning of structures, systems, and components important to safety. The safety function for each system (assuming the other system is not functioning) shall be to provide sufficient capacity and capability to assure that (1) specified acceptable fuel design limits and design conditions of the reactor coolant pressure boundary are not exceeded as a result of anticipated operational occurrences and (2) the core is cooled and containment integrity and other vital functions are maintained in the event of postulated accidents.The onsite power sources, including the batteries, and the onsite electric distribution system, shall have sufficient independence, redundancy, and testability to perform their safety functions assuming a single failure.Electric power from the transmission network to the onsite electric distribution system shall be supplied by two physically independent circuits (not necessarily on separate rights of way) designed and located so as to minimize to the extent practical the likelihood of their simultaneous failure under operating and postulated accident and environmental conditions. A switchyard common to both circuits is acceptable. Each of these circuits shall be designed to be available in sufficient time following a loss of all onsite alternating current power supplies and the other offsite electric power circuit, to assure that specified acceptable fuel design limits and design conditions of the reactor coolant pressure boundary are not exceeded. One of these circuits shall be designed to be available within a few seconds following a LOCA to assure that core cooling, containment integrity, and other vital safety functions are maintained.Provisions shall be included to minimize the probability of losing electric power from any of the remaining sources as a result of, or coincident with, the loss of power generated by the nuclear power unit, the loss of power from the transmission network, or the loss of power from the onsite electric power sources.ComplianceThe capacity and capability of either the onsite or offsite electric power system is sufficient to assure that (1) specified fuel design limits and design conditions of the reactor coolant pressure boundary are not exceeded as a result of anticipated operational occurrences and (2) the core is cooled and containment integrity and other vital functions are maintained in the event of postulated accidents.Offsite Electrical Power SystemThe offsite electrical power source consists of two physically independent circuits which are energized and available. The offsite sources are two independent 161-kV transmission lines terminating at the 161-kV switchyard, providing power to the plant, 3.1-10CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA WATTS BARWBNP-110on demand, via the common station service transformers to the onsite Class 1E distribution system.Onsite Electrical Power SystemThe onsite electrical power system serves both nuclear power units and certain common plant equipment. It consists of two independent diesel generator systems, each system containing two diesel generator units, two redundant Class 1E electric power distribution trains, and four redundant vital instrument and control power channels, each provided with an uninterruptible ac power supply and distribution panel. A plant Class 1E dc power system is provided with four redundant divisions, each consisting of a battery, battery charger, and distribution panel. Each redundant onsite power supply, train, and channel has the capability and capacity to supply the required safety loads assuming the failure of its redundant counterpart.For a detailed description and analysis of the offsite electrical power system and onsite electrical power system, see Sections 8.2 and 8.3, respectively.Criterion 18 - Inspection and Testing of Electric Power Systems Electric power systems important to safety shall be designed to permit appropriate periodic inspection and testing of important areas and features, such as wiring, insulation, connections, and switchboards, to assess the continuity of the systems and the condition of their components. The systems shall be designed with a capability to test periodically (1) the operability and functional performance of the components of the systems, such as onsite power sources, relays, switches, and buses, and (2) the operability of the systems as a whole and, under conditions as close to design as practical, the full operation sequence that brings the systems into operation, including operation of applicable portions of the protection system, and the transfer of power among the nuclear power unit, the offsite power system, and the onsite power system.ComplianceInspectionIn addition to continuous surveillance by visual and audible alarms for any abnormal condition, the onsite power system is designed to permit inspection and checking of wiring, insulation, connections, and switchboards to the extent that personnel safety is not jeopardized, equipment not damaged, and the plant not exposed to accidental tripping.On-Line TestingThe onsite power system is designed with provision for periodic testing during normal operation with the unit on line, to the extent that the plant is not exposed to accidental tripping and the reliability of the safety system not degraded. These features include provisions for starting and loading of onsite emergency diesel generators, and starting and loading of individual or groups of engineered safeguards to their respective buses. The system is also designed to permit testing of larger integrated segments of the system during planned cooldown of the reactor coolant system.
CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA 3.1-11WATTS BARWBNP-110 Off-Line TestingThe onsite power system is designed with facilities for a complete test of the operability of the system as a whole from initiation of protection system, starting and loading of the diesel generators, transfer of power sources and the full operational sequence of engineered safety features.Inspection and testing of electrical power systems is further described in Sections 8.3.1.1 and 8.3.2.1. Criterion 19 - Control Room A control room shall be provided from which actions can be taken to operate the nuclear power unit safely under normal conditions and to maintain it in a safe condition under accident conditions including LOCAs. Adequate radiation protection shall be provided to permit access and occupancy of the control room under accident conditions without personnel receiving radiation exposures in excess of 5 rem whole body, or its equivalent to any part of the body, for the duration of the accident.Equipment at appropriate locations outside the control room shall be provided (1) with a design capability for prompt hot shutdown of the reactor, including necessary instrumentation and controls to maintain the unit in a safe condition during hot shutdown, and (2) with a potential capability for subsequent cold shutdown of the reactor through the use of suitable procedures.ComplianceThe plant is provided with a separate structure designated as the Control Building. Within the Control Building are located control rooms, auxiliary instrument room, computer room, battery and dc equipment rooms (including space for instrument motor generator, etc), switchyard relay room, plant communications room and service facilities such as shift engineer office, kitchen, instrument shop, toilet facilities, and mechanical equipment room for heating, ventilating, and air conditioning equipment.The main control room was provided with unit control panels for each of the two units, the switchyard, electrical recording, dc distribution, operation of the diesel generator system, and for those systems shared by the two units. The unit control panels contain those instruments and controls necessary for operation of the unit, functions such as the reactor and its auxiliary system, turbine generator, and the steam and power conversion systems. Selection of loading from the various plant electrical distribution boards such as the startup boards, common service board, shutdown boards, and motor control centers is accomplished from the unit control panels.The control room is designed and equipped to minimize the effects of possible events such as fire, high radiation levels, and excessive temperature which might preclude occupancy. The main control room is continuously occupied by qualified operating personnel under all operating and accident conditions except in the case of events such as fire or smoke which could necessitate its evacuation. In the unlikely event that control room occupancy becomes impossible, provisions have been made to bring the reactor units to, and maintain them in, a hot shutdown condition, from a location 3.1-12CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA WATTS BARWBNP-110external to the main control room. By use of appropriate procedures and available equipment, the unit can also be brought to cold shutdown conditions.Sufficient shielding, distance, and containment integrity are provided to assure that under postulated accident conditions control room personnel shall not be subjected to radiation doses which would exceed 5 rem to the whole body, or its equivalent to any part of the body, including doses received during both ingress and egress. Control room ventilation is provided by a system having a large percentage of recirculated air. After an accident, makeup air is automatically routed through a system of HEPA and charcoal filters.The design of the control room for occupancy during accidents is discussed in Section 6.4. The heating, ventilation, and air conditioning of the Control Building is discussed in Section 9.4. Radiation doses to control personnel following a LOCA are evaluated in Section 15.5.3. Radiation protection design features are discussed in Section 12.3.3.1.2.3 Protection and R eactivity Control SystemsCriterion 20 - Protection System Functions The protection system shall be designed (1) to initiate automatically the operation of appropriate systems including the reactivity control systems, to assure that specified acceptable fuel design limits are not exceeded as a result of anticipated operational occurrences and (2) to sense accident conditions and to initiate the operation of systems and components important to safety.ComplianceA fully automatic protection system (with appropriate redundant channels) is provided to cope with transients where insufficient time is available for manual corrective action. The design basis for all protection systems is in accord with IEEE Standard 279-1971. The reactor trip system automatically initiates a reactor trip when any appropriate monitored variable or combination of variables exceed the normal operating range.
Setpoints are chosen to provide an envelope of safe operating conditions with adequate margin for uncertainties to ensure that fuel design limits are not exceeded.Reactor trip is initiated by removing power to the rod drive mechanisms of all the full length rod cluster control assemblies. This will allow the assemblies to free fall into the core, rapidly reducing reactor power output.The engineered safety features actuation system automatically initiates emergency core cooling, and other safeguards functions, by sensing accid ent conditions using redundant process protection system channels measuring diverse parameters. Manual actuation of safeguards is relied upon where ample time is available for operator action. The ESF actuation system also provides a reactor trip on manual or automatic safety injection (S) signal generation.The response and adequacy of the protection systems is analyzed for all conditions specified by the ANS N18.2 standard through Condition IV.
CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA 3.1-13WATTS BARWBNP-110For further discussion of the reactor trip system and engineered safety features actuation system, see Sections 7.2 and 7.3, respectively.Criterion 21 - Protection System Reliability and Testability The protection system shall be designed for high functional reliability and inservice testability commensurate with the safety functions to be performed. Redundancy and independence designed into the protection system shall be sufficient to assure that (1)no single failure results in loss of protection function and (2) removal from service of any component or channel does not result in a loss of the required minimum redundancy unless the acceptable reliability of operation of the protection can be otherwise demonstrated. The protection system shall be designed to permit periodic testing of its functioning when the reactor is in operation, including a capability to test channels independently to determine failures and losses of redundancy that may have occurred.ComplianceThe protection system is designed for high functional reliability and inservice testability. The design employs redundant logic trains, and measurement and equipment diversity.The protection system is designed in accordance with IEEE Standard 279-1971. All safety actuation circuitry is provided with a capability for testing with the reactor at power. The protection systems, including the process protection system, nuclear instrumentation system and the engineered safety features test cabinet comply with Regulatory Guide 1.22 on periodic testing of protection system actuation functions. Under the present design, there are protective functions which are not tested at power. The functions can be tested under shutdown plant conditions, so that they do not interrupt power operation, as allowed by Regulatory Guide 1.22. For those process protection functions that may be tested in bypass, alarms are provided in the control room and at the process rack to indicate the bypassed condition. Additional information on the capability of the process protection system to be tested in the bypassed mode is provided in Section 7.2.2.2, Subsections 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14.In those cases where equipment cannot be tested at power, it is only the actuation device function which is not tested. The logic associated with the actuation devices has the capability for testing at power. Such testing will disclose failures or reduction in redundancy which may have occurred. Removal from service of any single channel or component does not result in loss of minimum required redundancy. For example, a two-of-three function becomes a one-of-two function when one channel is removed. (Note that this is not true for the logic trains which are effectively a one-out-of-two logic.)Semiautomatic testers are built into each of the two logic trains in a protection system. These testers have the capability of testing the major part of the protection system very rapidly while the reactor is at power. Between tests, a number of internal protection system points including the associated power supplies and fu ses are continuously monitored. Outputs of the monitors are logically processed to provide alarms for 3.1-14CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA WATTS BARWBNP-110failures in one train and automatic reactor trip for failures in both trains. Self-testing provision is designed into each tester. Additional details can be found in Sections 7.2 and 7.3.Criterion 22 - Protection System IndependenceThe protection system shall be designed to assure that the effects of natural phenomena, and of normal operating, maintenance, testing, and postulated accident conditions on redundant channels do not result in loss of the protection function, or shall be demonstrated to be acceptable on some other defined basis. Design techniques, such as functional diversity or diversity in component design and principles of operation, shall be used to the extent practical to prevent loss of the protection function.ComplianceDesign of protection systems includes consideration of natural phenomena, normal maintenance, testing and accident conditions such that the protection functions are always available.Sufficient redundancy and independence is designed into the protection system to assure that no single failure, or removal from service of any component or channel of a system, will result in loss of the protection function. The minimum redundancy is exceeded in each protection function which is active with the reactor at power. Functional diversity and consequential location diversity are designed into the system. For example, loss of one feedwater pump would actuate one pressure reactor trip, one high-level trip, one low-level trip, and two temperature trips. The protective system is discussed in detail in Sections 7.2 and 7.3.Criterion 23 - Protection System Failure Modes The protection system shall be designed to fail into a safe state or into a state demonstrated to be acceptable on some other defined basis if conditions such as disconnection of the system, loss of energy (e.g., electric power, instrument air), or postulated adverse environments (e.g., extreme heat or cold, fire, pressure, steam, water, and radiation) are experienced.ComplianceThe protection system is designed with due consideration of the most probable failure modes of the components under various perturbations of the environment and energy sources. Each reactor trip and engineered safety features actuation channel (except for containment spray and switchover from injection to recirculation) is designed on the deenergize-to-trip principle so loss of power, disconnection, open-channel faults, and the majority of internal channel short-circuit faults cause the channel to go into its tripped mode. The protection system is discussed in Sections 7.2 and 7.3.Criterion 24 - Separation of Protection and Control Systems The protection system shall be separated from control systems to the extent that failure of any single control system component or channel, or failure or removal from service CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA 3.1-15WATTS BARWBNP-110of any single protection system component or channel which is common to the control and protection systems leaves intact a system satisfying all reliability, redundancy, and independence requirements of the protection system. Interconnection of the protection and control systems shall be limited so as to assure that safety is not significantly impaired.ComplianceThe protection system is separate and distinct from control systems. Control systems may be dependent on the protection system in that control signals are derived from protection system measurements where applicable. These signals are transferred to the control system by isolation devices which are classified as protection components. The adequacy of system isolation has been verified by testing under conditions of postulated credible faults. The failure or removal of any single control system component or channel, or failure or removal from service of any single protection system component or channel which is common to the control and protection system leaves intact a system which satisfies the requirements of the protection system. Distinction between channel and train is made in this discussion. The removal of a train from service is allowed only during testing of the train. For discussion of details of compliance, see Chapter 7.Criterion 25 - Protection System Requirements for Reactivity Control MalfunctionsThe protection system shall be designed to assure that specified acceptable fuel design limits are not exceeded for any single malfunction of the reactivity control systems, such as accidental withdrawal (not ejection or dropout) of control rods.ComplianceThe protection system is designed to limit reactivity transients so that fuel design limits are not exceeded. Reactor shutdown by full-length rod insertion is completely independent of the normal control function since the trip breakers interrupt power to the rod mechanisms regardless of existing control signals. Thus, in the postulated accidental withdrawal, (assumed to be initiated by a control malfunction) flux, temperature, pressure, level and flow signals would be generated independently. Any of these signals (trip demands) would operate the breakers to trip the reactor.Analyses of the effects of possible malfunctions are discussed in Chapter 15. These analyses show that for postulated dilution during refueling, startup, or manual or automatic operation at power, the operator has ample time to determine the cause of dilution, terminate the source of dilution and initiate reboration before the shutdown margin is lost. The analyses show that acceptable fuel damage limits are not exceeded even in the event of a single malfunction of either system.Criterion 26 - Reactivity Control System Redundancy and Capability Two independent reactivity control systems of different design principles shall be provided. One of the systems shall use control rods, preferably including a positive means for inserting the rods, and shall be capable of reliably controlling reactivity 3.1-16CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA WATTS BARWBNP-110changes to assure that under conditions of normal operation, including anticipated operational occurrences, and with appropriate margin for malfunctions such as stuck rods, specified acceptable fuel design limits are not exceeded. The second reactivity control system shall be capable of reliably controlling the rate of reactivity changes resulting from planned, normal power changes (including xenon burnout) to assure acceptable fuel design limits are not exceeded. One of the systems shall be capable of holding the reactor core subcritical under cold conditions.Compliance Two reactivity control systems are provided. These are rod cluster control assemblies (RCCAs) and chemical shim (boric acid). The RCCAs are inserted into the core by the force of gravity.During operation the shutdown rod banks are fully withdrawn. The full length control rod system automatically maintains a programmed average reactor temperature compensating for reactivity effects associated with scheduled and transient load changes. The shutdown rod banks along with the full length control banks are designed to shutdown the reactor with adequate margin under conditions of normal operation and anticipated operational occurrences thereby ensuring that specified fuel design limits are not exceeded. The most restrictive period in core life is assumed in all analyses and the most reactive rod cluster is assumed to be in the fully withdrawn position.The boron system will maintain the reactor in the cold shutdown state independent of the position of the control rods and can compensate for xenon burnout transients.Details of the construction of the RCCAs are presented in Chapter 4 and the operation is discussed in Chapter 7. The means of controlling the boric acid concentration is described in Chapter 9. Performance analyses under accident conditions are included in Chapter 15.Criterion 27 - Combined Reactivity Control Systems Capability The reactivity control systems shall be designed to have a combined capability, in conjunction with poison addition by the emergency core cooling system, of reliably controlling reactivity changes to assure that under postulated accident conditions and with appropriate margin for stuck rods the capability to cool the core is maintained.ComplianceSufficient shutdown capability is provided to maintain the core subcritical for any anticipated cooldown transient, e.g., accidental opening of a steam bypass or relief valve, or safety valve stuck open. This shutdown capability is achieved by a combination of RCCA insertion and automatic boron addition via the emergency core cooling system with the most reactive control rod assumed to be fully withdrawn. Manually controlled boric acid addition is used to supplement the RCCA in maintaining the shutdown margin for the long-term conditions of xenon decay and plant cooldown. For further discussion, see Sections 4.3 and 7.2.
CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA 3.1-17WATTS BARWBNP-110Criterion 28 - Reactivity LimitsThe reactivity control systems shall be designed with appropriate limits on the potential amount and rate of reactivity increase to assure that the effects of postulated reactivity accidents can neither (1) result in damage to the reactor coolant pressure boundary greater than limited local yielding nor (2) sufficiently disturb the core, its support structures or other reactor pressure vessel internals to impair significantly the capability to cool the core. These postulated reactivity accidents shall include consideration of rod ejection (unless prevented by positive means), rod dropout, steam line rupture, changes in reactor coolant temperature and pressure, and cold water addition.ComplianceThe maximum reactivity worth of control rods and the maximum rate of reactivity insertion employing control rods and boron removal are limited to values that prevent rupture of the reactor coolant system boundary or disruptions of the core or vessel internals to a degree that could impair the effectiveness of emergency core cooling.The appropriate reactivity insertion rate for the withdrawal of RCCA and the dilution of the boric acid in the reactor coolant systems are specified in the Technical Specifications for the facility. The specification includes appropriate graphs that show the permissible mutual withdrawal limits and overlap of functions of the several RCCA banks as a function of power. These data on reactivity insertion rates, dilution and withdrawal limits are also discussed in Section 4.3. The capability of the chemical and volume control system to avoid an inadvertent excessive rate of boron dilution is discussed in Chapter 9. The relationship of the reactivity insertion rates to plant safety is discussed in Chapter 15.Criterion 29 - Protection Against Anticipated Operational OccurrencesThe protection and reactivity control systems shall be designed to assure an extremely high probability of accomplishing their safety functions in the event of anticipated operational occurrences.ComplianceThe protection and reactivity control systems are designed to assure an extremely high probability of fulfilling their intended functions. The design principl es of diversity and redundancy coupled with a rigorous Quality Assurance Program and analyses support accomplishing this probability as does operating experience in plants using the same basic design. Section 4.2.3 and Sections 7.2 and 7.7 describe design bases and system design.
3.1.2.4 Fluid SystemsCriterion 30 - Quality of Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary Components which are part of the reactor coolant pressure boundary shall be designed, fabricated, erected, and tested to the highest quality standards practical.
3.1-18CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA WATTS BARWBNP-110Means shall be provided for detecting and, to the extent practical, identifying the location of the source of reactor coolant leakage.ComplianceAll reactor coolant system components are designed, fabricated, inspected and tested in conformance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,Section III.Leakage is detected by an increase in the amount of makeup water required to maintain a normal level in the pressurizer. The reactor vessel closure joint is provided with a temperature monitored leakoff between double 0-rings. Leakage inside the reactor containment is drained to the Reactor Building sump where the level is monitored. Leakage is also detected by measuring the airborne activity and humidity of the containment.See Section 5.2 for compliance of reactor coolant system components with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,Section III.Criterion 31 - Fracture Prevention of Reactor Coolant Pressure BoundaryThe reactor coolant pressure boundary shall be designed with sufficient margin to assure that when stressed under operating, maintenance, testing, and postulated accident conditions (1) the boundary behaves in a nonbrittle manner and (2) the probability of rapidly propagating fracture is minimized. The design shall reflect consideration of service temperatures and other conditions of the boundary material under operating, maintenance, testing, and postulated accident conditions and the uncertainties in determining (1) material properties, (2) the effects of irradiation on material properties, (3) residual, steady-state and transient stresses, and (4) size of flaws.ComplianceClose control is maintained over material selection and fabrication for the reactor coolant system to assure that the boundary behaves in a nonbrittle manner. The reactor coolant system materials which are exposed to the coolant are corrosion resistant stainless steel or Inconel. The reference temperature RT NDT of the reactor vessel material samples is established by Charpy V-Notch Tensile and 1/2 T compact tension tests. These tests also insure that materials with proper toughness properties and margins are used.As part of the reactor vessel specification certain requirements which are not specified by the applicable ASME codes are performed, as follows:
(1)A complete independent review of the supplier stress analysis is conducted by Westinghouse on the reactor vessel. Independent stress analysis is conducted in selected areas to ascertain that the design conditions imposed by the Westinghouse specification have been adequately accounted for.
CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA 3.1-19WATTS BARWBNP-110 (2)The reactor vessel received a complete stress analysis, including analysis for cyclic pressure and temperature operation. The ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,Section III, "Nuclear Power Plant Components," Class 1 rules to which these components are designed generally exempt them from cyclic analysis by code Paragraph NB-3222.4 (d).
(3)Welding Preheat Requirements - On the reactor vessel, the non-mandatory preheat requirements for P1 and P12 material were performed on all weldments.
(4)Reactor Vessel Out-of-Roundness Requirements - To ensure uniform coolant flow, the Westinghouse out-of-roundness requirements on the cylindrical region in the area of the thermal shield are above code.Section III, Class 1 out-of-roundness requirements are stated in Paragraph NB-4221.1 of the code. This referenced paragraph states that the difference in inches between the maximum and minimum inside diameters at any cross section shall not exceed the smaller of (D + 50)/200 and D/100, where D is the nominal inside diameter in inches at the cross section under consideration. Westinghouse required the out-of-roundness to be less than 0.5 percent of the diameter in the cylindrical section of the vessel in the region of the thermal shield.Special requirements were imposed by Westinghouse on the quality control procedure for both the basic materials of construction, and on various sub-assemblies and final assembly for the reactor coolant loop components. These requirements supplemented the rules for quality assurance stated in the applicable design codes. Examples of the special quality assurance requirements for the reactor vessel that are beyond code requirements are:Ultrasonic Examinations (1)A 100-percent shear wave ultrasonic test of plate material.
(2)An ultrasonic test of cladding bond.
(3)Weld buildup areas to which the core support pads are attached are examined 100 percent.
(4)Selected areas of completed vessel are ultrasonically mapped after hydrotest to provide a base for future in-service inspection.
(5)Ultrasonic examination of the entire volume of all full penetration welds and heat affected zones in primary pressure boundary welds. The testing was done during fabrication upon completion of the welding and intermediate heat treatment.
3.1-20CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA WATTS BARWBNP-110Dye Penetrant Testing (1)Dye penetrant test all cladding surfaces and other vessel and head internal surfaces after hydrotest.
(2)Dye penetrant examine the weld between the bottom head and instrumentation tubes, after each layer of weld is deposited.
(3)Dye penetrant examine weld between CRDM housing and closure head and vent pipe and closure head after the first layer, each 1/4 inch of weld deposited and final surface.
(4)Dye penetrant examine weld between the lower core support pad and the vessel shell, after the first layer and each 1/2 inch of weld metal are deposited.
(5)Base metal or weld metal surfaces which are exposed to mechanical operations was dye penetrant or magnetic particle inspected.Magnetic Particle Testing (1)Magnetic particle examination of all exterior vessel and head surfaces after hydrotest.
(2)Magnetic particle examination of welds attaching the vessel supports, closure head lifting lugs, and refueling seal ledge to the reactor vessel, after the first layer and each 1/2 inch of weld metal are deposited.
(3)Magnetic particle examination of all closure stud surfaces after threading. Continuous circular and longitudinal magnetization was used.
(4)Magnetic particle examination of I.D. surfaces of carbon and low alloy steel products that have their properties enhanced by accelerated cooling. This inspection was performed after forming and prior to cladding.The fabrication and quality control techniques used in the fabrication of the reactor coolant system were equivalent to those for the reactor vessel. The inspections of reactor vessel, pressurizer, piping and steam generator were governed by ASME code requirements.The permissible pressure - temperature relationships for selected heatup and cooldown rates were calculated using the methods of ASME Code Section III Non-mandatory Appendix G. The change in RT NDT due to irradiation during plant life was calculated using conservative methods and will be verified periodically by surveillance program irradiated material test data.See Section 5.2 for further discussion of compliance.
CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA 3.1-21WATTS BARWBNP-110Criterion 32 - Inspection of Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary Components which are part of the reactor coolant pressure boundary shall be designed to permit (1) periodic inspection and testing of important areas and features to assess their structural and leak-tight integrity, and (2) an appropriate material surveillance program for the reactor pressure vessel.ComplianceThe design of the reactor coolant pressure boundary provides the capability for accessibility during service life to the entire internal surfaces of the reactor vessel, certain external zones of the vessel including the nozzle to reactor coolant piping welds and the top and bottom heads, and external surfaces of the reactor coolant piping except for the area of pipe within the primary shielding concrete. The inspection capability complements the leakage detection systems in assessing the pressure boundary component's integrity. The reactor coolant pressure boundary will be periodically inspected under the provision of ASME Code,Section XI.The RT NDT properties of the reactor vessel core region forging, weldments and associated heat treated zones will be monitored by a surveillance program which is based on ASTM-E-185, Recommended Practice for Surveillance Testing on Structural Materials in Nuclear Reactors. Samples of reactor vessel plate materials will be retained and catalogued in case future engineering development shows the need for further testing.The material properties surveillance program includes not only the conventional tensile and impact tests, but also fracture mechanics specimens. The observed shifts in RTNDT of the core region materials with irradiation will be used to confirm the calculated limits to startup and shutdown transients.To define permissible operating conditions below RTNDT, a pressure range was established which is bounded by a lower limit for pump operation and an upper limit which satisfies reactor vessel stress criteria. To allow for thermal stresses during heatup or cooldown of the reactor vessel, an equivalent pressure limit was defined to compensate for thermal stress as a function of rate of change of coolant temperature.
Since the normal operating temperature of the reactor vessel is well above the maximum expected RT NDT, brittle fracture during normal operation is not considered to be a credible mode of failure. Additional details can be found in Section 5.2.Criterion 33 - Reactor Coolant Makeup A system to supply reactor coolant makeup for protection against small breaks in the reactor coolant pressure boundary shall be provided. The system safety function shall be to assure that specified acceptable fuel design limits are not exceeded as a result of reactor coolant loss due to leakage from the reactor coolant pressure boundary and rupture of small piping or other small components which are part of the boundary. The system shall be designed to assure that for onsite electric power system operation (assuming offsite power is not available) and for offsite electric power system operation (assuming onsite power is not available) the system safety function can be 3.1-22CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA WATTS BARWBNP-110accomplished using the piping, pumps, and valves used to maintain coolant inventory during normal reactor operation.ComplianceThe chemical and volume control system includes charging pumps and makeup paths that serve the safety function of maintaining reactor coolant inventory during normal operations and in the event of small reactor coolant leakages. The charging pumps can maintain reactor coolant pressure sufficiently high to allow orderly reactor shutdown for small tubing or small pipe breaks. Chapter 5 discusses the reactor coolant system, Section 9.3.4 discusses the chemical and volume control system, and Chapter 15 analyzes charging pump performance and fuel damage in event of postulated accidents. The offsite power system and onsite power system are discussed in Sections 8.2 and 8.3, respectively.Criterion 34 - Residual Heat Removal (RHR)A system to remove residual heat shall be provided. The system safety function shall be to transfer fission product decay heat and other residual heat from the reactor core at a rate such that specified acceptable fuel design limits and the design conditions of the reactor coolant pressure boundary are not exceeded.Suitable redundancy in components and features, and suitable interconnections, leak detection, and isolation capabilities shall be provided to assure that for onsite electric power system operation (assuming offsite power is not available) and for offsite electric power system operation (assuming onsite power is not available) the system safety function can be accomplished, assuming a single failure.ComplianceThe RHR system includes two redundant trains of pumps and heat exchangers each having sufficient heat removal capability to ensure fuel protection. The system is Seismic Category I and is provided electric power by either the preferred power system or the diesel generators of the standby power system. The normal steam and power conversion system is used for the first stage cooldown (i.e., above 350
°F and 400 psig). The auxiliary feedwater system provides guaranteed backup of the steam and power conversion system in this function. The systems together accommodate the
single-failure criterion.Section 5.5.7 describes the RHR System.Criterion 35 - Emergency Core Cooling A system to provide abundant emergency core cooling shall be provided. The system safety function shall be to transfer heat from the reactor core following any loss of reactor coolant at a rate such that (1) fuel and clad damage that could interfere with continued effective core cooling is prevented and (2) clad metal-water reaction is limited to negligible amounts.
CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA 3.1-23WATTS BARWBNP-110Suitable redundancy in components and features, and suitable interconnections, leak detection, isolation, and containment capabilities shall be provided to assure that for onsite electric power system operation (assuming offsite power is not available) and for offsite electric power system operation (assuming onsite power is not available) the system safety function can be accomplished, assuming a single failure.ComplianceThe Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS) design and safety analysis is in accordance with the NRC Acceptance Criterion for Emergency Core Cooling System for Light-Water Power Reactors of December 1973 (10 CFR 50.46).By combining the use of passive accumulators, centrifugal charging pumps, safety injection pumps, and residual heat removal pumps, emergency core cooling is provided even if there should be a failure of any component in any system. The ECCS employs passive system of accumulators which do not require any external signals or source of power. Two independent and redundant pumping systems are also provided to supplement the passive accumulator system. These systems are arranged so that the single failure of any active component does not prevent meeting the short-term cooling requirements.The primary function of the ECCS is to deliver borated cooling water to the reactor core in the event of a LOCA. This limits the fuel-clad temperature and thereby ensures that the core will remain intact and in place and fuel damage will not exceed that stipulated as a basis in the safety analysis (Chapter 15). This protection is afforded for:
(1)All pipe break sizes up to and including the hypothetical circumferential rupture of a reactor coolant loop, (2)A loss of coolant associated with a rod ejection accident.The ECCS is described in Section 6.3. The LOCA, including an evaluation of consequences, is discussed in Chapter 15.Criterion 36 - Inspection of Emergency Core Cooling System The emergency core cooling system shall be designed to permit appropriate periodic inspection of important components, such as spray rings in the reactor pressure vessel, water injection nozzles, and piping, to assure the integrity and capability of the system.ComplianceDesign provisions facilitate access to the critical parts of the reactor vessel internals, injection nozzles, pipes and valves for visual or nondestructive inspection.The components outside the containment are accessible for leaktightness inspection during operation of the reactor.
3.1-24CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA WATTS BARWBNP-110Details of the inspection program for the reactor vessel internals are included in Section 5.4. Inspection of the ECCS is discussed in Section 6.3.Criterion 37 - Testing of Emergency Core Cooling System The emergency core cooling system shall be designed to permit appropriate periodic pressure and functional testing to assure (1) the structural and leaktight integrity of its components, (2) the operability and performance of the active components of the system, and (3) the operability of the system as a whole and under conditions as close to design as practical, the performance of the full operational sequence that brings the system into operation, including operation of applicable portions of the protection system, the transfer between normal and emergency power sources, and the operation of the associated cooling water system.ComplianceThe design provides for periodic testing of both active and passive components of the ECCS.Proof tests of the components were performed in the manufacturer's shop. Preoperational system hydrostatic and performance tests demonstrate structural and leaktight integrity of components and proper functioning of the system. Thereafter, periodic tests demonstrate that components are functioning properly.Design provisions include special instrumentation, testing, and sampling lines to perform the tests during plant shutdown to demonstrate proper automatic operation of the ECCS.Each active component of the ECCS may be individually actuated on the normal power source at any time during plant operation to demonstrate operability. Components are actuated on the emergency power system during preoperational tests and subsequently during plant shutdown per Technical Specifications.Details of the ECCS are found in Section 6.3, with periodic testing procedures identified in Section 6.3.4. Performance under accident conditions is evaluated in Chapter 15.Criterion 38 - Containment Heat RemovalA system to remove heat from the reactor containment shall be provided. The system safety function shall be to reduce rapidly, consistent with the functioning of other associated systems, the containment pressure and temperature following any LOCA and maintain them at acceptably low levels.Suitable redundancy in components and features, and suitable interconnections, leak detection, isolation, and containment capabilities shall be provided to assure that for onsite electric power system operation (assuming offsite power is not available) and for offsite electric power system operation (assuming onsite power is not available) the system safety function can be accomplished, assuming a single failure.
CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA 3.1-25WATTS BARWBNP-110ComplianceSystems are provided to effect post-accident containment heat removal. The systems are classified as engineered safety features and as such incorporate a large degree of redundancy as well as being provided with multiple power supplies.Containment heat removal is provided by the ice condenser and by containment sprays. The ice condenser is a passive system consisting of energy absorbing ice on which steam is condensed during and immediately after a LOCA. The condensation of steam on the ice limits the pressure and temperature to values less than containment design.An air return system is used to circulate the containment gaseous inventory through the upper compartment, lower compartment, and ice condenser after the initial blowdown. This maintains proper mixing of the containment air and steam with the heat removal media, spray and ice, for the necessary heat removal.The containment spray system sprays coolant automatically into the upper compartment containment atmosphere in the event of a large LOCA, thereby removing containment heat. The recirculation mode allows for a long-term heat removal by means of two spray systems, each of which contains redundant components including spray headers. The containment spray system consists of two completely separate trains consisting of pumps, heat exchangers, valves, and headers. The containment spray system is initiated automatically upon containment high pressure and is later manually realigned for proper operation in the recirculation mode. The residual heat removal spray contains two spray headers which are supplied from separate trains of the residual heat removal system by manual diversion of a portion of the low-pressure safety injection system flow during recirculation.The loss of a single active component was assumed in the design of these systems. Emergency power system arrangements assure the proper functioning of the air return fan system, and the containment spray system and residual heat removal sprays.The engineered safety features systems are discussed in Chapter 6; the electric power systems in Chapter 8; the protection systems in Chapter 7.Criterion 39 - Inspection of Containment Heat Removal SystemThe containment heat removal system shall be designed to permit appropriate periodic inspection of important components, such as the torus, pumps, spray nozzles, and piping to assure the integrity and capability of the system.ComplianceThe ice condenser design includes provisions for visual inspections of the ice bed flow channels, doors, and cooling equipment. The air return fan system provides for visual inspection of the fans and the associated backflow dampers and for duct systems that are not embedded in concrete. The containment spray system and the RHR sprays are designed such that active and passive components can be readily inspected to demonstrate system readiness. Pressure contained systems are inspected for leaks 3.1-26CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA WATTS BARWBNP-110from pump seals, valve packing, flange joints, and relief valves. During operational testing of the containment spray pumps and RHR pumps, the portions of the systems subjected to pressure are inspected for leaks.System design details are given in Section 6.2.Criterion 40 - Testing of Containment Heat Removal SystemThe containment heat removal system shall be designed to permit appropriate periodic pressure and functional testing to assure (1) the structural and leaktight integrity of its components, (2) the operability and performance of the active components of the system, and (3) the operability of the system as a whole, and, under conditions as close to the design as practical, the performance of the full operational sequence that brings the system into operation, including operation of applicable portions of the protection system, the transfer between normal and emergency power sources, and the operation of the associated cooling water system.ComplianceThe containment heat removal systems described in Section 6.2 are designed to permit periodic testing so that proper operation can be assured. In some cases whole systems can be operated for test purposes. In others, individual components are operated for functional tests so that plant operations are not disrupted.The ice condenser contains no active components, other than the ice condenser doors, which are required to function during an accident condition. Samples of the ice are taken periodically and tested for boron concentration. The lower inlet door opening force is measured when the reactor is in the shutdown condition. The position of the lower inlet doors is monitored at all times. Top deck door and intermediate deck doors are tested for operability during the shutdown condition. Air return fans and their associated backflow dampers are tested for operability while the reactor is shut down for refueling.All active components of the containment spray system and the residual heat removal spray system are tested in place after installation. These spray systems receive initial flow tests to assure proper dynamic functioning. Further testing of the active components is conducted after component maintenance and in accordance with Technical Specifications. Air test lines, located upstream of the spray isolation valves, are provided for testing to assure that spray nozzles are not obstructed. Testing of transfer between normal and emergency power supplies is also conducted. Criterion 41 - Containment Atmosphere CleanupSystems to control fission products, hydrogen, oxygen, and other substances which may be released into the reactor containment shall be provided as necessary to reduce, consistent with the functioning of other associated systems, the concentration and quality of fission products released to the environment following postulated accidents, and to control the concentration of hydrogen or oxygen and other substances in the containment atmosphere following postulated accidents to assure that containment integrity is maintained.
CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA 3.1-27WATTS BARWBNP-110Each system shall have suitable redundancy in components and features, and suitable interconnections, leak detection, isolation, and containment capabilities to assure that for onsite electric power system operation (assuming offsite power is not available) and for offsite electric power system operation (assuming onsite power is not available) its safety function can be accomplished, assuming a single failure.ComplianceThe Shield Building, surrounding the primary containment, serves as a secondary containment. During accident conditions prior to containment isolation, primary and secondary containment purge exhaust is processed by the containment purge system filters prior to release to the atmosphere. The emergency gas treatment system (Section 6.2) maintains this secondary containment at a negative pressure during the entire post-accident period. The emergency gas treatment system also collects and processes the secondary containment atmosphere. After processing, the portion of this processed air necessary to assure a negative pressure is exhausted through the Shield Building exhaust vent. The remainder is recirculated and distributed in the secondary containment.The Auxiliary Building serves to collect any equipment leakage during the recirculation of containment sump water. The Auxiliary Building ventilation system (Section 9.4) is isolated by the containment Phase A isolation signal. The Auxiliary Building gas treatment system (Section 9.4) then maintains the building at a negative pressure and processes any inleakage prior to release to the environment.Post-accident hydrogen control within the containment is provided by the hydrogen mitigation system (Section 6.2.5). Distribution of the atmosphere within the containment is provided by the air return fan system (Section 6.8). The air return fan system also takes suction from each compartment to prevent stagnation and excessive accumulation of hydrogen.Criterion 42 - Inspection of Containment Atmosphere Cleanup SystemsThe containment atmosphere cleanup systems shall be designed to permit appropriate periodic inspection of important components, such as filter frames, ducts, and piping, to assure the integrity and capability of the systems.ComplianceThe emergency gas treatment system (Section 6.2) filtration train and fans and the containment purge filters (Section 9.4.6) are located in the Auxiliary Building and are designed to facilitate inspections. The dampers that control recirculation and exhaust of the emergency gas treatment system effluent are located inside the Shield Building and may be inspected during reactor shutdown.The entire Auxiliary Building gas treatment system (Section 9.4.3) is located in the Auxiliary Building and is designed to facilitate inspection.
3.1-28CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA WATTS BARWBNP-110Criterion 43 - Testing of Containment Atmosphere Cleanup Systems The containment atmosphere cleanup systems shall be designed to permit appropriate periodic pressure and functional testing to assure (1) the structural and leaktight integrity of its components, (2) the operability and performance of the active components of the systems such as fans, filters, dampers, pumps, and valves, and (3)the operability of the systems as a whole and, under conditions as close to design as practical, the performance of the full operational sequence that brings the systems into operation, including operation of applicable portions of the protection system, the transfer between normal and emergency power sources, and the operation of associated systems.ComplianceThe containment purge system (Section 9.4) is designed to permit testing to assure leaktightness of the filter trains; functional testing to assure operability of containment isolation valves; and performance testing to assure filter efficiency and to demonstrate the isolation valve closure in response to the accident mode isolation signal.The emergency gas treatment system (Section 6.2) is designed to permit testing to assure leaktightness of the filtration trains; functional testing to assure operability of the fans, dampers, and instrumentation; and performance testing to assure overall operability of the system and to demonstrate the proper alignment of the system to the accident unit.The Auxiliary Building gas treatment system (section 9.4) is designed to allow testing to assure the pressure and leaktightness of the filters, adsorbers, and the filtration train housing to assure the operability of the fans and dampers; and to assure the operability of the system as a whole. The system design will permit testing of the actuation signals, the isolation of the normal ventilation system, and the proper alignment of dampers.The hydrogen mitigation system (Section 6.2.5) is designed to allow testing to assure the operability of the manual controls that place the systems in operation. The system is designed to permit, under conditions as close to design as practical, the operability of the system as a whole.Criterion 44 - Cooling WaterA system to transfer heat from structures, systems, and components important to safety, to an ultimate heat sink shall be provided. The system safety function shall be to transfer the combined heat load of these structures, systems, and components under normal operating and accident conditions.Suitable redundancy in components and features, and suitable interconnections, leak detection, and isolation capabilities shall be provided to assure that for onsite electric power system operation (assuming offsite power is not available) and for offsite electric power system operation (assuming onsite power is not available) the system safety function can be accomplished, assuming a single failure.
CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA 3.1-29WATTS BARWBNP-110ComplianceA Seismic Category I Component Cooling System (CCS) (Section 9.2) is provided to transfer heat from the reactor coolant system reactor support equipment and engineered safety equipment to a Seismic Category I Essential Raw Cooling Water (ERCW) system (Section 9.2).The CCS serves as an intermediate system and thus a barrier between potentially or normally radioactive fluids and the river water which flows in the ERCW system.The CCS consists of two independent engineered safety subsystems, each of which is capable of serving all necessary loads under normal or accident conditions.In addition to serving as the heat sink for the CCS, the ERCW system is also used as heat sink for the containment through use of the containment spray heat exchangers, and engineered safety equipment through use of compartment and space coolers. The ERCW system consists of two independent trains, each of which is capable of providing all necessary heat sink requirements. The ERCW system transfers heat to the ultimate heat sink (Section 9.2).Electric power is discussed in Chapter 8.Criterion 45 - Inspection of Cooling Water System The cooling water system shall be designed to permit appropriate periodic inspection of important components, such as heat exchangers and piping, to assure the integrity and capability of the system.ComplianceThe integrity and capability of the component cooling water system (Section 9.2) and essential raw cooling water system (Section 9.2) will be monitored during normal operation by the Surveillance Instruction Program. Nonsafety related systems may be isolated temporarily for inspection. All major components will be visually inspected on a periodic basis.The component cooling and essential raw cooling water pumps are arranged such that any pump may be isolated for inspection and maintenance while maintaining full plant operational capabilities.Criterion 46 - Testing of Cooling Water System The cooling water system shall be designed to permit appropriate periodic pressure and functional testing to assure (1) the structural and leaktight integrity of its components, (2) the operability and the performance of the active components of the system, and (3) the operability of the system as a whole and under conditions as close to design as practical, the performance of the full operational sequence that brings the system into operation for reactor shutdown and for LOCAs, including operation of applicable portions of the protection system and the transfer between normal and emergency power sources.
3.1-30CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA WATTS BARWBNP-110ComplianceThe cooling water systems will be pressurized during plant operations; thus, the structural and leaktight integrity of each system and the operability and performance of their active components will be continuously demonstrated. In addition, normally idle portions of the piping system and idle components will be tested during plant shutdown. The emergency functions of the systems will be periodically tested out to the final actuated device in accordance with the Technical Specifications.For details, see the discussions on electric power (Chapter 8), component cooling water (Section 9.2), essential raw cooling water (Section 9.2), and instrumentation and controls (Chapter 7).3.1.2.5 Reactor ContainmentCriterion 50 - Containment Design Basis The reactor containment structure, including access openings, penetrations, and the containment heat removal system shall be designed so that the containment structure and its internal compartments can accommodate, without exceeding the design leakage rate and, with sufficient margin, the calculated pressure and temperature conditions resulting from any LOCA. This margin shall reflect consideration of (1) the effects of potential energy sources which have not been included in the determination of the peak conditions, such as energy in steam generators and energy from metal-water and other chemical reactions that may result from degraded emergency core cooling functioning, (2) the limited experience and experimental data available for defining accident phenomena and containment responses, and (3) the conservatism of the calculational model and input parameters.ComplianceThe containment structure, including access openings and penetrations, is designed with sufficient conservatism to accommodate, without exceeding the design leakage rate, the transient peak pressure and temperature associated with a postulated reactor coolant piping break up to and including a double-ended rupture of the largest reactor coolant pipe.The containment design consists of a freestanding steel containment vessel and a separate outer reinforced concrete shield wall and roof. The ice condenser concept is used for energy absorption during a LOCA. The annular space between the containment vessel and the exterior shield wall forms a double barrier to fission products and is maintained at less than atmospheric pressure. The ice condenser, which is located inside the steel containment and consists of a suitable quantity of borated ice in a cold storage compartment, provides rapid energy absorption to maintain the containment vessel design pressure at a low level and to reduce the peak duration, thus reducing the potential for escape of fission products from the primary containment vessel.The functional design of the containment is based upon the following assumptions and conditions:
CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA 3.1-31WATTS BARWBNP-110 (1)A design basis blowdown energy and mass release.
(2)Secondary energy released by safety injection.
(3)Carryover energy from zirconium-water reaction.
(4)Decay heat from the reactor at rated power.
(5)The single failure criterion is accommodated.The internal design pressure of the containment is greater than the peak pressure occurring as the result of the complete blowdown of the reactor coolant through any rupture of the reactor coolant system up to and including the hypothetical double-ended severance of the largest reactor coolant pipe. The design pressure is not exceeded during any subsequent long-term pressure transient.Refer to Section 3.8 for a description of containment, and to Section 6.2 for design basis details.Criterion 51 - Fracture Prevention of Containment Pressure BoundaryThe reactor containment boundary shall be designed with sufficient margin to assure that under operating, maintenance, testing, and postulated accident conditions (1) its ferritic materials behave in a nonbrittle manner and (2) the probability of rapidly propagating fracture is minimized. The design shall reflect consideration of service temperatures and other conditions of the containment boundary material during operation, maintenance, testing, and postulated accident conditions, and the uncertainties in determining (1) material properties, (2) residual, steady-state, and transient stresses, and (3) size of flaws.ComplianceThe containment vessel and its penetration sleeves meet the material, design and technical process requirements of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,Section III, Class B. Charpy V-notch impact tests were made of the containment vessel material (ASTM A 516, Grade 70) 5/8 inch and greater, weld deposit, and the base metal weld heat affected zone employing a test temperature at least 30
°F below minimum service temperature in accordance with ASME Code, Paragraph N-1210. This test measured the ductile to brittle transition with allowable values for energy absorption given in Tables N-421 and N-422. It insures that the material used will not behave in a brittle manner and that rapidly propagating fracture is minimized. The containment boundary design considered uncertainties in material properties, residual, steady-state and transient stresses, and material flaws along with conservative allowable stress levels for all stressed elements of the containment boundary. All material was examined for flaws that would adversely affect the performance of the material in its intended location. See Section 6.2 for further details.
3.1-32CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA WATTS BARWBNP-110Criterion 52 - Capability for Containment Leakage Rate TestingThe reactor containment and other equipment which may be subjected to containment test conditions shall be designed so that periodic integrated leakage rate testing can be conducted at containment design pressure.ComplianceThe reactor containment design permitted overpressure strength testing during construction and permits preoperational integrated leakage rate testing at containment design pressure and at reduced pressure, in accordance with Appendix J, 10 CFR 50. The reactor containment and other equipment which may be subjected to containment test conditions are designed so that periodic integrated leakage rate testing can be conducted at containment design pressure. All equipment which may be subjected to the test pressure is either vented to the containment, removed from the containment during the test, or designed to withstand the containment design pressure without damage.The preoperational integrated leak tests at peak pressure verify that the containment, including the isolation valves and the resilient penetration seals, leaks less than the allowable value of 0.25 weight percent per day at peak pressure.Details concerning the conduct of periodic integrated leakage rate tests are in Section 6.2.Criterion 53 - Provisions for Containment Testing and InspectionThe reactor containment shall be designed to permit (1) appropriate periodic inspection of all important areas, such as penetrations, (2) an appropriate surveillance program, and (3) periodic testing at containment design pressure of the leaktightness of penetrations which have resilient seals and expansion bellows.ComplianceThe reactor containment and the containment isolation system (Section 6.2) are designed so that:
(1)Integrated leak rate tests can be run during plant lifetime (see compliance to Criterion 52).
(2)Visual inspections can be made of all important areas, such as penetrations.
(3)An appropriate surveillance program can be maintained (see Section 6.2).
(4)Periodic testing at containment design pressure of the leaktightness of isolation valves and penetrations which have resilient seals and expansion bellows is possible.
(5)The operability of the containment isolation system can be demonstrated periodically.
CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA 3.1-33WATTS BARWBNP-110In testing locally the resilient seals and expansion bellows leakages, the guidelines for Type B tests in Appendix J to 10 CFR 50 will be followed.Criterion 54 - Piping Systems Penetrating ContainmentPiping systems penetrating primary reactor containment shall be provided with leak detection, isolation, and containment capabilities having redundance, reliability, and performance capabilities which reflect the importance to safety of isolating these piping systems. Such piping systems shall be designed with a capability to test periodically the operability of the isolation valves and associated apparatus and to determine if valve leakage is within acceptable limits.ComplianceContainment isolation features are classified as Seismic Category I. These components required quality assurance measures which enhance reliability. The containment isolation design provides for a double barrier at the containment penetration in those fluid systems that are not required to function following a design basis event.All piping systems penetrating the containment, in so far as practical, have been provided with test vents and test connections or have other provisions to allow periodic leak testing as required. Section 6.2.4.4 has further details on testing.See Section 6.2.4 for general containment isolation details and Section 6.2.4.3 for exceptions to General Design Criteria 54, 55, 56, and 57.Criterion 55 - Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary Penetrating Containment Each line that is part of the reactor coolant pressure boundary and that penetrates primary reactor containment shall be provided with containment isolation valves as follows, unless it can be demonstrated that the containment isolation provisions for a specific class of lines, such as instrument lines, are acceptable on some other defined basis: (1)One locked closed isolation valve inside and one locked closed isolation valve outside containment; or (2)One automatic isolation valve inside and one locked closed isolation valve outside containment; or (3)One locked closed isolation valve inside and one automatic isolation valve outside containment. A simple check valve may not be used as the automatic isolation valve outside containment; or (4)One automatic isolation valve inside and one automatic isolation valve outside containment. A simple check valve may not be used as the automatic isolation valve outside containment.
3.1-34CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA WATTS BARWBNP-110Isolation valves outside containment shall be located as close to containment as practical, and automatic isolation valves shall be designed to take the position that provides greater safety upon loss of actuating power.Other appropriate requirements to minimize the probability or consequences of an accidental rupture of these lines or of lines connected to them shall be provided as necessary to assure adequate safety. Determination of the appropriateness of these requirements, such as higher quality in design, fabrication, and testing, additional provisions for inservice inspection, protection against more severe natural phenomena, and additional isolation valves and containment, shall include consideration of the population density, use characteristics, and physical characteristics of the site environs.ComplianceThe reactor coolant pressure boundary is defined as those piping systems and components which contain reactor coolant at design pressure and temperature. With the exception of the reactor coolant sampling lines, the entire reactor coolant pressure boundary, as defined above, is located entirely within the containment structure. All sampling lines are provided with remotely operated valves for isolation in the event of a failure. These valves also close automatically on a containment isolation signal.All other piping and components which may contain reactor coolant are low pressure, low temperature systems which would yield minimal environmental doses in the event of failure.The sampling system and low-pressure systems are described in Section 9.3. An analysis of malfunctions in these systems is included in Chapter 15.Criterion 56- Primary Containment IsolationEach line that connects directly to the containment atmosphere and penetrates primary reactor containment shall be provided with containment isolation valves as follows, unless it can be demonstrated that the containment isolation provis ions for a specific class of lines, such as instrument lines, are acceptable on some other defined basis:
(1)One locked closed isolation valve inside and one locked closed isolation valve outside containment; or (2)One automatic isolation valve inside and one locked closed isolation valve outside containment; or (3)One locked closed isolation valve inside and one automatic isolation valve outside containment. A simple check valve may not be used as the automatic isolation valve outside containment; or (4)One automatic isolation valve inside and one automatic isolation valve outside containment. A simple check valve may not be used as the automatic isolation valve outside containment.
CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA 3.1-35WATTS BARWBNP-110Isolation valves outside containment shall be located as close to containment as practical, and automatic isolation valves shall be designed to take the position that provides greater safety upon loss of actuating power.ComplianceAt least two barriers are provided between the atmosphere outside the containment and the containment atmosphere, the reactor coolant system, or closed systems which are assumed vulnerable to accident forces.Redundant valving is provided for piping that is open to the atmosphere and to the containment atmosphere. Additional details can be found in Section 6.2.Criterion 57 - Closed Systems Isolation ValvesEach line that penetrates primary reactor containment and is neither part of the reactor coolant pressure boundary nor connected directly to the containment atmosphere shall have at least one containment isolation valve which shall be either automatic, or locked closed, or capable of remote manual operation. This valve shall be outside containment and located as close to the containment as practical. A simple check valve may not be used as the automatic isolation valve.ComplianceThose lines that penetrate the containment, that do not communicate with either the reactor coolant pressure boundary or the containment atmosphere, and that are not affected by LOCA forces, are defined as closed systems. All lines penetrating the containment are designed to meet this GDC.See Section 6.2.4 for a discussion of containment isolation valves.3.1.2.6 Fuel and Ra dioactivity ControlCriterion 60 - Control of Releases of Radioactive Materials to the EnvironmentThe nuclear power unit design shall include means to control suitably the release of radioactive materials in gaseous and liquid effluents and to handle radioactive solid wastes produced during normal reactor operation, including anticipated operational occurrences. Sufficient holdup capacity shall be provided for retention of gaseous and liquid effluents containing radioactive materials, particularly where unfavorable site environmental conditions can be expected to impose unusual operational limitations upon the release of such effluents to the environment.ComplianceLiquid, gaseous, and solid radioactive waste processing equipment is provided. The principles of filtration, demineralization, evaporation, solidification and storage for decay are utilized as described in Chapter 11. Process monitoring is provided to control this equipment and regulate releases to the environment as described in Section 11.4.
3.1-36CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA WATTS BARWBNP-110Criterion 61 - Fuel Storage and Handling and Radioactivity Control The fuel storage and handling, radioactive waste, and other systems which may contain radioactivity shall be designed to assure adequate safety under normal and postulated accident conditions. These systems shall be designed (1) with a capability to permit appropriate periodic inspection and testing of components important to safety, (2) with suitable shielding for radiation protection, (3) with appropriate containment, confinement, and filtering systems, (4) with a residual heat removal capability having reliability and testability that reflects the importance to safety of decay heat and other residual heat removal, and (5) to prevent significant reduction in fuel storage coolant inventory under accident conditions.ComplianceThe spent fuel pool and cooling system, fuel handling system, radioactive waste processing systems, and other systems that contain radioactivity are designed to assure adequate safety under normal and postulated accident conditions.
(1)Components are designed and located such that appropriate periodic inspection and testing may be performed.
(2)All areas of the plant are designed with suitable shielding for radiation protection based on anticipated radiation dose rates and occupancy as discussed in Section 12.1.
(3)Individual components which contain significant radioactivity are located in confined areas which are adequately ventilated through appropriate filtering systems.(4)The spent fuel cooling systems provide cooling to remove residual heat from the fuel stored in the spent fuel pool. The system is designed for testability to permit continued heat removal.
(5)The spent fuel pool is designed such that no postulated accident could cause excessive loss of coolant inventory.Radioactive waste treatment systems are located in the Auxiliary Building, which contains or confines leakage under normal and accident conditions.The Auxiliary Building gas treatment system includes charcoal filtration which minimizes radioactive material release associated within a postulated spent fuel handling accident.Fuel storage and handling is discussed in Section 9.1, and radioactive waste management in Chapter 11.
CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA 3.1-37WATTS BARWBNP-110Criterion 62 - Prevention of Criticality in Fuel Storage and Handling Criticality in the fuel storage and handling system shall be prevented by physical systems or processes, preferably by use of geometrically sa fe configurations.ComplianceThe restraints and interlocks provided for safe handling and storage of new or spent fuel are discussed in Section 9.1.The center-to center distance between adjacent spent fuel assemblies together with the use of fixed Boral neutron absorber panels in the storage racks and burnup credit administrative controls on fuel assembly placement are sufficient to ensure subcriticality, even if unborated water is used to fill the spent fuel storage pool. Credit for borated water is permitted to maintain subcriticality for inadvertent misplacement of a fuel assembly, e.g., loading of a fresh fuel assembly in a storage cell designated for exposed fuel or placement outside of and adjacent to a rack module.Layout of the fuel handling area is such that the spent fuel casks will never be required to traverse the spent fuel storage pool during removal of the spent fuel assemblies.Criterion 63 - Monitoring Fuel and Waste StorageAppropriate systems shall be provided in fuel storage and radioactive waste systems and associated handling area (1) to detect conditions that may result in loss of residual heat removal capability and excessive radiation levels and (2) to initiate appropriate
safety actions.ComplianceFailure in the spent fuel cooling system will result in control room annunciation and local temperature indication.High radiation in the spent fuel storage (refuel floor) area will produce the following alarms: (1)Main Control Room alarm from the spent fuel pool area accident monitors.
(2)Local and Main Control Room alarms from the refuel floor area monitor.
(3)Local alarm from a portable continuous air monitor located on the refuel floor.
(4)Main Control Room alarm from the Auxiliary Building Ventilation Radiation Monitor for high airborne radiation in the spent fuel storage area.High radiation in the waste packaging area will result in the following alarms:
(1)Main Control Room and local alarms from the waste packaging area monitor.
(2)Local alarms from a portable continuous air monitor located in the area.
(3)Main Control Room alarm from the Auxiliary Building Ventilation Radiation Monitor for high airborne radiation in the waste packaging area.See Sections 9.1 and 12.3 and Chapter 11 for further details.
3.1-38CONFORMANCE WITH NRC GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA WATTS BARWBNP-110Criterion 64 Monitoring Radioactivity ReleasesMeans shall be provided for monitoring the reactor containment atmosphere, spaces containing components for recirculation of LOCA fluids, effluent discharge paths, and the plant environs for radioactivity that may be released from normal operations, including anticipated operational occurrences, and from postulated accidents.ComplianceThe facility contains means for monitoring the containment atmosphere and all other important areas during both normal and accident conditions to detect and measure radioactivity which could be released under any conditions. The monitoring system includes area gamma monitors, atmospheric monitors and liquid monitors with full indication in the control room. Alarms are provided to warn of high radioactivity.Chapter 11 discusses the process and effluent radiation monitoring systems. Chapter 12 discusses the area and airborne radiation monitoring systems.REFERENCES None CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-1WATTS BARWBNP-110 3.2 CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2.1 Seismic ClassificationsThe Watts Bar Nuclear Plant structures, systems, and components which perform a primary safety function have been designed to remain functional in the event of a Safe Shutdown Earthquake (SSE). These structures, systems, and components, designated as Seismic Category I, are those necessary to assure:
(1)The integrity of the reactor coolant pressure boundary.
(2)The capability to shut down the reactor and maintain it in a safe shutdown condition, or (3)The capability to prevent or mitigate the consequences of accidents which could result in potential offsite exposures comparable to or in excess of the guideline exposures of 10 CFR Part 100.These structures, systems, and components are classified in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.29 unless exception is taken in detailed classificaition information provided in other sections of the FSAR, such as Table 3.2-2a, 3.2-6, etc.Piping, pumps, valves, and other fluid system components which must retain limited structural integrity because their failure could jeopardize to an unacceptable extent the achievement of a primary safety function, because they form an interface between Seismic Category I and non-Seismic Category I plant features, or because they perform a secondary safety function, are designated by TVA as Seismic Category I(L) (i.e., limited requirements). Those fluid containing elements which are included in Seismic Category I(L) are seismically qualified to meet the intent of Position 2 of Regulatory Guide 1.29. Seismic Category 1(L) is subdivided into the following categories 1L(A) Pressure boundary and position retention and 1L(B) position retention.Where portions of mechanical systems are Category I or I(L) and the remaining portions not seismically classified, the systems have been seismically qualified to a terminating anchor (or other appropriate analysis problem termination) beyond the defined boundary such as a valve, thus meeting Position 3 of Regulatory Guide 1.29.All Category I safety-related structures, and portions of mechanical and electrical systems and components are listed in Tables 3.2-1, 3.2-2, 3.2-2a, 3.2-2b and 3.2-3. Those Category I(L) portions of mechanical systems are also listed in Table 3.2-2.
3.2.2 System Qual ity Group ClassificationFluid system components for the Watts Bar Nuclear Plant that perform a primary safety function are identified by TVA Classes A, B, or C (see Section 3.2.2.7 for HVAC Safety Classifications). These piping classes are assigned to fluid systems based on the ANS Safety Classes 1, 2a, and 2b, respectively, which are assigned to nuclear power plant equipment per the August 1970 Draft of ANSI N18.2, "Nuclear Safety Criteria for the
3.2-2CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS WATTS BARWBNP-110Design of Stationary Pressurized Water Reactor Plants." Fluid system components whose postulated failure would result in potential offsite doses that exceed 0.5 Rem to the whole body, or its equivalent to any part of the body, are identified as TVA Class D and are based on ANSI N18.2 (Aug., 1970 draft) Safety Class 3 and Regulatory Guide 1.26. The TVA piping classification system for WBNP does not conform strictly to the guidance of Regulatory Guide 1.26 (which was not in effect on the docket date for the Construction Permit). The ANS safety classification of each component has been considered in the various aspects of design, fabrication, construction, and operation.
3.2.2.1 Class AClass A applies to reactor coolant pressure boundary components whose failure could cause a loss of reactor coolant which would not permit an orderly reactor shutdown and cool down assuming that makeup is only provided by the normal makeup system. Branch piping 3/8 inch inside diameter and smaller, or protected by a 3/8 inch diameter or smaller orifice, is exempted from Class A requirements. The branch piping for the pressurizer steam space instrumentation nozzles (0.83 inch inside diameter, or smaller) is also exempted from Class A requirements.The components which are within the Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary (RCPB) and meet all the following requirements may be classified as TVA Class G:
(1)Piping and associated components in the RCPB which penetrate containment excluding the actual penetration and its associated components.
(2)Piping and associated components which perform no primary safety function.
(3)Piping and associated components which are isolated by a normally closed valve off a line in the RCPB that meets the exclusion requirements of 10 CFR Part 50.55a paragraphs (c) (1) and (c) (2). An example would be the ECCS check valve leak test lines.
3.2.2.2 Class BSafety Class B applies to those components of safety systems necessary to fulfill a system safety function. The classification is specifically applicable to containment and to components of those safety systems, or portions thereof, through which reactor coolant water flows directly from the reactor coolant system or the containment sump.
3.2.2.3 Class CClass C applies to components of those safety systems that are important to safe operation and shutdown of the reactor but that do not recirculate reactor coolant.
3.2.2.4 Class DClass D applies to components not in TVA Class A, B, or C whose failure would result in release to the environment of gaseous radioactivity normally held up for radioactive decay. This is being interpreted as those portions of systems whose postulated failure would result in calculated potential offsite doses that exceed 0.5 rem to the whole body or its equivalent to any part of the body.
CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-3WATTS BARWBNP-110 3.2.2.5 Relationship of Applicable Codes to Safety Classification for Mechanical ComponentsThe applicable codes used for the design, material selection, and inspection of components for the various safety classes are shown in Table 3.2-4. The applicable TVA classification and ANS Safety Classification for each of the fluid systems are tabulated in Table 3.2-2. TVA classifications are also delineated on flow diagrams which have been included as figures in those sections of the FSAR where the systems are discussed in detail.
3.2.2.6 Nonnuclear Safety Class (NNS)Components that are used in Seismic Category I structures whose failure would not result in a release of radioactive products and are not required to function during an accident or malfunction within the reactor coolant pressure boundary have been assigned TVA Classifications G or K. Since these components complement components having a primary safety function during normal operation and may be in close proximity to them, they are seismically qualified as Seismic Category I(L) to the extent necessary to prevent an unacceptable influence on Safety Class equipment during a seismic event. Thus the minimum capability of primary system components is not compromised by the failure of a Class G or K component during a seismic event. Components which are assigned to TVA Class H or L, located inside Seismic Category I structures, are also designed as Seismic Category I(L). The applicable codes, along with the seismic classifications used for the design of the components covered by these classifications, are shown in Table 3.2-5. TVA Class P is assigned to specific sense lines located (in part or totally) in a non-seismic area.
3.2.2.7 Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Safety ClassificationThose portions of the HVAC Systems which are safety related have been assigned TVA classifications and have been designed to Seismic Category I and I(L) specifications as applicable. All equipment, components, duct work, etc., in the August 1970 Draft that are ANSI N18.2 Safety Classes 2a and 2b perform primary safety functions and are designed to Seismic Category I requirements, except as exempted in Table 3.2-6. Portions of systems not performing a safety function may need a degree of seismic qualification because their failure could produce an unacceptable influence on the performance of safety functions. These are designed to Seismic Category I(L) requirements. The applicable codes along with the seismic qualifications used for the design of the HVAC ducting are shown in Table 3.2-6 . See Sections 3.7.3.17 and 3.7.3.18 for details of seismic analysis and design of HVAC duct and duct support systems.3.2.3 Code Cases and C ode Editions and Addenda 3.2.3.1 TVA Desi gn and FabricationThe Code of Record of Section III of the ASME Code applied to systems within TVA's scope is the 1971 Edition with Addenda through Summer 1973. The use of later 3.2-4CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS WATTS BARWBNP-110Edition and Addenda, as permitted by paragraph NA-1140 of the ASME Code, is controlled to ensure the following: (a)Later Edition and Addenda used has been accepted by the NRC through incorporation by reference in 10 CFR 50.55a.(b)Related requirements necessary to support use of later Edition and Addenda are implemented in accordance with NA-1140.(c)Code Cases used have been accepted by the NRC through incorporation by reference in either Regulatory Guide 1.84 or Regulatory Guide 1.85.(d)Additional requirements added by either Regulatory Guide 1.84 or Regulatory Guide 1.85 are implemented.A listing of Code Cases and provisions of later Code editions and addenda which have been used for design and fabrication is given in Table 3.2-7. A similar listing of Code Cases and provisions of later Code editions and addenda used in analysis of fluid systems is given in Section 3.7.3.8.1. Another similar listing for the RCS is given in Section 5.2.1.4. Code cases and provisions of later Code Editions and Addenda associated with Inservice Inspection and Inservice Testing are found in the Inservice Inspection and Inservice Testing programs. Exceptions to the sy stem classification Code requirements associated with Generic Letter 89-09 may be found in notes on the flow diagrams.
3.2.3.2 Purchased Materials and ComponentsThe Code of Record for components ordered by TVA is determined in accordance with 10 CFR 50.55a, footnote 5. Material ordered by TVA and supplied with certification to a later Edition and Addenda is controlled by a comparison of the Edition and Addenda to which it is certified to the Code of Record applicable to the application in which it is used. Deviations from the applicable Code of Record are reconciled prior to use of the material.Material procured prior to the initiation of the Acceptable Suppliers List (ASL) program (approximately May 1978) has been addressed through an NRC approved alternative to the ASME Code paragraph NA-3451(a)
[1]. Material procured as ASTM material,installed or to be installed in an ASME system,whose proof of survey or qualification by TVA of the manufacturer's quality assurance program at the time of procurement cannot be retrieved, and whose material specification is identical to the requirements of ASME Section II as stated by the ASME material specification, CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-5WATTS BARWBNP-110is acceptable for use assuming all other attributes of the material and the documentation conform to ASME Code requirements.REFERENCES
- 1. Letter from B.D. Liaw, NRC, to O. D. Kingsley, TVA, dated March 15, 1990, "NRC Inspection Report Nos. 50-390/90-02 and 50-391/90-02."2. Letter from Frederick J. Hebdon, NRR, to Mark O. Medford, TVA, dated February 22, 1993.
3.2-6CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS WATTS BARWBNP-110Table 3.2-1 Category I Structures1.Reactor Building (Shield Building, Steel Containment Vessel, and Interior Concrete) 2.Auxiliary - Control Buildinga.Auxiliary Building portion b.Additional Equipment Building portion c.Control bay portion d.Waste packaging area 3.Condensate Demineralizer Waste Evaporator Building 4.Class 1E Electrical Systems Structures (Manholes, Handholes, and Conduit Banks) 5.Diesel Generator Building 6.ERCW Pipe Tunnels and RWST Foundations 7.ERCW Structures 8.North Steam Valve Room 9.Intake Pumping Station and Retaining Walls 10.Additional Diesel Generator Building11.Refueling Water Storage Tank (RWST).
12.Underground Barrier.
13.ERCW Standpipe Structures I and II and ERCW Discharge Overflow Structure.
CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-7WATTS BARWBNP-110Table 3.2-2 Summary of Criteria - Mechanical System Components (Page 1 of 18)ComponentScope (1) TVA/ANSSafety Class (2)
Code (3) QA Required(4) Location(5) Rad Source (6) Seismic (7) Reactor Vessel Full Length CRDM Housing CRDM Head Adapter Plugs Steam Generators (Tube Side) (Shell Side) Pressurizer Reactor Coolant Pipe Reactor Coolant Fittings Reactor Coolant Fabricated Piping Reactor Coolant Crossover Legs Reactor Coolant Thermowell Thimble Guide Tubing Thimble Guide Couplings Incore Instrument Thimble Assembly Loop Bypass Line Pressurizer Safety Valves Power Operated Relief Valves Pressurizer Relief Tank W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W A A A A A(17)A A A A A A A A B A A A G (13)III-1III-1III-1III-1III-1III-1III-1III-1III-1III-1III-1III-1III-2III-1III-1 III-1VIII X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X P I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II(L)
CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-8WATTS BARWBNP-110Reactor Coolant Pump RCP Casing Main Flange Thermal Barrier Thermal Barrier Heat Exchanger No. 1 Seal Housing Bolts Upper Seal Housing Pressure Retaining BoltingRCP Motor Motor Rotor Motor Shaft Shaft Coupling Spool Piece Flywheel Bearing (Motor Upper Thrust) Motor Bolting Motor Stand Motor Frame W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W A A A A C A B A 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2bIII-1III-1III-1III-1 (14)III-1III-1III-1NEMA-MG1 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C X X X X X X X X----------I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ITable 3.2-2 Summary of Criteria - Mechanical System Components (Continued) (Page 2 of 18)ComponentScope (1) TVA/ANSSafety Class (2)
Code (3) QA Required(4) Location(5) Rad Source (6) Seismic (7)
CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-9WATTS BARWBNP-110 Upper Oil Reservoir (UOR) Upper Oil Cooler Lube Oil Piping Lower Oil Reservoir (LOR) LOR Cooling Coil - CC (supports only) Motor Air Coolers (Unit 1) Motor Air Coolers (Unit 2)
W W W W W W W 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b--NA (14)(14)NA NA--X X X X X X X C C C C C C C P P P P P--I I I I II(L)B Note 12I(L)A Note 12Safety Injection System Safety Injection Pumps Accumulators (9)
Boron Injection Tank Refueling Water Storage Tank
Residual Heat Removal System RHR Pumps RHR Heat Exchangers (Tube)
(Shell)
W W W T W W W B B B
B B
B CIII-2III-2 III-2 III-2 III-2 III-2 III-3 X X X
X X
P X
X P I I I
I
I I
ITable 3.2-2 Summary of Criteria - Mechanical System Components (Continued) (Page 3 of 18)ComponentScope (1) TVA/ANSSafety Class (2)
Code (3) QA Required(4) Location(5) Rad Source (6) Seismic (7)
CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-10WATTS BARWBNP-110Containment Spray System CS Pumps CS Heat Exchangers (Tube)
(Shell)
CS NozzlesPrimary Water Make-Up System Pump Tank Unit 1Tank Unit 2Chemical and Volume Control System Pumps Charging, Centrifugal Boric Acid Transfer Heat Exchangers Regenerative Letdown (Tube)
(Shell)
Excess Letdown (Tube)
(Shell)
Seal Water (Tube)
(Shell)
T W W T T T T W W W W W
W W
W W B B C B G G(22)
G(26)B C B B C B B
B CIII-2III-2 III-3-ANSI B31.1Note 25 Note 26P&V-IIP&V-IIIIII-2III-2 III-3 III-2 III-2 III-2 III-3 X X X
X X X X X X X X X
X X
X X AB AB AB C AB O O AB AB C AB AB C C AB AB X X P
P-----X-X X P
X P
X P I I I
II(L)I(L)
I(L)I I I I I
I I
I ITanks Volume ControlWBIII-2XABXI Boric AcidWCIII-3XABPI Boric Acid BatchingWGVIIIXAB-I(L)Table 3.2-2 Summary of Criteria - Mechanical System Components (Continued) (Page 4 of 18)ComponentScope (1) TVA/ANSSafety Class (2)
Code (3) QA Required(4) Location(5) Rad Source (6) Seismic (7)
CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-11WATTS BARWBNP-110 Chemical MixingWGVIIIXAB-I(L) Resin FillWGVIIIXAB-I(L)
Demineralizers Mixed BedWDIII-3XABXI CationWDIII-3XABXI Steam Generator Blowdown System SG Blowdown Isolation ValvesTBIII-2XABPI SG Blowdown Heat ExchangersT-VIII-TBP-Flash TankT- VIII-TBP-Compressed Air System Service & Control Air Subsystem CompressorsTH--TB-- Receiver TanksTHVIII-TB--
Air DryersTHVIII-TB--
Auxiliary Control Air Subsystem CompressorsT(19)-XAB-I Receiver TanksT(19)VIIIXAB-I Air DryersTC(14)XAB-I Ice Condenser Ice BasketsWC-XC-I Lower Inlet DoorsWC-XC-ITable 3.2-2 Summary of Criteria - Mechanical System Components (Continued) (Page 5 of 18)ComponentScope (1) TVA/ANSSafety Class (2)
Code (3) QA Required(4) Location(5) Rad Source (6) Seismic (7)
CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-12WATTS BARWBNP-110 Lattice FramesWC-XC-I Lattice Frame ColumnsWC-XC-I Lower Support StructureWC-XC-I Intermediate Deck DoorsWC-XC-I Wall PanelsWC-XC-I Floor StructuresW,TC-XC-I Top Deck DoorsWC-XC-I Air Handling Unit SupportsWC-XC-I Top Deck BeamsWC-XC-I Refrigeration SystemW--XC,AB-I(L)
Ice MachineW--XAB-I(L)
Ice Condenser Bridge CraneW--XC-I(L)
Floor Drain GateWC-XC-I Containment Isolation System ValvesTBIII-2XC,ABX,PI Air Return FansT(11)AMCAXC-I IEEEComponent Cooling System PumpsTCIII-3XABPI Heat Exchangers (Tube)TCIII-3XAB-I (Shell)TCIII-3XABPI Surge TankTCIII-3XABPI Valve (Containment Isolation)TBIII-2XC-I ValvesTCIII-3XAB,C-I Table 3.2-2 Summary of Criteria - Mechanical System Components (Continued) (Page 6 of 18)ComponentScope (1) TVA/ANSSafety Class (2)
Code (3) QA Required(4) Location(5) Rad Source (6) Seismic (7)
CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-13WATTS BARWBNP-110 ValvesTGB31.1XAB-I(L) ValvesTHB31.1-CDWEB- Seal Leakage Return UnitTL-XAB -I(L)Radioactive Waste Disposal System Tanks Laundry & Hot ShowerWGVIIIXABXI(L) Chemical DrainWGVIIIXABXI(L)
Reactor Coolant DrainWGVIIIXCXI(L)
Tritiated Drain CollectorWGVIIIXABXI(L)
Waste Condensate (See Note 23)WHVIIIXABXI(L)
Spent Resin StorageWDIII-3XABXI Gas DecayWDIII-3XABXI Floor Drain CollectorWGVIIIXABXI(L)
CVCS MonitorWG IIIXABPI(L)
Cask Decontamination CollectorTG----XABPI(L)
Pumps Reactor Coolant Drain Tank PumpsWGB31.1XCXI(L) Chemical Drain Tank PumpWGB31.1XABXI(L)
Laundry & Hot Shower Tank PumpWGB31.1XABXI(L)
Tritiated Equipment Drain Sump PumpsWGB31.1XABXI(L)
Waste Condensate Pumps (See Note 23)WHB31.1XABXI(L)
Tritiated Drain Collector Tank Discharge PumpWGB31.1XABXI(L)Table 3.2-2 Summary of Criteria - Mechanical System Components (Continued) (Page 7 of 18)ComponentScope (1) TVA/ANSSafety Class (2)
Code (3) QA Required(4) Location(5) Rad Source (6) Seismic (7)
CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-14WATTS BARWBNP-110 Floor Drain Collector Tank Discharge PumpWGB31.1XABXI(L) Aux. Condensate Demin Waste Evap Feed Pump (See Note 23)WGB31.1XABXI(L) CVCS Monitor Tank PumpWGB31.1XABPI(L) Cask Decon Collector Tank PumpTGB31.1XABPI(L)
Component Containment Pit Sump PumpsWGB31.1XCXI(L) AB Floor & Equip Drain Sump PumpsWGB31.1XABPI(L)
RB Floor & Equip. Drain Sump PumpTGB31.1XCXI(L)
RB Floor & Equip Drain Pocket Sump PumpTGB31.1XCXI(L)
AEB Floor & Equip. Drain Sump PumpTGB31.1XAEBPI(L)Miscellaneous Waste Gas Compressor Pkg.WDIII-3XABXI Waste Gas FilterTGVIIIXABXI(L)
Nitrogen ManifoldTG-XAB-I(L)
Hydraulic CompactorW---SBP-Laundry Tank Basket StrainerWGVIIIXABPI(L)
Cond Demin Waste Evaporator (See Note 23)THIII-3XCDWEBP-Table 3.2-2 Summary of Criteria - Mechanical System Components (Continued) (Page 8 of 18)ComponentScope (1) TVA/ANSSafety Class (2)
Code (3) QA Required(4) Location(5) Rad Source (6) Seismic (7)
CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-15WATTS BARWBNP-110Fire Protection System Valves - Flood Mode & CITCIII-3X C,AB,O,B,P-I Valves - Balance of SystemTGB31.1, UL/FMX C,AB,O,B,P,CB, DB,SB,CDWEB-I(L) Fire Pumps (vertical turbine)TCIII-3XO-IStation Ventilation SystemContainment Ventilation Containment Purge Fans (excluding Inst. Rm. Fan)T(11)AMCAXAB-I(L) FiltersT(11)-XABXI DampersT(11)-XABXI DuctworkT(11)SMACNAXC,ABXI/I(L)(See Note20) Upper Compartment, CRDM & Instrument Room Cooling FansT-AMCAXCPI(L)
Supply Air FiltersT(11)-XAB-I(L)Upper Compartment Coolers Coil Units (Unit 1 and 2)
T--XCPI(L)B (See Note 12)Table 3.2-2 Summary of Criteria - Mechanical System Components (Continued) (Page 9 of 18)ComponentScope (1) TVA/ANSSafety Class (2)
Code (3) QA Required(4) Location(5) Rad Source (6) Seismic (7)
CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-16WATTS BARWBNP-110CRDM Coolers Coil Units (Unit 1)
T--XCPI(L)A (See Note 12) Coil Units (Unit 2)
T--XCPI(L)B (See Note 12)Instrument Room A/C Water Chiller Coil Units (Unit 1)
T(11)-XABPI(L)A (See Note 12) Coil Units (Unit 2)
T--XABPI(L)B (See Note 12) Lower Compartment Cooling Units FansT(11)AMCAXC-I MotorsT(11)IEEEXC I CoilsTCIII-3XCPI (See Note 12)
Backdraft DampersT(11)ASMEXC-I Instrumentation/ControlsT(11)IEEEXC/CB-I Ductwork/AccessoriesT(11)SMACNAXCPI Auxiliary Bldg. VentilationFan/Coil UnitsT(11)AMCAXAB-I(L)
Filters T(11)-XAB-I(L)Table 3.2-2 Summary of Criteria - Mechanical System Components (Continued) (Page 10 of 18)ComponentScope (1) TVA/ANSSafety Class (2)
Code (3) QA Required(4) Location(5) Rad Source (6) Seismic (7)
CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-17WATTS BARWBNP-110ESF Room CoolersT(11)-XABPIAuxiliary Board Rooms Air-conditioning SystemT(11)AMCA,ARIXAB-I Shutdown Board Rooms Air-conditioning SystemT(11)AMCA,ARIXAB-IOther Air Conditioning SystemsT(11)AMCA,ARIXAB-I(L)Control Bldg. Ventilation FanT(11)-XCB-I FiltersT(11)-XCBXI Air Conditioning Unit (MCR)T(11)AMCA,ARIXCB-I Air Conditioning Unit (Elec. Bd. Rm.)T(11)AMCA,ARIXCB-IRB Inst Rm Air Conditioning SystemT(11)AMCA,ARIXRB-I(L)(See Note 21)Diesel Bldg. VentilationExhaust SystemT(11)AMCAXDB-I Battery Hood Exhaust SystemT(11)AMCAXDB-I Elec Board Room Exhaust System FansT(11)AMCAXDB-IMain Steam System Relief ValvesTBIII-2XAB-I Safety ValvesTBIII-2XAB-I MSIVsTBIII-2XAB-ITable 3.2-2 Summary of Criteria - Mechanical System Components (Continued) (Page 11 of 18)ComponentScope (1) TVA/ANSSafety Class (2)
Code (3) QA Required(4) Location(5) Rad Source (6) Seismic (7)
CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-18WATTS BARWBNP-110Isolation Bypass ValvesTBIII-2XAB-IFeedwater System MFIVsTBIII-2XAB-I Auxiliary Feedwater System Auxiliary Feedwater Pumps Motor DrivenTCIII-3XAB-I Steam Turbine DriveTCIII-3XAB-I Steam Dump Systems Turbine BypassW- --TB--Spent Fuel PitSpent Fuel Pit Heat Exch.
(Tube)WCIII-3XABXI (Shell)WCIII-3XABXI Spent Fuel Pit PumpWCIII-3XABXI Spent Fuel Pit FilterWGVIIIXABXI(L)
Spent Fuel Pit DemineralizerWGVIIIXABXI(L)
Spent Fuel Pit StrainerWG -XABXI(L)
Spent Fuel Pit Skimmer PumpWG -XABXI(L)
Spent Fuel Pit Skimmer Strainer AssemblyWG -XABXI(L)Table 3.2-2 Summary of Criteria - Mechanical System Components (Continued) (Page 12 of 18)ComponentScope (1) TVA/ANSSafety Class (2)
Code (3) QA Required(4) Location(5) Rad Source (6) Seismic (7)
CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-19WATTS BARWBNP-110Spent Fuel Pit Skimmer FilterWGVIIIXABXI(L)Purification Pumps TGANSI B31.1XABXI(L)Purification Filters TGANSI B31.1XABXI(L)Fuel Handling SystemRefueling MachineW--XC-I(L)
Reactor Vessel Head Lifting DeviceW--XC--
Reactor Internals Lifting DeviceW--XC--
Spent Fuel Pit Bridge & HoistW--XAB-I(L)
Rod Cluster Cont. Handling FixtureW--X---
Reactor Vessel Stud TensionerW--X---
Spent Fuel Handling ToolW--X---Table 3.2-2 Summary of Criteria - Mechanical System Components (Continued) (Page 13 of 18)ComponentScope (1) TVA/ANSSafety Class (2)
Code (3) QA Required(4) Location(5) Rad Source (6) Seismic (7)
CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-20WATTS BARWBNP-110 Fuel Transfer System Fuel Transfer Tube & FlangeWB-XC,ABPI Conveyor System & ControlsW--XC,ABP- New Fuel Storage RacksW--XAB-I Spent Fuel Storage RacksT--XABXIEmergency Diesel Fuel Oil SystemTo 7 Day Tanks Transfer PumpsTGB31.1XDB-I(L) Fuel Oil Tanks (7 Day)TIVIIIXDB-I Raw Cooling Water System PumpsT-- -O-- StrainersT---TB--Sampling SystemSample Heat ExchangerT-VIII-ABX- Sample VesselT-VIII-ABX- Delay Coil TBIII-2XC XIEquipment Decontamination System PumpW---AB-- TankT-D100-AB--Table 3.2-2 Summary of Criteria - Mechanical System Components (Continued) (Page 14 of 18)ComponentScope (1) TVA/ANSSafety Class (2)
Code (3) QA Required(4) Location(5) Rad Source (6) Seismic (7)
CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-21WATTS BARWBNP-110Filters Reactor CoolantWBIII-2XABXI Seal Water ReturnWBIII-2XABXI Seal Water InjectionWBIII-2XABXI Boric AcidWCIII-3XAB-IMiscellaneous Letdown OrificesWBIII-2XCXI Boric Acid Blender WCIII-3XAB-IBoron Recovery System (See Note 24) Pumps Holdup Tank Recirc.WDP&V-IIIXABXI Gas Stripper FeedWDP&V-IIIXABXI Monitor TankWGVIIIXABPI(L)
Tanks HoldupTDIII-3XABXI MonitorTGVIIIXABPI(L)Table 3.2-2 Summary of Criteria - Mechanical System Components (Continued) (Page 15 of 18)ComponentScope (1) TVA/ANSSafety Class (2)
Code (3) QA Required(4) Location(5) Rad Source (6) Seismic (7)
CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-22WATTS BARWBNP-110 Demineralizers Evaporator Feed Ion ExchWGVIIIXABXI(L) Evaporator CondensateWGVIIIXABXI(L) Filters Evaporator Feed Ion ExchWGVIIIXABXI(L) Evaporator CondensateWGVIIIXABXI(L) Concentrates WGVIIIXABXI(L)Emergency Gas Treatment System FansT(11)AMCAXABPI FiltersT(11)-XABPI Moisture SeparatorT(11)-XABPI DampersT(11)-XAB,CPI DuctingT(11)-XAB,CPIAuxiliary Bldg. Gas Treatment System FansT(11)AMCAXABPI FiltersT(11)-XABPI Moisture SeparatorT(11)-XABPITable 3.2-2 Summary of Criteria - Mechanical System Components (Continued) (Page 16 of 18)ComponentScope (1) TVA/ANSSafety Class (2)
Code (3) QA Required(4) Location(5) Rad Source (6) Seismic (7)
CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-23WATTS BARWBNP-110 DampersT(11)-XAB,CPI DuctingT(11)-XAB,CPIEssential Raw Cooling Water System PumpsTCIII-3XP-I ERCW Pump Motor Bearing Cooling CoilsT(18)-XP-I Containment Isolation ValvesTBIII-2XC-I Valves TCIII-3XAB-I Valves (yard)TCIII-3XB-I Valves (Station Air Compressor)THB31.1-TB-
--- Valves (Auxiliary Air Compressor)TCIII-3XAB-I Valves (Screen Wash Supply)T(15)B31.1XP-I(L)(15) Screen Wash PumpsT(15)B58.1XP-I(15) Automatic Backwashing StrainersTCIII-3XP-I Valves (Discharge Header Air Release & Piping)TKC512/B31.1XAB---I(L)
Flood Mode Boration Makeup System Aux. Boration Makeup TankTCIII-3XABXI Aux. Charging Booster PumpsTHB31.1XABXI Flood Mode Boration DemineralizerTHB31.1XABXIL)Table 3.2-2 Summary of Criteria - Mechanical System Components (Continued) (Page 17 of 18)ComponentScope (1) TVA/ANSSafety Class (2)
Code (3) QA Required(4) Location(5) Rad Source (6) Seismic (7) 3.2-24CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS WATTS BARWBNP-110 Flood Mode Boration FiltersTHB31.1XABXI(L) Aux. Charging Pump THB31.1XABXI(L) ValvesTHB31.1XABXI(L) Valves Valves T T B CIII-2III-3 X X AB AB X X I ITable 3.2-2 Summary of Criteria - Mechanical System Components (Continued) (Page 18 of 18)ComponentScope (1) TVA/ANSSafety Class (2)
Code (3) QA Required(4) Location(5) Rad Source (6) Seismic (7)
CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-25WATTS BARWBNP-110 Notes: (1)T = Tennessee Valley Authority W = Westinghouse (2)A = TVA Safety Class A B = TVA Safety Class B
C = TVA Safety Class C
D = TVA Safety Class D G = TVA Safety Class G H = TVA Safety Class H 1, 2a, 2b, or 3 = ANS N18.2 Safety Class I = Seismic Category I, part of structure
K = TVA Safety Class K
P = TVA Safety Class P (3)The code class listed for an item is the minimum required. An item may have been obtained to a higher code level than that listed. III= ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code - Section III III-1= ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code - Section III, Class 1 III-2= ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code - Section III, Class 2 III-3= ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code - Section III, Class 3 IIIa9= ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code - Section III, Article 9 "Protection Against Overpressure" VIII= ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code - Section VIII P&V-I= ASME Code for Pumps and Valves for Nuclear Power, Class I P&V-II= ASME Code for Pumps and Valves for Nuclear Power, Class II 3.2-26CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS WATTS BARWBNP-110P&V-III= ASME Code for Pumps and Valves for Nuclear Power, Class IIID100= American Waterworks Association, Standard for Steel Tanks, Standpipes, Reservoirs, and Elevated Tanks for Water Storage, AWWA, D100B31.1= ANSI B31.1 1973 Edition through summer 1973 Addenda ACI= American Concrete Institute AMCA= Air Moving and Conditioning Association ARI= Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute HIS= Hydraulic Institute Standards IEEE= Institute of Electrical and Electronics EngineersNFPA= National Fire Protection AssociationB58.1= ANSI B58.1 Vertical Turbine Pumps B73.1= ANSI B73.1M Horizontal end Suction Centrifugal Pumps UL/FM= Underwriters Laboratory or Factory Mutual SMACNA = Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National AssociationC512= American Waterworks Association, Air-Release, Air/Vacuum, and Combination Air Valves for Waterworks Services ANSI/AWWA, C512.(4)Quality assurance required:
X = Yes, - = No (5)C=ContainmentAB=Auxiliary Building AEB= Additional Equipment Bldg.
CB= Control Building DB= Diesel Generator Building SB= Service Building CDWEB= Condensate Demineralizer CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-27WATTS BARWBNP-110Waste Evaporator BuildingO= Outdoors above ground B= Buried in ground P= ERCW Pumping Station TB= Turbine Building (6)X= Source of radiation-= No source of radiation P= Possible source of radiation (7)I= Seismically qualifiedI(L)= Limited seismic qualification I(L)A = Limited seismic qualification - pressure boundary integrity and position retentionI(L)B = Limited seismic qualification - position retention
-= Not seismically qualified (8)AMCA Class III and performance tested in accordance with AMCA Standard air moving devices.
(9)Performance test required.
(10) Deleted by FSAR Amendment 79 (11)Those components of the heating, ventilating, and air conditioning system (HVAC), which are not covered directly by the TVA piping classifications of Subsection 3.2.2, have been designed and constructed to standards and specifications which are equivalent to ANS Safety Class 2b.
(12)The following HVAC cooling coils perform no safety related cooling function but they are seismically designed or quaiified as indicated to provide ERCW pressure boundary integrity to ensure the ERCW can perform its primary safety functions: Unit 1 and 2 Lower Compartment Cooler cooling coilsSeismic Class IUnit 1 CRDM Cooler cooling coilsSeismic Class I(L)AUnit 1 Incore Instrument Room Chiller coils Seismic .Class I(L)AUnit 2 RCP Motor Air CoolersSeismic Class I(L)A 3.2-28CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS WATTS BARWBNP-110The Unit 2 CRDM Cooler coils, Unit 2 Incore Instrument Room Chiller coils, Unit 1 RCP motor air coolers and Unit 1 and 2 Upper Compartment Coolers are not required for plant safety and are designed to Seismic Class I(L)B. The differences in Seismic Classification for the HVAC equipment supplied by ERCW are considered in the analyses that demonstrate the acceptable capability of the ERCW system.
(13)Vessel was built to the requirements of ASME code but does not have code stamp.(14)Acceptable for use within Regulatory Guide 1.26 Quality Group C system (ASME Section III, Class 3.) For the auxiliary air system, see also Note 1 of Table 3.2-2a.
(15)Although the screen wash pumps, piping and valves are required for plant safety, they were not purchased to TVA Class C standards. The pumps are seismically qualified, have limited QA, and were the best commercially available product for the service. The piping and valves are designed to TVA Class G and Seismic Category I(L) for pressure boundary integrity. For this application, this level of qualification meets the intent of TVA Class C. Criteria requires that any future modifications or repair to the ERCW screen wash pumps, piping or valves are made to the requirements of TVA Class C.
(16)This component is actually a system containing many components. Those parts of the system that contain component cooling water are Safety Class C with design code of ASME III, Class 3. The remainder of the system is Safety Class G with design codes as identified in Table 3.2-5.
(17)The secondary chamber of the steam generators (shell side) are built to the ASME B&PV Code Section III, Division 1, Class 1, and applicable code interpretations and/or rulings. Although the shell side of the steam generator functions only dictate a TVA Class B, they were procured to comply with ASME Section III, Class 1. Therefore, repairs, modifications and/or additions shall be in accordance with the original contract specifications and drawing requirements.
(18)The ERCW pump motor bearing cooling coils, required for plant safety, were not purchased to TVA Class C standards. The vendor-supplied cooling coils have been seismically qualified and are considered safety-related and suitable for the intended service. For their application, the level of qualification meets the intent of TVA Class C at the motor interface.
(19)Although not purchased and stamped in accordance with ASME Section III Code Requirements, this equipment meets the highest available commercial quality standards.
(20)All purge air ductwork (supply and exhaust) inside the annulus and exhaust air ductwork from the Shield Building isolation valves 2-FCV-30-61 and -62 to 2-FCV-30-213 and -216 is Seismic Category I. Supply air ductwork from the ABSCE isolation valves 2-FCV-30-294 and -295 to the Sh ield Building isolation CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-29WATTS BARWBNP-110valves 2-FCV-30-2 and -5 and all purge air ductwork (supply and exhaust) inside primary containment up to the inboard containment isolation valves is Seismic Category I(L).
(21)All piping between the containment isolation valves is Seismic Category I. The piping up to the containment isolation valves on each side is Seismic Category I(L).(22)This tank was procured to ASME III - 3 requirements.
(23)Not used for Unit 2 operation.
(24)The boron recycle (recovery) system is not required for the operation of Unit 2. See FSAR Section 9.3.7. The portions of this system which are used for the operation of Unit 2 are discussed in FSAR Section 9.3.4.
(25)The Primary Water Storage Tank (PWST) meets the ASME Section III, Class 3, design by analysis requirements with Seismic Class I(L) Forcing Functions for atmosphere tanks.
(26)The Unit 2 PWST was initially procured to ASME Section III-3 requirements and was subsequently downgraded to API-650. However, the Unit 2 PWST bottom plate and associated nozzles are Seismic Category I and were procured to the requirements of ANSI N45.2 (Safety Related). The remainder of the Unit 2 PWST is classified as Seis mic Category IL(B).
3.2-30CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS WATTS BARWBNP-110Table 3.2-2a Classification of Systems Having Major Design Concerns Related to a Primary Safety Function (Page 1 of 10)SystemSystem Subsection Safety ClassANS, N-18.2 TVA Class Seismic CategoryAuxiliary Control AirPortions of the System necessary for containment isolation.(See Note 5)2aBIBalance of system.(See Note 1 and Note 5). System boundary is considered to exist to the upstream side of the filters which tie the non-essential control air systems to the auxiliary co ntrol air lines.2bCIBoron Recycle(See Note 12)Equipment used to provide a ready supply of concentrated boric acid (boric acid tanks, boric acid transfer pumps, boric acid filters, and associated pipes and valves). 2bC (See Note 11)I (See Note11)Processing and Waste Holdup Equipment whose failure could result in a site boundary dose of 0.5 rem or more. (See Note 8) (gas stripper feed pumps, holdup tanks and holdup tank recirculation pumps, and associated piping and valves).3DIOther equipment which carries minimal or no radioactive wastes and/or has no safety function to perform (monitor tank and pumps, evaporator condensate demineralizers, batching tank, gas stripper and boric acid evaporator packages, evaporator feed ion exchangers, condensate filters, concentrate filters, evaporator feed ion exchange filters, and associated pipes and valving).-GI(L)
CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-31WATTS BARWBNP-110 Chemical and Volume ControlEquipment that circulates reactor coolant normally or during an accident (charging, letdown, excess letdown, seal water return lines; centrifugal charging pumps; volume control tank; and, miscellaneous associated lines and valves). (See Note 8)2aBIEquipment necessary for boric acid addition (boric acid tanks, boric acid blender, lines and valves).2bC(See Note 11)I(See Note 11)Equipment associated with radwaste cleanup whose failure could result in a 0.5 rem offsite dose (Mixed bed and cation demineralizers, associated piping and valves).3DIBalance of equipment (resin fill and chemical mixing tanks, piping and
valves).-GI(L)Component CoolingPortions of the system necessary for containment isolation.2aBIMajor pressure boundary components.2bCIEquipment inside the CDWE Building. (See Note 13)-H-Sample heat exchangers, drains, and vents.-G or LI(L)Containment SprayMajor pressure boundary components.2aBITable 3.2-2a Classification of Systems Having Major Design Concerns Related to a Primary Safety Function (Page 2 of 10)SystemSystem Subsection Safety ClassANS, N-18.2 TVA Class Seismic Category 3.2-32CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS WATTS BARWBNP-110 Essential Raw Cooling WaterPortions of the system piping necessary for containment isolation.2aBIPortions of the system piping required for plant safety. (See Notes 4, 10).2bCIPortions of the system piping not required for plant safety, but in Seismic Category I structures.GI(L)Portions of the system piping not required for safety and/or not in Seismic Category I structures.-H -Auxiliary control air compressors (see Note 1).-CIHVAC equipment required for plant safety (see Note 2).--IHVAC equipment not required for plant safety --(See Note 3)Portions of the strainer backwash/backflush piping (see Note 6).-GI(L)Feedwater Downstream of and including the anchors in the valve room exterior walls.2aBIFlow transmitter sensing lines-P- Upstream of the anchors.-H-Feedwater, AuxiliaryDownstream of and including the firstanchor which is immediately up-stream of the check valve closest to and outside of containment. Portions of the system not in SC-2a but required after a seismic event.
2a 2b B C I ICondensate supply and other piping not required after a seismic event but in Seismic Category I structures.-GI(L)Table 3.2-2a Classification of Systems Having Major Design Concerns Related to a Primary Safety Function (Page 3 of 10)SystemSystem Subsection Safety ClassANS, N-18.2 TVA Class Seismic Category CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-33WATTS BARWBNP-110Balance of system.-H-Fire Protection High Pressure(HPFP)Piping necessary to provide water to AFW system in the event of a flood above plant grade. Equipment necessary to provide makeup to the primary and spent fuel cooling systems in the event of a flood above plant grade.2bCIBalance of equipment within Seismic Category I structures.-GI(L)Remainder-H-Flood ModeBoration andMakeup (AuxiliaryCharging)Portion of the system necessary for containment isolation.2aBIPiping essential for makeup and boration in the event of a flood above plant grade.2bCIBalance of system.HI(L)Fuel OilEquipment necessary to assure continuous, full power operation of the emergency diesel-generator sets for seven days following a loss of offsite power.2bCIBalance of equipment in Seismic Category I structures which performs no safety function but needs to maintain pressure boundary.-G or HI(L)Remainder-H-Table 3.2-2a Classification of Systems Having Major Design Concerns Related to a Primary Safety Function (Page 4 of 10)SystemSystem Subsection Safety ClassANS, N-18.2 TVA Class Seismic Category 3.2-34CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS WATTS BARWBNP-110Fuel Pool Cleaning and Cooling Portions of the system required for containment isolation.2aBIPortions of the system required to cool the spent fuel (heat exchangers, pumps, associated piping and valves).2bCIMakeup water loop from the RWST through RWP pumps to isolation valve downstream of pumps SFP skimmer piping.-G(See Note7)I(L)Line from isolation valve downstream of RWP pumps to the SFPC loop2bCIBalance of system.GI(L)
Heating, Ventilation,and Air Con-ditioning (HVAC)System containment isolation valves and piping between valves.2aBIHVAC components, ductwork, and piping located in the Reactor, Auxiliary, Control, and Diesel Generator Buildings that perform safety related air cooling and heating operations or essential air filtration and purification processes or that supply life supporting air (see Note2).2bM,Q, or SIBalance of system (see Note 3).-M,Q,S,U,VI(L)Hydrogen AnalyzerPortion of H 2 Analyzer system which supplies pure O 2 as reagent gas to H 2 Analyzer Panels and Vacuum Trap Assemblies located on sample tubing low points for H 2 Analyzer System. (see Note 9). (Unit 1 only)
--ITable 3.2-2a Classification of Systems Having Major Design Concerns Related to a Primary Safety Function (Page 5 of 10)SystemSystem Subsection Safety ClassANS, N-18.2 TVA Class Seismic Category CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-35WATTS BARWBNP-110Ice CondenserPortions of the system required to function during a DBA.2bCIPortions of the system that provide a containment isolation function2aBISystem refrigeration piping-NI(L)System refrigeration piping in Reactor Building.-MI(L)Balance of system not classified as refrigeration piping (i.e. drains).-G or HI(L)Main SteamUpstream of, and including the flued-head anchors in the valve room exterior walls.2aBITurbine impulse pressure transmitter sensing lines-P-Downstream of the flued-head anchors.-H-Reactor CoolantEquipment within the reactor coolant system boundary, failure of which could cause a Condition III or IV loss-of-coolant accident.
(Components downstream of a 3/8 inch or smaller orifice are excluded).1AIPortions of the system protected from reactor coolant pressure by a 3/8 inch or smaller orifice, reactor vent head ventilation system, and branch piping for the pressurizer steam space instrumentation nozzles (0.83 inch inside diameter, or smaller).2aBIPortions of the system that provide a containment isolation function.2aBISafety and relief valve discharge piping.-GI(L)Equipment that does not provide a safety function (pressurizer relief tank (PRT), primary water supply inside containment, nitrogen supply and vent headers to the PRT).-GI(L)Table 3.2-2a Classification of Systems Having Major Design Concerns Related to a Primary Safety Function (Page 6 of 10)SystemSystem Subsection Safety ClassANS, N-18.2 TVA Class Seismic Category 3.2-36CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS WATTS BARWBNP-110Residual Heat Removal (RHR)Major pressure boundary components.2aBISafety Injection (SI)Balance of system that recirculates reactor coolant after an accident or prevents leakage of reactor coolant to points external to the system. (See Note 8).2aBIRefueling water storage tank and SIS accumulators.2aBIPiping from the SIS accumulators to the accumulator isolation valves, and from the RWST to SC-2a valves in the safety injection, RHR, charging pump, and containment spray pump suction lines.2aBIPiping to CVCS holdup tanks.2bCIAccumulators N 2 fill line.-GI(L)
Steam Generator BlowdownPiping and valves from the steam generators to and including the containment isolation valves2aBI Piping and valves down stream of the containment isolation valves to
Column U-GI(L)Piping and valves down stream of Column U.-H-Waste DisposalPortions of system that provide a containment isolation function.2aBIEquipment whose failure could cause a site boundary dose of 0.5 rem or more (per RG 1.26). (See Note 8).3DIBalance of system in Seismic Category I structures for which a component failure may cause damage to safety-related equipment.-GI(L)Equipment not within Seismic Category I structures.-H-Table 3.2-2a Classification of Systems Having Major Design Concerns Related to a Primary Safety Function (Page 7 of 10)SystemSystem Subsection Safety ClassANS, N-18.2 TVA Class Seismic Category CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-37WATTS BARWBNP-110Note 1:Although not purchased and stamped in accordance with ASME Code Section III requirements, the auxiliary control air system compressors and dryers meet the highest commercial quality standards.Note 2:Although not purchased under ASME Section III requirements, the HVAC equipment is required for plant safety and does meet the highest commercial quality standards. Safety Class 2b round flexible and trian gular duct board ducting installed as part of the ceiling air delivery system in the main co ntrol room above the suspended ceiling is qualified to limited seismic requirements, analyzed to ensure that the ducting will remain in place, the physical configuration will be maintained such that flow will not be impeded, and the ducting pressure boundary will not be lost, and the ducting is constructed of standard commercial grade materials.Note 3:The following HVAC cooling coils perform no safety related cooling function but they are seismically designed or quaiified as indicated to provide ERCW pressure boundary integrity to ensure the ERCW can perform its primary safety functions: Unit 1 and 2 Lower Compartment Cooler cooling coils Seismic Class IUnit 1 CRDM Cooler cooling coils Seismic Class I(L)AUnit 1 Incore Instrument Room Chiller coils Seismic Class I(L)AUnit 2 RCP Motor Air Coolers Seismic Class I(L)AThe Unit 2 CRDM Cooler coils, Unit 2 Incore Instrument Room Chiller coils, Unit 1 RCP motor air coolers and Unit 1 and 2 Upper Compartment Coolers are not required for plant safety and are designed to Seismic Class I(L)B. The differences in Seismic Classification for the HVAC equipment supplied by ERCW are considered in the analyses that demonstrate the acceptable capability of the ERCW system.Note 4:Although the screen wash pumps, piping and valves are required for plant safety, they were not purchased to TVA Class C standards. The pumps are seismically qualified, have limited QA, and were the best commercially available product for the service. The piping and valves are designed to TVA Class G and Seismic Category I(L) for pressure boundary integrity. For this application, this level of qualification meets the intent of TVA Class C. Criteria requires that any future modifications or repair to the ERCW screen wash pumps, piping or valves are made to the requirements of TVA Class C. Table 3.2-2a Classification of Systems Having Major Design Concerns Related to a Primary Safety Function (Page 8 of 10)SystemSystem Subsection Safety ClassANS, N-18.2 TVA Class Seismic Category 3.2-38CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS WATTS BARWBNP-110NRC Bulletin 83-06 "Nonconforming Materials Supplied By Tube-Line Corporation" has been evaluated for this system; Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel Program Plans were developed, presented to the NRC, verbally approved, initiated, completed, and reported to the NRC in the NRC Bulletin 83-06 report. The NRC Bulletin 83-06 and NCR GENMEB 8301 were
closed and approved by the NRC Inspection Reports 50-390/8 4-03 and 50-391/84-03. The fittings that were installed and found to be acceptable are identified in Tables 3.1-6 and 3.1-7 of WB-DC-40-36 (Reference DIM WB-DC-40-36-18). The potential effect of unacceptable indications in radiographs of Tube-Line fittings welded with filler material has also been evaluated. The radiographs were supplied by Tube-Line as required by the material specification (ASME SA-403). Piping stress analysis was reviewed for Condition Adverse to Quality Report WBP890546. The review showed that stresses in the fittings are within ASME Section III allowable stresses even if the worst radiographic indications for each size fitting were to be transposed to the highest-stressed fitting. Authorization to use an alternative to the testing requirements of Section III Subsection ND-2000 of the ASME Code was provided by the NRC through a SER dated Sept ember 23, 1991. Note 5Portions of the control air system were not pneumatic tested to the correct pressure. NRC Inspection Report Nos. 50-390/90-04 and 50-391/90-04 has approved an alternate acceptance to pneumatic test criterion.Note 6The strainer backwash/backflush piping has been upgraded from Class G to Class G Seismic Category I(L) for pressure boundary integrity.Note 7Class G piping labeled with PBQA is analyzed for Seismic Category I(L) pressure boundary retention and is within the scope of the hydrostatic QA program (the valve seat terminates the PBQA boundary). All remaining Class G piping is seismically supported for position retention only.
Note 8Manual block valves exist in the discharge piping of the relief valves which provide overpressure protection for the volume control tank, the boron injection tank, and the waste gas compressors. ASME Code,Section III, Subsection NC/ND, Paragraph 7153 prohibits the placement of a block valve in the discharge of pressure relief devices unless the block valve is installed with positive controls and interlocks and means are provided such that the operation of the controls and interlocks can be verified. The following design and administrative features, evaluated and approved by NRC,[2] are an acceptable alternative to the ASME code requirements because they provide reasonable assurance that both stop valves would not be left closed during plant operation. Redundant flowpaths exist in the relief valve discharge piping, the locked-open block valves are installed in a controlled access location, and administrative procedures are in place to assure the locked-open position of the block valves.Note 9Although not purchased under ASME Section III requirements, the O 2 supply bottles, related manifolds and vacuum trap assemblies are required for post-LOCA conditions and meet the highest commercial quality standards, and are qualified to WBNP Seismic Category I classification. (Unit 1 only)Table 3.2-2a Classification of Systems Having Major Design Concerns Related to a Primary Safety Function (Page 9 of 10)SystemSystem Subsection Safety ClassANS, N-18.2 TVA Class Seismic Category CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-39WATTS BARWBNP-110Note 10Some welds in the buried portion of the ERCW System did not receive a Section III hydrostatic test visual examination. They did, however, receive a vacuum box examination after welding and the code required NDE. Additionally, a pressure test was performed and held for 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />, then a Section XI VT-2 test was performed using 1 psi/min pressure drop or a 2 gal/min loss for 10 min. This was approved by the NRC in Safety Evaluation Report, Supplement 12.Note 11Although not originally purchased to ASME Section III and Seismic Category I requirements, the replacement immersion heater assemblies for boric acid tank A have been non-destructive tested and evaluated to be acceptable for the classification.Note 12The boron recycle system is not required for operation of Unit 2. See FSAR Section 9.3.7. The portions of this system which are used for the operation of Unit 2 are discussed in FSAR Section 9.3.4.Note 13Not used for Unit 2 operation.Table 3.2-2a Classification of Systems Having Major Design Concerns Related to a Primary Safety Function (Page 10 of 10)SystemSystem Subsection Safety ClassANS, N-18.2 TVA Class Seismic Category 3.2-40CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS WATTS BARWBNP-110Table 3.2-2b Classification of Systems Not Having Major Design Concerns Related to a Primary Safety Function (See Note 2 below) System Subsection Safety ClassANS. N-18.2TVA ClassSeismicCategoryPortion of system necessary for primary containment isolation.2aBIPortion of system in Seismic Category I structures and not in a higher safety class (except refrigeration piping).-G, H or L(See Note 1)I(L)Balance of system (except refrigeration piping).-H, J, or L-Note 1: In special applications, where the code requirements for Class G are not appropriate, Class K may be used.Note 2: All Entries Above Apply to the Following Systems:Auxiliary BoilerCarbon Dioxide Storage, Fire Protection, and PurgeChemical Cleaning CondensateCondenser Circulating WaterCondenser Tube Cleaning Demineralized Water Extraction Steam Feedwater Treatment and Secondary Chemical FeedGland Seal Insulating Oil Gland Seal Water Heater Drains and VentsHydrogen CoolingLayup Water Treatment Lube Oil Makeup WaterPotable WaterPrimary Water Raw Cooling Water Raw Service Water Reheat Steam Roof and Floor Drains Service Air and Non-Essential Control Air Station Drainage Turbine Drains and Misc. Piping, Vacuum primer.
CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-41WATTS BARWBNP-110Table 3.2-3 Electrical Power System Equipment Designed to Operate During and After a "Safe Shutdown Earthquake" (Page 1 of 4) EquipmentNumber NumberPer Unit / In Plant Qualified in Conformance (1) with IEEE 344-19716.9-kV Auxiliary Power System 6.9-kV Shutdown Boards2/4Yes (2)
(Unit 1) 1A-A, 1B-B(Unit 2) 2A-A, 2B-B6.9-kV Shutdown LogicRelay Panels2/4Yes(Unit 1) 1A-A, 1B-B(Unit 2) 2A-A, 2B-B6.9-kV/480V ShutdownBoard Transformers6/12Yes(2000 kVA)(Unit 1) 1A1-A, 1A-A, 1A2-A, 1B1-B, 1B-B, 1B2-B (Unit 2) 2A1-A, 2A-A, 2A2-A, 2B1-B, 2B-B, 2B2-B6.9-kV/480V PressurizerHeater Backup Group Transformers (500 kVA)2/4Yes (3)(Unit 1) 1A-A, 1B-B(Unit 2) 2A-A, 2B-B480V Auxiliary Power System480V Shutdown Boards4/8Yes (Unit 1) 1A1-A, 1A2-A,1B1-B, 1B2-B (Unit 2) 2A1-A, 2A2-A, 2B1-B, 2B2-B480V Reactor MOV Boards4/8Yes(Unit 1) 1A1-A, 1A2-A, 1B1-B, 1B2-B (Unit 2) 2A1-A, 2A2-A, 2B1-B, 2B2-B480V Reactor Vent Boards2/4Yes(Unit 1) 1A-A, 1B-B(Unit 2) 2A-A, 2B-B480V Control and Auxiliary 3.2-42CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS WATTS BARWBNP-110Bldg. Vent Boards4/8Yes(Unit 1) 1A1-A, 1B1-B, 1A2-A, 1B2-B (Unit 2) 2A1-A, 2B1-B, 2A2-A, 2B2-B 480V Diesel Auxiliary Boards4/8Yes(Unit 1) 1A1-A, 1B1-B,1A2-A, 1B2-B (Unit 2) 2A1-A, 2B1-B, 2A2-A, 2B2-B480V Distribution Panelboards for Pressurizer Heater Backup Groups2/4Yes(Unit 1) 1A-A, 1B-B(Unit 2) 2A-A, 2B-B480V Transfer Switch for Component Cooling System Pump C-S-/1Yes120V AC Vital Plant Control Power System Static Inverter System Components4/12Yesa. Auctioneer unitb. A transformer rectifier power supply
- c. A single phase static inverter with associated equipment for control, voltage, regulation, filtering, and instrumentation
- d. Regulated transformer bypass source with static and manual bypass switches (Unit 1) 1-I, 1-II, 1-III, 1-IV (Unit 2) 2-I, 2-II, 2-III, 2-IV(Spare) 0-I, 0-II, 0-III, 0-IVTable 3.2-3 Electrical Power System Equipment Designed to Operate During and After a "Safe Shutdown Earthquake" (Page 2 of 4) EquipmentNumber NumberPer Unit / In Plant Qualified in Conformance (1) with IEEE 344-1971 CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-43WATTS BARWBNP-110120V AC Vital Instrument Power Boards4/8Yes(Unit 1) 1-I, 1-II, 1-III, 1-IV (Unit 2) 2-I, 2-II, 2-III, 2-IV125V DC Vital Plant Control Power System480V AC Vital Transfer Switches-/4 Note (4)Yes Transfer SW I, II, III, IV 125V DC Vital Battery Chargers-/9 Note (4)Yes Chgrs I, II, III, IV, V Chgr 6-S, 7-S, 8-S, and 9-S Transfer Devices for Spare 125V DC Vital Battery Chargers-/8 Note (4)Yes DC Transfer Switch 68DC1-S & 68DC2-SDC Transfer Switch 79DC1-S & 79DC2-S AC Transfer Switch 68AC1-S & 68AC2-SAC Transfer Switch 79AC1-S & 79AC2-S480V AC Vital Disconnect PanelsPanel I, II, III, IV-/4 Note (4)Yes125V DC Vital Batteries-/4 Note (4)Batteries I & IIBatteries III & IV125V DC Vital Battery Boards-/4 Note (4)YesI, II, III, IVElectrical Penetrations High Voltage Power Penetrations4/8Yes Nuclear Instrument System Penetrations4/8YesControl Rod PositionIndication Penetrations1/2YesLow Voltage, Power, Control, and Indication Penetrations41/82YesThermocouple Penetrations2/4YesOnsite Electrical Power Source Components Table 3.2-3 Electrical Power System Equipment Designed to Operate During and After a "Safe Shutdown Earthquake" (Page 3 of 4) EquipmentNumber NumberPer Unit / In Plant Qualified in Conformance (1) with IEEE 344-1971 3.2-44CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS WATTS BARWBNP-110Diesel Generator Protective Relay Panels2/4Yes(Unit 1) 1A, 1B(Unit 2) 2A, 2BDiesel Control Panels2/4Yes 125V Diesel Generator Batteriesand Battery Racks2/4YesDC Distribution Panels2/4Yes 125V DC Battery Chargers2/4Yes Standby Diesel Generators2/4Yes(Unit 1) 1A-A, 1B-B(Unit 2) 2A-A, 2B-B1.Those equipment items procured prior to public ation of IEEE 344-1971 were purchased under specifications which TVA believes conform to the intent of that document. Equipment procurement, modification, and evaluation activities after September 1, 1974 applied the IEEE 344-1975 standard for seismic qualification.2.The 6.9-kV shutdown boa rds are qualified under Section 3.2.2.4.3 of IEEE 344-1971. The test unit withstood higher accelerations than shown on the frequency response spectrum for resonance at 1 percent damping. 3.The 500-kVA transformers were shown analytically to have lower stress under seismic loading conditions than the 2000-kVA transformers which were tested. The 500-kVA transformers are similar in design and construction to the 2000-kVA transformers. 4.The 125-V DC Vital Control Power System is not unitized therefore, numbers shown are on a per plant basis. Table 3.2-3 Electrical Power System Equipment Designed to Operate During and After a "Safe Shutdown Earthquake" (Page 4 of 4) EquipmentNumber NumberPer Unit / In Plant Qualified in Conformance (1) with IEEE 344-1971 CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-45WATTS BARWBNP-110Table 3.2-4 Summary of Codes and Standards for Safety Class Components of The Watts Bar Nuclear Plant Code RequirementsSafety Class ANS N-18.2TVA Class Seismic CategoryCode ClassificationPiping, Pumps, Valves, and VesselsRemarks1AIASME Code,Sec. III,Class 1Note 12aBIASME Code,Sec. III,Class 2Note 12bCIASME Code,Sec. III,Class 3 Notes 1,2,33DIASME Code, III,Class 3 Notes 1 & 3NOTE:1)Equipment designated "Vendor-Supplied Safety-Related Equipment Packages" on the drawing meet the following requirements:a.The vendor-supplied equipment packages (component and piping) contained within TVA piping systems classified as A, B, C, or D which do not meet the requirements of ASME Section III are installed and documented using the rules of ASME Section III, and manufacturer's instruction manuals, as requirements, except that the materials and equipment are not certified to Section III, and N-5 data report is not required. 10 CFR 50 Appendix B applies. In some cases there may be portions of these packages which are not safety-related (i.e., drains and vents past the first normally closed isolation valve) and do not require installation to these requirements.b.Any substitute material used or repairs performed by construction shall be in accordance with the original contract specification and drawing requirements. c.TVA Class D components are those whose postulated failure would result in potential offsite doses that exceed 0.5 Rem to the whole body, or its equivalent. Class D components do not perform a primary safety function.d.Exception is taken to Note 1.a above for the auxiliary systems supplied on the diesel generator skid. The fuel oil, engine cooling water (except the ASME Section III, Class 3 heat exchangers), starting air and lubricating oil systems are designed per ANSI B31.1. They are designed to Seismic Category I and are within the 10CFR50 Appendix B QA program. Criteria requires that any modifications to this piping are performed to meet the intent of ASME Section III Class 3 (TVA Class C).
3.2-46CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS WATTS BARWBNP-1102)ANSI B31.1 code is an acceptable substitute for the ASME code for installation of piping and valves on Class C instrument lines attached to TVA Class M, Q, and S systems. 10 CFR 50 Appendix B applies. 3)Condition Adverse to Quality Report WBP 900336SCA and NRC Violation 390/90-15-02 identified lack of penetration and/or lack of fusion in ASME Code Section III, Class 3 butt welds made prior to September 26, 1990.Table 3.2-4 Summary of Codes and Standards for Safety Class Components of The Watts Bar Nuclear Plant Code RequirementsSafety Class ANS N-18.2TVA Class Seismic CategoryCode ClassificationPiping, Pumps, Valves, and VesselsRemarks CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-47WATTS BARWBNP-110*Code used is determined by the design requirements of the equipmentsNote 1:Those portions of TVA Class H and L systems located inside Seismic Category I structures are Seismic Category I(L). The balance of these systems are not designed for seismic loading.Note 2:This class applies to specific sensing lines which meet ASME Code Section III, Class 3 requirements except that inertia effects need not be used for design of lines in non seismic areas and independent verification by an Authorized Nuclear Inspector is not required for fabrication and installation. 10 CFR 50 Appendix B applies. N-5 data report is not required.
Portions of sensing lines in Seismic Category I structures meet Seismic Category I(L) pressure boundary requirements.Note 3:The Unit 2 Primary Water Storage Tank (PWST) shall be classified as API-650 in lieu of ASME Code Section VIII, Div. 1. The Unit 2 tank bottom plate and nozzles shall be qualified to Seismic Category I requirements and shall meet the requirements of 10 CFR 50, Appendix B; i.e., the Unit 2 PWST bottom plate and associated nozzles were procured to the requirements of ASTM N45.2 (Safety Related). The connecting tank piping located within the ABSCE shall be qualified to Seismic Category 1L(A) (pressure boundary & position retention) requirements. The remainder of the tank and piping shall be qualified to Seismic Category 1L(B) (position retention) requirements.Table 3.2-5 Non-Nuclear Safety ClassificationsTVA Class SeismicCategoryPipingCode ClassificationPumps ValvesVessels GI(L)ANSI B31.1Manufac-turers Standards ANSI B31.1B16.5, or MSS-SP-66ASME Code, Sec. VIII, Div. 1 Note 3 HNote 1ANSI B31.1 *ANSI B31.1,B16.5, or MSS-SP-66
- JN/A * * *
- KI(L) * * *
- LNote 1 * * *
- PNote 2 * * *
- 3.2-48CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS WATTS BARWBNP-110Table 3.2-6 TVA Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning Classifications (Page 1 of 2)TVAClass ANSSafety ClassCode Jurisdiction SeismicCategory M2b*ANSI B31.5I or I(L)NNoneANSI B31.5Note 1 Q2b*Round Duct, Steel, Spiral or Longitudinal Seam, Locked Seam or Welded (ASTM A211) and SMACNA High Velocity Duct Construction Standards, 2nd Edition, 1969. Criteria requires that future duct constructions after December 21, 1990, are performed in accordance with Specifications G-95, N3M-914, N3C-942 and Design Criteria WB-DC-40-31.8 (see Note 3). ANSI/ASME N509 (see Note 2). I or I(L) S2b*Rect. Duct, Steel, Locked Seam or Welded, SMACNA High Velocity Duct Construction Standards, 2nd Edition, 1969. Criteria requires that future duct constructions after December 21, 1990, are performed in accordance with Specifications G-95, N3M-914, N3C-942 and Design Criteria WB-DC-40-31.8 (see Note 3). ANSI/ASME N509 (see Note 2).I or (L)Note 4UNoneRound Duct, Steel, SMACNA Low Velocity Duct Construction Standards, 4th Edition, 1969. Criteria requires that future duct constructions after December 21, 1990, are performed in accordance with Specifications G-95, N3M-914, N3C-942 and Design Criteria WB-DC-40-31.8 (see Note 3).
I(L)VNoneRect. Duct, Steel, SMACNA Low Velocity Duct Construction Standards, 4th Edition, 1969. Criteria requires that future duct constructions after December 21, 1990, are performed in accordance with Specifications G-95, N3M-914, N3C-942 and Design Criteria WB-DC-40-31.8 (see Note 3).
I(L)*TVA Class M, Q, and S designations are also used on heating, ventilation, and air-conditioning systems which have no ANS safety class requirements if seismic requirements are invoked.
CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-49WATTS BARWBNP-110Note 1:Those portions of TVA Class N systems located inside Seismic Category I structures are Seismic Category I(L). The balance of these systems are not designed for seismic loading. Note 2:Those portions of TVA Classes Q and S Category I duct which are of welded construction, that are fabricated or repaired after January 12, 1987, meet the welding requirements of ANSI/ASME N509 1976. The workmanship samples are not required to have Penetrant Testing (PT) or Magnetic Testing (MT).Note 3:All duct installations prior to December 21, 1990, were evaluated and qualified to meet the requirements of WB-DC-40-31.8.All duct installations after December 21, 1990, shall be in accordance with specifications G-95, N3M-914, N3C-942, and Design Criteria WB-DC-40-31.8.Note 4Safety Class 2b round flexible and triangular duct board ducting installed as part of this ceiling air delivery system in the main control room above the suspended ceiling is qualified to Seismic I(L) requirements, analyzed to ensue that the ducting will remain in place, the physical configuration will be maintained such that flow will not be impeded, the ducting pressure boundary will not be lost, and is constructed of standard commercial grade materials.Table 3.2-6 TVA Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning Classifications (Page 2 of 2)TVAClass ANSSafety ClassCode Jurisdiction SeismicCategory 3.2-50CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS WATTS BARWBNP-110Table 3.2-7 Code Cases and Provisions of Later Code Editions and Addenda Used By TVA for Design and Fabrication (Page 1 of 16)Source Document New SourceProvisions of Later CodeRelated Requirements and Regulatory Guide RequirementsExamples When UsedI. CODE CASESA. DESIGN/MATERIAL RELATEDN/AN-192Provides rules for use of flexible metal hoseRegulatory Guide 1.84, Rev 26 imposes the following addition to the requirements of Code Case N-192: The applicant should indicate system application, design and operating pressure/temperature rating of the flexible hose. Data to demonstrate compliance of the flexible hose with NC/ND-3649 particularly NC/ND-3649.4(e),
are required to be furnished with the application.Referenced in data report for some of the flexible metal hose
assemblies.N-224-1N/AProvides rules for the use of ASTM A-500 Grade B and ASTM A-501 as integrally welded attachments.N/AN-304Provides for use of other materials not listed in the appendices.NoneCode Case N-304 was originally approved by the NRC in Regulatory Guide 1.84, Rev.20 dated November 1982.
Subsequent revisions of the Code Case have continued to retain unrestricted approval.NX-2000N-188-1Provides rules for using alloy 625 or 825 tubing that is welded without filler metal.NoneMaterials to be used for flexible metal hose assembliesN/AN-514Provides alternate analysis for pressure/temperature curves and low temperature overpressure protection (LTOP) system.NonePressure and Temperature Limits Report (PTLR)
CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-51WATTS BARWBNP-110B. FABRICATION/EXAMINATION/TESTING RELATEDN-32-4NAProvides for alternative testing of inaccessible or embedded welded joints in piping. Regulatory Guide 1.84, Rev. 26, accepts Code Case N-32-4 based on the following clarification and interpretation. Code Case N-32-4 does not replace paragraph NC/ND-6129, "Provisions For Embedded Or Inaccessible Welded Joints In Piping," of the Code. The intent of the Code Case is to provide additional testing above code requirements and permit liquid penetrant or magnetic particle testing in place of radiographic testing for Class 3 piping with 3/8 inch nominal wall or less. Paragraph 1 contains an additional requirement to the Code. It was, therefore, acceptable but unnecessary to include in the Code Case.
Paragraph 2 is a variation in the volumetric examination technique and was acceptable as written. Paragraph 3 contains an additional requirement and is not a relaxation of the Code. It was, therefore, acceptable but unnecessary to include in the Code Case.Used in G-29 Process Specification 3.M.9.1N-127NAProvides for an alternative examination requirement for Class 1 and 2 welds made by an automatic welding process.NoneUsed on the 47B333 drawings. N-237-2NAPermits acceptance of open ended Class 2 or 3 piping within Class 2 or 3 vessels or tanks or into the gaseous atmosphere of Class MC vessels without hydrostatic
testingNoneUsed in G-29 Process Specification 3.M.9.1. Also invoked by NC/ND-6000.Table 3.2-7 Code Cases and Provisions of Later Code Editions and Addenda Used By TVA for Design and Fabrication (Page 2 of 16)Source Document New SourceProvisions of Later CodeRelated Requirements and Regulatory Guide RequirementsExamples When Used CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-52WATTS BARWBNP-110N-240NAPermits acceptance of open ended piping without hydrostatic testing.NoneUsed in G-29 Process Specification 3.M.9.1. Also invoked by NC/ND-6000.N-241NASafety and safety relief valve piping submerged in a suppression pool inside a Class MC or CC vessel may be exempted from hydrostatic testing.NoneUsed in G-29 Process Specification 3.M.9.1. Also invoked by NC/ND-6000.N-292NAProvides rules for addition of weld metal at weld end prep to meet dimensional and minimum wall considerations.Regulatory Guide 1.84, Rev. 26 imposes the following requirement in addition to the requirements in Code Case N-292: Class 3 piping that is longitudinally welded and that has a weld efficiency factor of 1.0 as selected from Table ND-3613.4-1 should receive a 100% volumetric examination (RTor UT) of the deposited weld metal in accordance with the requirements of ND-5000.Used to disposition NCR W-4-P.N-316NAProvides for socket weld sizes <1.09 T NOM.NoneUsed to disposition NCRs 3702R R0, W-427-P R0, 3555R R0, 4135R R0, 4345R R1, 4739-0, 2217R, 4114, 5305-0, and 5833 R0.N/AN-341Provides for a five year period of certification of Level III NDE personnel.NoneC. QUALITY ASSURANCE RELATEDN-272NAAllows information to be cross referenced or depicted on an attached drawing rather than physically attached to the data report.N-282NAProvides alternatives when Code data plates are removed.NoneUsed in disposition of NCRs 1464R R1 and 3750.Table 3.2-7 Code Cases and Provisions of Later Code Editions and Addenda Used By TVA for Design and Fabrication (Page 3 of 16)Source Document New SourceProvisions of Later CodeRelated Requirements and Regulatory Guide RequirementsExamples When Used CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-53WATTS BARWBNP-110II. CODE EDITION AND ADDENDAA. DESIGN/MATERIAL RELATED Sect II SA-3674S76Bend testing made an optional (supplemental) requirementNoneSee Interpretation III-1-83-275. Used in G-62.Sect II SA-51574W74Bend testing made an optional (supplemental) requirementNoneSee Interpretation III-1-83-275. Used in G-62.Sect II SA-51674W74Bend testing made an optional (supplemental) requirementNone See Interpretation III-1-83-275. Used in G-62.Sect II SA-28374S76Bend testing made an optional (supplemental) requirementNoneSee Interpretation III-1-83-275. Used in G-62.Sect II SA-47974S76Decreased the required elongation to 30% and reduction in area to 40%.NoneUsed in G-62.NCA-1140(e)80W81Permits the use of material certified to editions and addenda earlier than the Code of Record providing certain requirements are met.NoneUsed in G-62NE-443077W78Deletes the minimum size of attachment padsNoneUsed in disposition of NCR3723RND-443574EDProvides for certain minor permanent attachments to be made of uncertified materialNoneUsed to disposition NCR5409R1NA80S81Deleted the paragraph limiting instrument take off sizeNoneUsed to disposition NCR2001R. Also involved in change number NC/ND3676-1NE-3213.1074EDProvides for acceptance of locally over-stressed conditionsNoneUsed to disposition NCR3250R1Table 3.2-7 Code Cases and Provisions of Later Code Editions and Addenda Used By TVA for Design and Fabrication (Page 4 of 16)Source Document New SourceProvisions of Later CodeRelated Requirements and Regulatory Guide RequirementsExamples When Used CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-54WATTS BARWBNP-110 NC/ND-3612.4A74W76Provides for use of intervening isolation valvesNoneNA80S81Deletes requirements formerly in paragraph NC/ND-3676 affecting lagging of steam instrument lines.NoneThis request has been generated to cover situations in which it is not possible to state with certainty that some provisions of later Codes have or have not been used at WBN.NC/ND-3643.177S77Adds provisions for making branch connections by means of complete penetration pipe to pipe welds.NoneThis request has been generated to cover situations in which it is not possible to state with certainty that some provisions of later Codes have or have not been used at WBN.NC/ND-231174W76Lists materials exempted from impact testing. This provision exists in Section NB 2311 Summer 1972 Addenda which is referenced in Section NC/ND.NoneRequirements of later Code exempting certain materials from impact test for Class 2 and Class 3 systems.Table 3.2-7 Code Cases and Provisions of Later Code Editions and Addenda Used By TVA for Design and Fabrication (Page 5 of 16)Source Document New SourceProvisions of Later CodeRelated Requirements and Regulatory Guide RequirementsExamples When Used CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-55WATTS BARWBNP-110ASME III, Appendix XVII, 2461.1 80EDBolting material allowable stress of non-pressure retention parts (i.e., motor actuator mounting screws).NoneFor the analysis of non-pressure retention parts of 1-FCV-72-13 and -34 for Sect.
increased valve closure thrust loops. SQN calc. SCG-4M-00786 was reviewed for WBN application. Since the 1971 ASME III NC Codes do not contain stress allowables for non-pressure retention parts, thus ASME III NC and Appendix XVII of 1980 Codes, Sect. 2461.1 rules will be used for the analysis. Ref. DCN-S-33722-A and MEB Calc. EPM-CDM-071092 and -071192.B. FABRICATION/EXAMINATION/TESTING RELATED NX-443680W81Permits limited welding of attachments to a piping system after it has been hydrostatically tested providing certain conditions are met.NoneUsed in G-29 Process Specification 3.M.9.1.NC-612977W78Provides for alternative testing of inaccessible or embedded welding joints in piping.NoneUsed in G-29 Process Specification 3.M.9.1.Table 3.2-7 Code Cases and Provisions of Later Code Editions and Addenda Used By TVA for Design and Fabrication (Page 6 of 16)Source Document New SourceProvisions of Later CodeRelated Requirements and Regulatory Guide RequirementsExamples When Used CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-56WATTS BARWBNP-110NB-612877S78Piping systems which serve as spray systems shall be hydrostatically tested to the rules of this section, except that the test may be performed with the spray nozzle attachment connections plugged. The spray nozzles and any connection beyond the run connections need not be hydrostatically tested.NoneUsed in G-29 Process Specification 3.M.9.1. Also invoked by NC/ND-6000.NX-621180S80 Air pockets in components or systems shall be minimized during the conduct of the hydrostatic test by providing vents at high points, or by flushing the system or by providing calculations to show that the entrapped air is dissolved at the pressure/temperature conditions existing during the test.NoneUsed in G-29 Process Specification 3.M.9.1. Also invoked by NC/ND-6000.NB-4622.1-1 (TBL)74EDPWHT holding time is specified to be: For T less than or equal to 1/2 inch, 30 minutes; For T greater than 1/2 inch but less than or equal to 2 inches (P number 1 & 3), 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> per inch; For T greater than 2 inches (P number 1 & 3), 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> plus 15 minutes per inch over 2 inches; For T greater than 1/2 inch but less than or equal to 5 inches (Pnumber 4,5,6,7,11,11A), 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> per inch; For T greater than 5 inches (P number 4,5,6,7), 5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> plus 15 minutes per inch over 5 inches. For T greater than 5-inches (P Number 11, 11A) one hour per inch.NoneUsed in G-29 Process Specification 2.M.1.1.Table 3.2-7 Code Cases and Provisions of Later Code Editions and Addenda Used By TVA for Design and Fabrication (Page 7 of 16)Source Document New SourceProvisions of Later CodeRelated Requirements and Regulatory Guide RequirementsExamples When Used CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-57WATTS BARWBNP-110NB-462374EDFor PWHT above 800
°F, the rate of heating & cooling shall not exceed a rate of 400
° per hour divided by the maximum thickness in inches of the material being heat treated but in no case more than 400
°F per hour.NoneUsed in G-29 Process Specification 2.M.1.1.NB-4624.374EDFor PWHT, the minimum width of controlled band at each side of the weld on the face of the greatest weld width shall be the thickness of the weld or 2 inches whichever is less. (2.M.1.1 uses the minimum from 71S73 and the maximum from 74).NoneUsed in G-29 Process specification 2.M.1.1. G-29 uses 2 times the thickness or 2inches whichever is less.
This is more conservative than the Code requires.NC-462374EDFor PWHT above 800
°F, the rate of heating & cooling shall not exceed a rate of 400
° per hour divided by the maximum thickness in inches of the material being heat treated but in no case more than 400
°F per hour.NoneUsed in G-29 Process Specification 2.M.1.1.NA 74ED Deleted requirement of Code of Record Paragraph 4623.1 that furnace temperature be less than 400
°F when the component is placed in it for PWHT.NoneUsed in G-29 Process Specification 2.M.1.1.NX-4453.183S83Relative to examination of defect removal area (adds the following) this examination is not required where defect removal removes the full thickness of the weld and where the backside of the weld is not accessible for removal of examination materials.NoneUsed in G-29 Process Specification 1.M.1.2.Table 3.2-7 Code Cases and Provisions of Later Code Editions and Addenda Used By TVA for Design and Fabrication (Page 8 of 16)Source Document New SourceProvisions of Later CodeRelated Requirements and Regulatory Guide RequirementsExamples When Used CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-58WATTS BARWBNP-110ND-4231.274EDDeletes Code of Record requirements for MT/PT examination of temporary attachment removal sites on Class 3 components. Permits temporary attachments but deletes the NDE examinations of removal areas.NoneUsed in G-29 Process Specification 1.M.1.2.NC/ND-632280S81(By reference to NC/ND-6222) If the minimum test pressure of NC/ND-6221(a) or (d) is exceeded by 6% at any location, the upper limit shall be established by analysis using all loadings that may exist during the test.NC/ND-6221(a)NC/ND-6221(d)Used in G-29 Process Specification 3.M.12.1NX-511074ED(By reference to Section V T-732.2(B) which refers to T-733.2) Direct or rectified current shall be used at 700/N to 900/N amperes per inch OD up to 5 inches and 500/N to 700/N amperes per inch OD from 5 to 10 inches and 300/N to 500/N amperes per inch OD over 10 inches where N = # of
turns.T-733.2Used in G-29 Process Specification 3.M.2.1.NB-511074ED(By reference to Section V T-733.2.) Direct or rectified current shall be used at 700 to 900 amperes per inch OD up to 5 inches and 500 to 700 amperes per inch OD from 5 to 10 inches and 300 to 500 amperes per inch OD over 10 inches.None Used in G-29 Process Specification 3.M.2.1.NX-4427-1 (FIG)80S80 80W81 ErrataMinimum size for socket weld fitting fillet weld (CX) = 1.09 T nominal.NoneUsed in G-29 Process Specification 3.M.5.1.Table 3.2-7 Code Cases and Provisions of Later Code Editions and Addenda Used By TVA for Design and Fabrication (Page 9 of 16)Source Document New SourceProvisions of Later CodeRelated Requirements and Regulatory Guide RequirementsExamples When Used CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-59WATTS BARWBNP-110NX-511074S75(By Reference to Section V T-732.2) For encircling coils, direct or rectified current at 35,000 ampere-turns divided by the sum of 2 plus the L/D ratio of the test part shall be used for magnetization.T-732.2(A)T-732.2(B)Used in G-29 Process Specification 3.M.2.1.NX-511074ED(By reference to Section V T-731.3) Direct or rectified magnetizing current shall be used at a minimum of 100 and a maximum of 125 amperes per inch of prod spacing for sections greater than or equal to 3/4 inch.
For sections less than 3/4 inch, amperage shall be 90-110 ampere per inch of prod spacing.NoneUsed in G-29 Process Specification 3.M.2.1.NX-511274EDAll NDE performed under this section shall be executed in accordance with detailed written procedures which have been proven by actual demonstration to the satisfaction of the inspector.NoneUsed in G-29 Process Specification 3.M.2.1.NX-511074W74(By reference to Section V T-630(B)) The penetrant materials are acceptable if the residue does not exceed 0.005 grams or the total sulfur or halogen content shall not exceed 1% of the residue by weight.NoneUsed in G-29 Process Specification 3.M.1.1.NX-511074ED(By reference to Section V T-662) A groove may be machined across the center of each face approximately 1/16 inch deep and 3/64 inch wide, or some other means should be provided to permit side by side comparison without interfering cross contamination between sides.NoneUsed in G-29 Process Specification 3.M.1.1.Table 3.2-7 Code Cases and Provisions of Later Code Editions and Addenda Used By TVA for Design and Fabrication (Page 10 of 16)Source Document New SourceProvisions of Later CodeRelated Requirements and Regulatory Guide RequirementsExamples When Used CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-60WATTS BARWBNP-110NX-511077W79(By reference to Section V T-660) Permits qualification to be performed by the entire block at each temperature, photographing the results and comparing the photographs.NoneUsed in G-29 Process Specification 3.M.1.1.NX-511274EDAll non-destructive examinations shall be executed in accordance with detailed written procedures which have been proven by actual demonstration to the satisfaction of the inspector.NoneUsed in G-29 Process Specification 3.M.1.1.NX-511274EDAll non-destructive examinations shall be executed in accordance with detailed written procedures which have been proven by actual demonstration to the satisfaction of the inspector.NoneUsed in G-29 Process Specification 3.M.7.1.
Section IX, QW-20374EDAllows welding proc edure qualification in any position to qualify for all position production welds except as noted.QW-405.2 which requires qualification in the vertical position with upward progression if fracture toughness (impact testing) is a requirement.Used in G-29 Process Specification 1.M.1.2.NC/ND-257874EDUnacceptable surface defects may be removed by grinding or machining provided: The remaining thickness is not reduced below the minimum required; the depression after defect elimination, is blended uniformly.NoneUsed in G-29 Process Specification 4.M.5.1.Table 3.2-7 Code Cases and Provisions of Later Code Editions and Addenda Used By TVA for Design and Fabrication (Page 11 of 16)Source Document New SourceProvisions of Later CodeRelated Requirements and Regulatory Guide RequirementsExamples When Used CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-61WATTS BARWBNP-110ND-413074W76Radiography is not required for welded repairs in material used in components provided that the welds joining these materials are not required to be radiographed, the extent of the welded repair does not exceed 10 square inches of surface area and the magnetic particle or liquid penetrant examination of the repair is made as required by ND-2539.4.NoneUsed in G-29 Process Specification 4.M.5.1.NB-4131 NC-413074W74The time of examination of the weld repairs to weld edge preparations shall be in accordance with NB-5130. (NC-5130).Since NB/NC-5130d did not exist in summer 1973, these two paragraphs from winter 1974 must be added.Used in G-29 Process Specification 4.M.5.1.NX-511074ED(By reference to Section VT-535.1) The primary reference shall be equalized at 50% full screen height.NoneUsed in G-29 Process Specification 3.M.7.1.NB-4620NB-465174EDFerritic alloy steel pipe that has been heated for bending shall receive a heat treatment in accordance with NB-4620.
Exemptions are listed in Table NB-4622.3-1.NoneUsed in G-29 Process Specification 4.M.2.1.Sect V T-263.383W83Provides for not using shims if the radiographic density requirements can be met.NoneUsed in G-29 Process Specification 3.M.3.1.NX-511274EDAll nondestructive examinations shall be executed in accordance with detailed written procedures which have been proven by actual demonstration to the satisfaction of the inspector.NoneUsed in G-29 Process Specification 3.M.3.1.Table 3.2-7 Code Cases and Provisions of Later Code Editions and Addenda Used By TVA for Design and Fabrication (Page 12 of 16)Source Document New SourceProvisions of Later CodeRelated Requirements and Regulatory Guide RequirementsExamples When Used CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-62WATTS BARWBNP-110 NC/ND-3641.1(a)71W73Revise the definition of certain terms in Equation 3 and 4 to permit other means than pipe wall thickness to provide for mechanical strength.Used in the following Calculations and NCRs:
B26850423089, B26850508012, B26850710009, B26850710010, B26850808014, B26860611003, MEB850228009, WBP850211062, NCR4145RRO, NCR2217R.
Also involved in Code changes NC-3641(A)-1-3, NC-3641(A)-1-4, NC-3641(A)-1-5, ND-3641(A)-1-3, ND-3641(A)-1-4, and ND-3641(A)-1-6.NX-4311.380W81Provides for use of capacitor discharge welding of thermocouples and strain gauges.NoneUsed in G-29 Process Specification 1.M.4.3.NC-4244(e)74EDProvides alternative for attachment of internally threaded bosses.NoneUsed in Calculation B26850613072.ND-532177W77(By reference to Appendix VI, VI-1132) Provides minimum size for relevant RT indications.NoneUsed to disposition CAQR WBP890600.NX-534277EDDefines nonrelevant condition as any indication with a major dimension of less than 1/16 of an inch. (MT examination).NoneTable 3.2-7 Code Cases and Provisions of Later Code Editions and Addenda Used By TVA for Design and Fabrication (Page 13 of 16)Source Document New SourceProvisions of Later CodeRelated Requirements and Regulatory Guide RequirementsExamples When Used CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-63WATTS BARWBNP-110NB-4622.774EDProvides for exemptions to otherwise mandatory post weld heat treatment based on P number, size, carbon content, and preheat.NoneAlso invoked by NC/ND-4000.TBL NX-4622.1-174S76Provides for substitution of 200
°F preheat for PWHT when carbon >0.30% and/or tensile strength >70 ksi for certain material
applications.NoneUsed in disposition of NCR 1146R and in the 47B333 drawings.NX-4622.3-1 (TBL)74EDProvides additional exemptions to PWHT under conditions as described in Table.New Paragraph NX-4622.3 - defines term "nominal thickness" as used in Table NX-4622.3-1.Used on the 47B333 Drawings.NB-5320 & NC-532077W77(By reference to Appendix IV) Provides relevant size and spacing clarification for rounded indications for RT.NoneProvides acceptance criteria for rounded indications for RTNB-5250 and NC-526177W78Exempts welds of non-structural attachments from liquid penetrant or magnetic particle examination. Does not exempt the removal area of non-structural or temporary attachments.NoneWBPER910208NB/NC/ND 6114.280S81Provides exemption to requirement to re-hydro following repair by welding if repair weld is not required to be radiographed per NB/NC/ND-4453.4.NoneUsed in G-29 process specification 3.M.9.1NB 2510(a)83S83Seamless pipe, tube, and fittings 1"NPS and less need not be examined by the rules of this subarticle.NoneUse of examination requirements for ASME Section III, Class 1, 1" nominal pipe and smaller from a later edition. Invoke for 1" NPS and less, only.Table 3.2-7 Code Cases and Provisions of Later Code Editions and Addenda Used By TVA for Design and Fabrication (Page 14 of 16)Source Document New SourceProvisions of Later CodeRelated Requirements and Regulatory Guide RequirementsExamples When Used 3.2-64CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS WATTS BARWBNP-110Table NC-4622.3-174S76Exempts PWHT in Pl materials less than 11/2" thick provided 200 degrees F preheat is used.NoneUsed to disposition WBP 900419PERNX-442780W82Allows fillet welds to be undersize 1/16 inch for 10% of length of weld.NoneWeld ProjectNCA 1273 80S80Exempts orifice plates not exceeding 1/2" nominal thickness which are clamped between flanges and used for flow measuring service only from the code.NoneOrifice PlatesNB 2538(a)4 77ED Areas ground to remove oxide scale or other mechanically caused depressions...need not be PT or MT examined.NoneProvisions for not NDE examining impressions caused by mechanical means. NB-4622.989EDIncreases the area which can be repaired by temper bead to 100 in 2 and up to 1/3 of base material thickness.NoneSteam generator manway repair or other locations as required.C. QUALITY ASSURANCE RELATED NCA-400080W81Provided more detailed QA program requirements.NoneUsed in the NCMNCA-824083S83Provides alternatives when code data plates are removed.NoneUsed in disposition of WBP880052, NCR 5577R0, NCR 5611R0, and NCR5619R0.NCA-8240(b)80S81Provides alternatives when code data plates are removed.NoneUse in disposition of NCR3951R.Table 3.2-7 Code Cases and Provisions of Later Code Editions and Addenda Used By TVA for Design and Fabrication (Page 15 of 16)Source Document New SourceProvisions of Later CodeRelated Requirements and Regulatory Guide RequirementsExamples When Used CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS 3.2-65WATTS BARWBNP-110NX-2610b and c77EDMakes provision to exempt manufacturers of small products from certain QA program requirements.NoneUsed in Disposition NCR GENMEB8402, NCR 5146-0, WBP880431, WBP889432, WBP880433, WBP880437, and WBP880438.NCA 380089EDMetallic material manufacturers and material suppliers Quality System program provides for non certificate holders QA Manual revision and date to be placed on the documentation and also provides documentation requirements for 1" bar stock.NoneQA programmatic requirements for vendors supplying materials and components.N-520-3NAUnder the provisions Watts Bar Unit 2 will complete documentation and Code Data report and Stamping for those portions of the plant which are suitable for useNoneProvide documentation to the N-Certificate Holder having overall responsibility to support WBN2 Completion.Table 3.2-7 Code Cases and Provisions of Later Code Editions and Addenda Used By TVA for Design and Fabrication (Page 16 of 16)Source Document New SourceProvisions of Later CodeRelated Requirements and Regulatory Guide RequirementsExamples When Used 3.2-66CLASSIFICATION OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS WATTS BARWBNP-110THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK Wind and Tornado Loading 3.3-1WATTS BARWBNP-110 3.3 Wind and Tornado Loading 3.3.1 Wind Loadings3.3.1.1 Design Wind VelocityThe Seismic Category I structures are designed for a 95-mile per hour wind, 30 feet above grade, with a 100 year recurrence interval. The wind was determined from Figure 1, ASCE paper 3269, "Wind Forces on Structures."[3] ANSI A58.1-1972, 'Building Code Requirements for Minimum Design Loads in Building and Other Structures'
[4] is an acceptable alternative for determining design wind velocities and forces. The wind was applied for the full height of the structure. A gust factor of 1.1 is included for all wind loads and combinations of loads where wind is involved as recommended in ASCE paper 3269.
[3]3.3.1.2 Determination of Applied ForceThe pressure and pressure distribution of wind loads on structures were determined by the methods described in ASCE Paper 3269.[3] The dynamic wind pressure, q, is defined as q = 0.00256V 2, where q is in psf and V is in mph. A gust factor of 1.1 is applied which redefines q as q = 0.00256 (1.1V) 2 = 0.00310V
- 2. The wind pressure, p, in psf, is defined as p = Cq, where C is the pressure distribution coefficient (Cpe or Cpi) or the shape coefficient (C D) determined from Table 4 in ASCE Paper 3269.
[3]For the analysis of box-shaped structures, a shape coefficient (C D) of 1.3 is used which defines the wind pressure as p = 1.3q. Of the total pressure (p = 1.3q), 0.8q is applied to the windward wall, and 0.5q is applied to the leeward wall. Concurrently the end walls receive 0.7q negative pressure and the roof receives 0.5q uplift.For the analysis of cylindrical structures, such as the Shield Buildings and storage tanks, the shape coefficients and pressure distribution coefficients are obtained from Table 4(f) of ASCE Paper 3269.
[3]3.3.2 Tornado Loadings 3.3.2.1 Applicable Design ParametersAll Category I structures except for the additional Diesel Generator Building are designed for a "funnel" of wind moving with a translational velocity of 60 miles per hour and having a rotational velocity of 300 miles per hour. Category I structures are also designed for an external depressurization of 3 psi occurring in 3 seconds.The tornado loading for the Additional Diesel Generator Building and structures initiated after July 1979 is discussed in Section 2.3.1.Information about the spectrum and pertinent characteristics of tornado-generated missiles is in Section 3.5.1.4.
3.3-2Wind and Tornado Loading WATTS BARWBNP-1103.3.2.2 Determination of Forces on StructuresThe pressures and pressure distribution of wind forces on Category I structures due to tornado wind loadings were determined by following the recommendations of ASCE Paper 3269, 'Wind Forces on Structures'.[3] ANSI A.58.1-1972, 'Building Code Requirements for Minimum Design Loads in Building and Other Structures'
[4] is used to provide an alternate method to determine tornado wind loads. The provisions for gust factors and variations of wind velocity with height are not applied. The dynamic wind pressure, q, is defined as q = 0.00256V 2, where q is in psf and V is in mph. The wind pressure, p, in psf, is defined as p = Cq, where C is the shape coefficient (C D).A 1.3 shape coefficient is included for box-shaped structures with vertical walls normal to the wind direction. The dynamic pressure load, p = 1.3q, due to tornadoes is applied to the structure walls and roof in the same manner as the wind loads in Section 3.3.1.Cylindrical structures and tanks have the same shape coefficients applied as for wind loads in Section 3.3.1. The pressures are applied over the structures as shown in Table 4(f) of ASCE Paper 3269.
[3]The loadings of the wind force and the depressurization are considered to act concurrently. Coincident wind velocities and pressure drops for the design tornado are shown in Figure 3.3-1. The relationship between wind velocity and pressure in the design tornado shown in Figure 3.3-1 was developed based on Hoecker's studies of the Dallas tornado of 1957.[1,2]Venting, when used as a design procedure for reducing the tornado-generated differential pressure, is accomplished by using blowoff panels that fail at a lower differential pressure. Upon relief of the differential pressure by the blowoff panel from the exterior wall of a room, the interior walls and slabs of these rooms are designed for the 3 psi pressure differential.The effective loads on Category I structures due to tornado-generated missiles were determined using the procedures described in Section 3.5.3.The effect of various combinations of tornado loadings were studied with respect to each Category I structure. The most adverse combination was selected individually for the design basis of each structure.The tornado loadings are not considered to be coincident with accident or earthquake loadings.Venting is utilized to reduce the effective tornado-generated differential pressure in portions of the Auxiliary Building. Four hundred square feet of relief panel area are provided in the roof over the spent fuel pool room and cask loading room at Elevation 814.75 for venting purposes during the tornado. The relief panels are held in place by gravity. An upward pressure of 0.25 psi is sufficient to offset the weight of the panels and cause them to be lifted from their nominal positions. Two corners of each panel are chained to the roof to prevent the panel from becoming a missile after it relieves.
Wind and Tornado Loading 3.3-3WATTS BARWBNP-110The shutdown board room and, in general, the area between columns q and u at Elevation 757.0 is not part of that portion of the Auxiliary Building vented by design; however, the remainder of the building is considered to depressurize due to the vent area provided by the air intake openings and through ventilation penetrations. In addition, the Diesel Generator Building and the Intake Pumping Station are designed to depressurize due to the vent areas provided by the ventilation openings in those buildings.The roof and exterior walls of the spent fuel pool room and cask loading area were evaluated for the effective tornado-generated pressure differential and were found to be within allowable stress limits. Air velocity induced by venting is expected to be high at the vent opening, but decrease rapidly within a few feet of the opening. No hazard to equipment is foreseen since the vents are located in the Auxiliary Building roof, well away from any essential equipment.No hazard to equipment in these areas is foreseen due to the small pressure differential and low air velocities. Walls, ceilings, and floors separating areas experiencing depressurization during a tornado from areas not experiencing depressurization are designed to withstand the total tornado-generated pressure differential of 3 psi.The analytical model employed in determining the effective differential pressures utilizes isentropic, perfect gas relations in a step-wise, steady-state first law analysis. The analysis determined pressure and temperature variations within the structure induced by the design base tornado defined in Section 3.3.2.1.Pressure differentials and assorted air ve locities are expected in all areas which depressurize due to the vented design of the building. In these areas, the partition walls have been checked for the differential pressure from depressurization. In the room(s) where the differential pressure exceeds the wall design, administrative operating instructions ensure that the doors will remain open during a tornado event to reduce the differential pressure to an acceptable value.3.3.2.3 Ability of Category I Structures to Perform Despite Failure of Structures Not Designed for Tornado LoadsAn investigation of the effect of tornado loading on the Turbine Building was made to determine the extent of failure of the structure as to collapse or to the possibility of generating missiles that could damage Category I structures and impair their ability to perform their intended design function.The following information was determined:
(1)The metal siding panels will fail at loads considerably below the design tornado loading and will become missiles that could affect the Control Building. The siding will fail before the main girts are overloaded enough to cause failure. The failure of the parapet girts is likely, resulting in the release of 6WF15.5 in 4-foot lengths, 8C11.5 in 8-foot lengths, 18-inch x 3/8-inch plate in varying lengths, and 4ST8.5 in 7-foot lengths.
3.3-4Wind and Tornado Loading WATTS BARWBNP-110The roof of the Control Building was investigated for the above missiles and found to be adequately designed to resist the missiles.
(2)Following the failure of the siding, the structural steel framing of the building will be exposed to tornado forces acting upon the steel structure, equipment, piping, and other items of wind resistance. The resistance of the structure at this point will be sufficient to prevent collapse onto the Control Building.
(3)The turbine room cranes, if not anchored, could possibly be blown from the crane girders, either falling on the operating floor or out the end of the building onto the Control Building roof.To preclude the occurrence of this event, the cranes will be anchored to stops at one end of the runway during tornado alerts, watches, and tornadoes.
(4)The potable water tanks and gland seal water tanks at Elevation 796.0 floor could be blown to the Control Building roof along with air intake hoods, auxiliary boiler stack, and heating and vent equipment on the Elevation 796.0
floor.The Control Building roof was determined to be adequately designed to resist the described events.The methods used to convert the tornado wind loadings into loads acting on the structures, as well as their distributions across the structures, were determined by following the recommendations of ASCE Paper 3269.
[3]REFERENCES (1)Hoecker, W. H., 'Wind Speed and Air Flow Patterns in the Dallas Tornado and Some Resultant Implications', Monthly Weather Review, May 1960.
(2)Hoecker, W. H., 'Three Dimensional Pressure Pattern of the Dallas Tornado and Some Resultant Implications,' Monthly Weather Review, December 1961.(3)'Wind Forces on Structures', Final Report, Task Committee On Wind Forces, Committee on Loads and Stresses, Structural Division, Transactions, American Society of Civil Engineers, Publication Number 3269, Volume 126, Part II, (1961).
(4)ANSI A58.1-1972, "Building Code Requirements for Minimum Design Loads in Building and Other Structures," Committee A58.1, American National Standards Institute, 1972.
WIND AND TORNADO LOADING 3.3-5WATTS BARWBNP-110Figure 3.3-1 Variations of Differential Pressure and Tangential Plus TranslationalVelocity as a Function of the Distance from the Center of a Tornado
3.3-6WIND AND TORNADO LOADINGWATTS BARWBNP-110 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK WATER LEVEL (FLOOD) DESIGN 3.4-1WATTS BARWBNP-110 3.4 WATER LEVEL (FLOOD) DESIGN3.4.1 Flood ProtectionThe flood protection requirements and provisions for Category I structures are discussed in Sections 2.4.1.1, 2.4.2.2, 2.4.2.3, and 2.4.10.
3.4.2 Analysis ProcedureThe methods and procedures by which the static and dynamic effects of the design basis flood conditions are applied to Category I structures are discussed in Sections 2.4.3.6 and 2.4.13.5.REFERENCESNone.
3.4-2WATER LEVEL (FLOOD) DESIGN WATTS BARWBNP-110THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK
MISSILE PROTECTION 3.5-1WATTS BARWBNP-1103.5 MISSILE PROTECTIONCategory I structures have been analyzed and designed to be protected against a wide spectrum of credible missiles. Failure of certain rotating or pressurized components of equipment is credible and would presumably lead to generation of missiles. In addition, noncredible missiles are identified and justification is given for their not being a credible source of missiles. Tornado-generated missiles and missiles resulting from activities peculiar to the site are also discussed in this section. It is shown that the missile protection criteria to which the plant has been analyzed and protected comply with the intent of Criterion 4 of 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, General Design Criteria for Nuclear Power Plants.A very basic premise for protection is to design components and equipment so that they will have a low potential for generation of missiles. In general, the design that results in reduction of missile generation potential promotes the long life and usability of a component, and is well within permissible limits of accepted codes and standards.
The following general methods are used in the design, manufacture, and inspection of equipment:
(1)Pressurized equipment and sections of piping that from time to time may become isolated under pressure have been provided with pressure relief valves. (Relief valves are in accordance with ASME Section III or the appropriate industry standards.) These valves are present to ensure that no pressure buildup in equipment or piping sections will exceed the design limits of the materials involved.
(2)Components and equipment of the various systems have been designed and built to the standards established by the ASME or other equivalent industrial standard. A stringent quality control program has been enforced during manufacture, testing, and installation.
(3)Volumetric and ultrasonic testing where required by code, coupled with periodic inservice inspections of materials used in components and equipment, adds further assurance that any material flaws that could permit the generation of missiles will be detected.The design bases to which the plant has been designed in order to meet the intent of the criterion are listed below.
Design Bases (1)Protection shall be provided against potential missiles that could cause a loss-of-coolant accident (LOCA).
3.5-2MISSILE PROTECTION WATTS BARWBNP-110 (2)Protection shall be provided against potential missiles that could result in the loss of ability to control the consequences of a LOCA, including both the necessity for core cooling and for retention of containment integrity.
(3)Protection shall be provided against potential missiles that could jeopardize functions necessary to bring the reactor to a safe shutdown condition during normal or abnormal conditions.3.5.1 Missile Selection and Description3.5.1.1 Internally Generated Missiles (Outside Containment)The structures that are to be protected against damage from internally-generated missiles outside containment are listed in Table 3.2-1. The systems and components that are to be protected against damage from internally generated missiles outside containment include the ANS Safety Class equipment listed in Tables 3.2-2a, 3.2-2b, and 3.2-3.A discussion of the individual structures and the systems and components inside these structures is provided below. In general, the systems and components important to safety located in the structures of Table 3.2-1 rely on redundancy and separation for protection from internal missiles generated by failure of high pressure system components. Missiles which result from pipe breaks are not considered. Missiles that are associated with overspeed failures of rotating components are considered a greater safety hazard than those generated by failure of high-pressure system components and are evaluated in more detail.
3.5.1.1.1 Shield BuildingNo rotating components which might generate missiles are installed between the primary containment and the Shield Building. No high-pressure system components whose failure could generate missiles are located in this area.
3.5.1.1.2 North and S outh Steam Valve RoomsNo rotating components are installed in these rooms. The barriers provided to limit pipe whip and jet impingement in these rooms also provide protection from any potential missiles generated by failure of any high-pressure system components. The main steam isolation valve stems and the main feedwater isolation valve stems are not postulated as credible missiles in these rooms as explained below.Numerous features of the main steam isolation valve (MSIV) design and construction serve to prevent the valve stem from being ejected as a missile. The MSIV's are 32 inch wye, bi-directional globe valves that are air-opened, spring-closed, and qualified to ASME Section III, Class 2. Several components of the valve and operator would have to fail concurrently before the valve stem could be ejected. First, the pilot poppet is fastened onto the bottom end of the valve stem and backseated against the poppet cap. The lower segment of the valve stem has a larger diameter than the opening provided in the bonnet, the bottom spring seat, and the bottom bead of the air cylinder that the upper segment of the valve stem and the piston rod normally operate through.
MISSILE PROTECTION 3.5-3WATTS BARWBNP-110The worst case failure tending to cause MSIV stem ejection would be the complete severance of the valve stem itself at the valve bonnet. This failure would eliminate the components and design features described thus far as barriers to valve stem ejection. The internal area of the stem, tending to eject it. However, the valve operator is designed to withstand the transmitted forces acting through the stem during the normal operation of the valve. These thrust forces are at least as great as those that would act on a broken stem. Thus, several additional components of the valve and operator would still have to fail before even this fractured segment of the valve stem could be ejected. First, the top of the valve stem is fastened into the bottom spring seat cap which is in turn bolted to the bottom spring seat. The air cylinder piston rod is located directly over the valve on the same axis and is inserted through the opening in the air cylinder bottom bead. The air cylinder piston and top head (each 3 inch plate) are also located over the valve stem, perpendicular to its axis. The combination of these valve and operator features precludes the MSIV stem (or a segment of it) from being postulated as a credible missile.Similarly, various features of the main feedwater isolation valve (MFWIV) design and construction serve to prevent its valve stem from being ejected as a missile. The MFWIV's are 16 inch bolted bonnet, wedge gate valves with motor operators and are qualified to ASME Section III, Class 2. Several components of the valve and operator would have to fail concurrently before the stem could be ejected. First, the wedge gate holds the bottom end of the valve stem in a close-fitting ball-and-socket type arrangement. The lower segment of the valve stem itself is backseated against the valve bonnet. This segment has a larger diameter than the openings provided in the bonnet, the upper and lower yoke plates, and the motor operator that the upper segment of the valve stem normally operates through. The worst case failure tending to cause MFWIV stem ejection would be the severance of the stem itself above the backseat segment just described. For the same reasons as given previously for the MSIV, additional components of the MFWIV operator would still have to fail before even this fractured segment of the valve stem could be ejected. First, the upper stem segment is geared into the motor-driven worm shaft of the operator. Then, a pipe cap is bolted on top of the operator unit over the valve stem and perpendicular to its axis. This combination of valve and operator features precludes the MFWIV stem (or a segment of it) from being postulated as a credible missile.3.5.1.1.3 Auxiliary BuildingThe only rotating component which was considered for overspeed condition is the auxiliary feedwater steam-driven pump. All other pumps are electrically driven and incapable of achieving an overspeed condition. The manufacturer of the steam turbine (Terry Turbine) has indicated that they have tested their solid wheel turbine under overspeed conditions and no missiles are generated. The pump itself (manufactured by Ingersoll-Rand) may develop missiles under overspeed conditions but its potential for damage is small because of the small size of any missiles postulated. The room containing the pump is oriented in such a manner as to minimize the potential for damage caused by postulated pump missiles.
3.5-4MISSILE PROTECTION WATTS BARWBNP-110Consideration of missiles associated with failure of high-pressure system components is handled by redundancy and separation of safety-related systems.The internal walls and floors of the Auxiliary Building are constructed of reinforced concrete which limit the range of any potential internal missiles. In particular, the spent fuel pool is protected by at least one wall or floor of reinforced concrete from internal missiles generated in other parts of the Auxiliary Building. The portions of the CVCS and SIS outside of containment are physically separated and protected by concrete barriers of sufficient strength to contain any postulated internally generated missiles.3.5.1.1.4 Control BuildingThere are no credible potential internal missiles in this building. There are no rotating components which could have an overspeed failure and no high-pressure systems. The carbon dioxide fire protection system inside the Control Building is not pressurized until it is actuated.
3.5.1.1.5 ERCW StructuresAt the Intake Pumping Station the essential raw cooling water (ERCW) pump motors are exposed to the atmosphere. A structural steel grillage system, discussed in Section 3.8.4, provides protection to the pumps from tornado missiles. A concrete shield wall separates the four motors of Train A from those of Train B. These components are arranged in a straight line over a distance of about 100 feet. An overspeed failure is not postulated for these pumps. Even if a failure were postulated, no credible trajectory of any resultant missile could damage enough components to reduce the number available to less than four. No credible failure of any high-pressure component could create a missile which could reduce the availability of pumps on the opposite power train.No credible, potential internal missile sources are installed in the remainder of the ERCW structure.
3.5.1.1.6 ERCW Pipe Tunnels and RWST FoundationsNo credible potential internal missile sources are installed in these structures.
3.5.1.1.7 Diesel Generator BuildingFour emergency diesel generators, which are required to supply emergency power to certain engineered safety features, are each located inside a separate room in the Diesel Generator Building. Interior walls of reinforced concrete separate these generators. Additionally, a diesel generator C-S which may be substituted for any one of the normally aligned diesel generators is located within the separate Additional Diesel Generator Building.There is a mechanical governor on the diesel engine of each diesel-generator unit which is designed to assume control of the engine when there is a tendency to MISSILE PROTECTION 3.5-5WATTS BARWBNP-110overspeed. In addition, the diesel generators have an overspeed trip which cuts off fuel to the diesel engine upon an overspeed condition. Consequently, no missiles are postulated for overspeed conditions of the generator. The diesel generator units are protected from the effects of a postulated failure of the carbon dioxide storage tank by an 18-inch thick reinforced concrete wall. Therefore, any missiles or pressure build-up generated by a rupture of the carbon dioxide storage tank would not damage essential equipment.The vent path for the carbon dioxide storage tank compartment is through one set of standard double doors into a stairwell. If additional pressure relief is required, the vent path is through another set of standard double doors which open to the atmosphere from the stairwell.3.5.1.2 Internally Generated Missiles (Inside Containment) 3.5.1.2.1 Missile SelectionCatastrophic failure of the reactor vessel, steam generators, pressurizer, reactor coolant pump casings, and piping leading to generation of missiles is not considered credible. Massive and rapid failure of these components is not postulated because of the material characteristics and inspections; quality control during fabrication, erection, and operation; conservative design; and prudent operation as applied to the particular component. The reactor coolant pump flywheel is not considered as a source of missiles for the reasons discussed in Section 5.2.6. Nuclear steam supply components, which nevertheless are considered to have a potential for missile generation inside the reactor containment, are the following:
(1)Control rod drive mechanism housing plug, drive shaft, and the drive shaft and drive mechanisms latched together.
(2)Certain valves.
(3)Temperature sensor assemblies.
(4)Pressurizer instrument well and heaters.Gross failure of a control rod mechanism housing sufficient to allow a control rod to be rapidly ejected from the core is not considered credible for the following reasons:
(1)Full length control rod drive mechanisms are shop tested at 4105 psig.
(2)The mechanism housings are individually hydro-tested to 3107 psig as they are installed on the head adapters of the reactor vessel and they are checked during the hydro-test of the completed reactor coolant system.
(3)Stress levels in the mechanism are not affected by system transients at power, or by thermal movement of the coolant loops.
3.5-6MISSILE PROTECTION WATTS BARWBNP-110 (4)The mechanism housings are made of type 304 stainless steel. This material exhibits excellent notch toughness at all temperatures that will be encountered.However, it is postulated that the top plug on the control rod drive mechanism will become loose and be forced upward by the water jet. The following sequence of events is assumed: The drive shaft and control rod cluster are forced out of the core by the differential pressure of 2500 psi across the drive shaft; the drive shaft and control rod cluster, latched together, are assumed fully inserted when the accident starts; after approximately 12 feet of travel, the rod cluster control spider hits the underside of the upper support plate; upon impact, the flexure arms in the coupling joining the drive shaft and control cluster fracture, completely freeing the drive shaft from the control rod cluster. The control cluster would be completely stopped by the upper support plate; however, the drive shaft would continue to be accelerated upward to hit the missile shield provided. This analysis is summarized in Table 3.5-1. For a description of the missile shield see Section 3.5.1.2.6.Valve stems are considered to be extremely unlikely sources of missiles because of the design, construction qualifications, and testing of the valves. The isolation valves installed in the reactor coolant system have stems with a back seat. This effectively eliminates the possibility of ejecting valve stems even if the stem threads fail. Analysis shows that the back seat or the upset end would not penetrate the bonnet. Additional interference is encountered with air and motor operated valves.Valves with nominal diameter larger than 2 inches have been designed against bonnet body connection failure and subsequent bonnet ejection by means of:
(1)Using the design practice of ASME Section VIII which limits the allowable stress of bolting material to less than 20% of its yield strength; (2)Using the design practice of ASME Section VIII for flange design; and (3)By controlling the load during the bonnet body connection stud tightening process.The pressure containing parts are designed per code Class 1 requirements established by the ASME Section III Code.The proper stud torquing procedures and the use of a torque wrench, with indication of the applied torque, limit the stress of the studs to the allowable limits established in the ASME Code. This stress level is far below the material yield. The complete valves are hydrotested per the ASME Section III Code. The stainless steel bodies and bonnets are volumetrically and surface tested to verify soundness.Valves with a nominal pipe size of 2 inches or smaller are forged and have screwed bonnet with canopy seal. The canopy seal is the pressure boundary while the bonnet MISSILE PROTECTION 3.5-7WATTS BARWBNP-110threads are designed to withstand the hydrostatic end force. The pressure containing parts are designed per criteria established by the ASME III Code specification.Whereas valve missiles are not generally postulated as outlined in the above discussion, it was decided to conservatively review valves as though their bonnets or stems could become missiles. Representative of these are the valves in the region where the pressurizer extends above the operating deck. Valves in this region are the pressurizer safety valves, the motor-operated isolation valves in the relief line, the air-operated relief valves, and the air-operated spray valves. Although failure of these valves is unlikely, provisions are made to assure protection of safety-related equipment, including the containment liner, from hypothetical missiles from these valves (see Table 3.5-2). The potential for other valve missiles in the lower compartment to damage safety equipment is assessed to be extremely limited. The same measures taken to prevent damage from other postulated non-valve missiles will be effective against damage from these hypothetical valve missiles. These measures include layout of the basic plant arrangement utilizing the design philosophy of physical separation of equipment and components through distance or by barriers. In consideration of the postulation that valve bonnet fragmentation may occur resulting in the ejection of a valve stem, valves are oriented such that any missile will strike such a barrier.The only other postulated jet-propelled missiles from the reactor coolant piping and piping systems connected to the reactor coolant system is that represented by the temperature sensor assemblies, as listed in Table 3.5-3. The resistance temperature sensor assemblies are of two types: 'with well' and 'without well'. Two rupture locations have been postulated: around the weld (or thread) between the temperature element assembly and the boss for the 'without well' element, and the weld (or thread) between the well and the boss for the 'with well' element.A temperature sensor is installed on the reactor coolant pumps close to the radial bearing assembly. A hole is drilled in the gasket and sealed on the internal end of a steel plate. In evaluating missile potential, it is assumed that this plate could break and the pipe plug on the external end of the hole could become a missile.In addition, it is assumed that the weld between the instrumentation well and the pressurizer wall could fail and the well and sensor assembly could become a jet-propelled missile.Finally, it is assumed that the pressurizer heaters could become loose and become jet-propelled missiles. Adequate barriers are provided for the missiles above to protect safety-related equipment.
3.5.1.2.2 Missi le DescriptionThe postulated control rod drive mechanism (CRDM) miss iles are summarized in Table 3.5-1. The velocities of the missiles have been calculated using the method shown in Appendix 3.5A. The reactor coolant discharge rate from the break has been 3.5-8MISSILE PROTECTION WATTS BARWBNP-110calculated using the Burnell equation.
[1] The coolant pressure has been assumed constant at the initial value. No spreading of the water jet has been assumed.The missile characteristics of the bonnets of the typical valves in the region where the pressurizer extends above the operating deck are given in Table 3.5-2.The missile characteristics of the postulated piping temperature sensor assemblies are given in Table 3.5-3. A 10-degree expansion half-angle water jet has been assumed. The missile characteristics of the piping pressure element assemblies are less severe than those of Table 3.5-3.The characteristics of other missiles postulated within reactor containment are given in Table 3.5-4. A 10-degree expansion half-angle water jet has been assumed.
3.5.1.2.3 El ectrical CablesElectrical cables are not protected against damage from internal missiles. However, separation and redundancy of vital cables are such that any single failure within the protection system will not prevent proper protective action at the system level when required.3.5.1.2.4 Upper CompartmentThe generation of internal missiles inside the upper compartment is not postulated. Piping in this area is not used during normal operation. The upper compartment is protected from missiles generated in the lower compartment by the steel reinforced divider deck and missile shield and by the reinforced concrete walls of the upper portions of the steam generator and pressurizer compartments.
3.5.1.2.5 Ice Conde nser CompartmentThe generation of internal missiles inside the ice condenser is not postulated. Low energy refrigeration piping is not considered to be a potential missile source. Missiles generated in portions of the lower compartment will be prevented from entering the ice condenser compartment by the crane wall. The trajectory of missiles generated within the bottom regions of the lower compartment is such that the missiles will not pass through the inlet door openings in the lower crane wall except by ricochet. The potential for damage of such a ricocheting missile is considered negligible. This situation is shown in Figure 3.5-1. As can be seen in the figure, the location of the main portions of the reactor coolant system and of the other systems which connect to it are below Elevation 718 feet-0 inches, whereas the openings for the ice condenser lower inlet doors are between Elevation 746 feet-5 inches and Elevation 753 feet-9 inches.3.5.1.2.6 Lower CompartmentThe spectrum of missiles generated within the lower compartment is discussed in Sections 3.5.1.2.1 and 3.5.1.2.2. These missiles will not cause failure of vital systems inside the lower compartment. Particular attention was paid to the potential missile damage to the steel containment structure, the emergency core cooling system, and the containment isolation system.
MISSILE PROTECTION 3.5-9WATTS BARWBNP-110Any missile generated within the lower compartment will not impair the integrity of the steel containment structure. Protection against the postulated missiles in the lower compartment was accomplished by locating a reinforced concrete wall (crane wall), a steel-reinforced concrete slab (divider deck), and steel-reinforced concrete removable blocks (control rod drive mechanism missile shield) between the primary reactor coolant system and the containment structure. Additionally, since there are openings in the crane wall, protection for the containment structure is enhanced by orienting potential missile sources, especially valve components, so that their anticipated trajectory will not permit them to pass through these openings.The control rod drive mechanism missile shield has been located above the reactor vessel and will prevent the postulated missiles of the control rod drive system from striking the inside surface of the containment structure or the containment spray headers (see Table 3.5-1).The accumulator tanks and associated check valves and piping are not credible sources of missiles for the containment structure. Components are prevented from becoming a source of damaging missiles by orienting the components so that anticipated missile trajectories are away from the containment structure. Some other high-pressure system components are located in the space between the crane wall and the steel containment structure. Protection is accomplished by orienting components so that the anticipated missile trajectories are away from the containment structure.The emergency core cooling system (Section 6.3) includes four accumulator tanks which are located in separate rooms between the crane wall and the containment structure. The crane wall protects these tanks and their associated valves and piping from the postulated missiles generated within the lower compartment, and the Shield Building protects them from external missiles. The active components of the system (pumps, motors, and heat exchangers) are located in separate rooms in the Auxiliary Building. Therefore, these active components are protected from the postulated missiles generated within the lower compartment.Isolation valves of the containment isolation system (Section 6.2.4) are located in three regions: 1) inside the containment structure, 2) between the containment structure and the Shield Building, and 3) outside the Shield Building. The isolation valves which are located inside the containment structure are protected from the postulated missiles generated in the lower compartment by the crane wall, and are protected from tornado-generated missiles by the Shield Building.Even though the preceding methods have been used to protect the containment structure, emergency core cooling system, and the containment isolation system from potential internal missiles, the basic approach was to assure design adequacy against generation of missiles rather than to allow a missile to be generated and then try to contain the effects.
3.5-10MISSILE PROTECTION WATTS BARWBNP-1103.5.1.3 Turbine Missiles 3.5.1.3.1 IntroductionThe Watts Bar turbine-generator unit was originally manufactured by Westinghouse Electric Corporation (now Siemens Energy, Inc.). The Watts Bar turbine-generator unit consists of a double-flow high pressure turbine and three double-flow low pressure turbines with extraction nozzles arranged for seven stages of feedwater heating. The turbine utilizes a Westinghouse designed electro-hydraulic control (EHC) system for control of both speed and load. The EHC system, composed of solid state electronic devices coupled through suitable electro-hydraulic transducers to a high-pressure hydraulic fluid system, provides control of the main stop, governing, intercept, and reheat stop valves of the turbine. Emergency speed protection is provided by a mechanical overspeed trip mechanism, backed up by an electrical overspeed trip circuit.Additional turbine protection is provided that will trip the turbine on evidence of low condenser vacuum, abnormal thrust bearing wear, or low oil pressure. (See Section 10.2.4 for a complete list.) The turbine trip system is also equipped with solenoid-operated trip devices, which provide a means to initiate direct tripping of the turbine upon receipt of appropriate electrical signals, as shown in Figure 10.2-1. Also, when a turbine trip is initiated, the extraction system non-return valves are tripped to close by means of a pilot dump valve connected to the turbine trip system. For overpressure protection of the turbine exhaust hoods and the condenser, four rupture diaphragms which rupture at approximately 5 psig are provided on each turbine exhaust hood. Additional protective devices include exhaust hood high temperature alarm and manual trip.Each stop, governing, reheating stop, and intercept valve is spring closed; therefore, it is necessary only to dump the high pressure fluid from under the servo-actuators to close the valves.For additional details on the turbine, see Section 10.2.
3.5.1.3.2 Potential Missile Sources and Mi ssile CharacteristicsTo evaluate the missile containing ability of its steam turbines, Westinghouse conducted a test program at its Research Laboratories. The tests involved spinning alloy steel discs to failure within various carbon steel containments. The discs were notched to ensure failure in a given number of segments at the desired speed. Tests results were correlated with various parameters descriptive of the missile momentum and energy and the geometry of the missile and containment.The containments were of varying geometry but all were axisymmetric and concentric with the rotation axis of the disc. They ranged in complexity from a circular cylinder to containments which approximated actual turbine construction.From these tests, logical criteria were evolved for predicting the missile containing ability of various turbine structures. In addition, the tests also served to determine the MISSILE PROTECTION 3.5-11WATTS BARWBNP-110mode of failure which certain structural shapes common to turbine construction undergo when impacted by a missile. This is important since the mode of failure has a great influence on the amount of energy absorbed by the turbine structure.In 1979, a Westinghouse test program was initiated to develop guidelines for evaluating nonsymmetric impacts. Earlier tests had concentrated primarily on symmetric impacts whereas most disc collisions with the typical cylinder structure were of a nonsymmetrical type. Also in 1979, stress corrosion cracking was found in the keyway areas of several discs on low-pressure rotors being refurbished by Westinghouse. Consequently, in 1980 and 1981, Westinghouse reevaluated their turbine missile energies and probability analyses and developed a revised methodology to include the above failure mechanisms, the effects of an ultrasonic low-pressure turbine disc inspection and other miscellaneous changes resulting from the reevaluation. In the past [Ref. 11], analyses assumed the probability of missile generation (P1) to be approximately 10
-4 per turbine year for a favorably oriented unit, based on the historical failure rate. The strike probability (P2) was estimated on the basis of postulated missile sizes, shapes and energies and on available plant specific information such as turbine placement and orientation, number and type of intervening barriers, target geometry, and potential missile trajectories. The damage probability (P3) was generally assumed to be 1.0. The overall probability of unacceptable damage to safety-related systems (P4), which the sum over all targets of the product of these probabilities, was then evaluated for compliance with the NRC safety objective. This logic places the regulatory emphasis on the strike probability, that is, it necessitates that P2 be made less than or equal to 10
-3, and disregards all the plant specific factors that determine the actual P1 and its unique time dependency.Although the calculation of strike probability is not difficult in principle, for the most part being not more than a straightforward ballistics analysis, it presents a problem in practice. The problem stems from the fact that numerous modeling approximations and simplifying assumptions are required to make tractable the incorporation into acceptable models of available data on the (1) properties of missiles, (2) interactions of missiles with barriers and obstacles, (3) trajectories of missiles as they interact with and perforate (or are deflected by) barriers, and (4) identification and location of safety-related targets. The particular approximations and assumptions made tend to have a significant effect on the resulting value of P2. Similarly, a reasonably accurate specification of the damage probability (P3) is not a simple matter because of the difficulty in defining the missile impact energy required to render given safety-related systems unavailable to perform their safety functions and the difficulty in postulating sequences of events that would follow a missile-producing turbine failure.In view of operating experience and NRC safety objectives, the NRC staff has shifted emphasis in the reviews of the turbine missile issue from the strike and damage probability (P2xP3) to the missile generation probability (P1) and, in the process, has attempted to integrate the various aspects of the issue into a single, coherent evaluation.
3.5-12MISSILE PROTECTION WATTS BARWBNP-110Through experience of reviewing various licensing applications, the staff has concluded that P2xP3 analyses provide only "ball park" or "order of magnitude" values. Based on simple estimates for a variety of plant layouts, the staff also concludes that the strike and damage probability product (P2xP3) can be reasonably taken to fall in a characteristic narrow range which is dependent on the gross features of plant layout with respect to turbine generator orientation; i.e., (a) for favorably oriented turbine generators P2xP3 tends to lie in the range of 10
-4 to 10-3. In addition, detailed analyses such as those discussed in this evaluation show that, depending on the specific combination of material properties, operating environment, and maintenance practices, P1 can have values from 10
-9 to 10-1 per turbine year depending on the turbine test and inspection intervals. For these reasons, in the evaluation of P4 (=P1xP2xP3), the probability of unacceptable damage to safety-related systems from potential turbine missile, the staff is giving credit for the product of the strike and damage probabilities of 10
-3 for a favorably oriented turbine and 10
-2 for an unfavorably oriented turbine, and is discouraging the elaborate calculation of these values.The staff believes that maintaining an initial small value of P1 through turbine testing and inspection is a reliable means of ensuring that the objectives precluding turbine missiles and unacceptable damage to safety-related structures, systems, and components can be met. It simplifies and improves procedures for evaluation of turbine missile risks and ensures that the public health and safety is maintained.For these reasons, strike and damage calculations were not performed for the current Watts Bar 2 licensing submittal and instead the missile analysis was updated for the new upgraded 13.9m2 rotors and documented in the current Missile Report [Ref. 13].A missile probability analysis was performed for the Watts Bar 2 BB281-13.9m2 rotors with Advanced Disc Design shrunk-on discs. Based on conservative assumptions, the probability of an external missile for speeds up to 120% of rated speed is 2.13*E-6 for a disc inspection interval of 100,000 operating hours.As documented in WCAP-16501-P [Ref. 18], Watts Bar 2 has elected to perform turbine valve test intervals at a frequency of every 6 months. This results in a probability of overspeed of 1.39 E-7 per year [Ref.13].As summarized in the missile report [Ref. 13], these probabilities are well below the NRC limit of 1*E-4 per year for a favorably oriented unit.The missile analysis methodology used was submitted to the NRC and approved in March 2004 [Ref. 12, which includes the NRC Safety Evaluation].High-Pressure TurbineHigh-Pressure Turbine Construction and DesignThe high-pressure turbine element is of a double flow design, thus it is inherently thrust balanced. Steam from the four control valves enters at the center of the turbine MISSILE PROTECTION 3.5-13WATTS BARWBNP-110element through four inlet pipes, two in the base and two in the cover. These pipes feed both ends of the inner casing. The high-pressure rotor is made of NiCrMoV alloy steel. The specified minimum mechanical properties are found in Section 10.2.3.1.The main body of the rotor weighs approximately 130,500 lb. The approximate values of the transverse centerline diameter, the maximum diameter, and the main body length are 21 inch (533.4mm), 67 inch (1700mm), and 149 inch (3792mm), respectively.The inner casing and guide blade carriers are made from stainless steel castings. The outer casing cover and base are made of carbon steel castings. The specified minimum mechanical properties are found in Section 10.2.3.1.The approximate weights of the inner casing base and cover, guide blade carrier TS (turbine side), guide blade carrier GS (generator side), the outer casing cover, and the outer casing base are 53,500 lb., 23,810 lb, 19,400lb, 110,500 lb., and 110,500 lb.,
respectively.The casing cover and base are tied together by means of more than 100 studs. The stud material is an alloy steel for most of the joint periphery but with 12 Cr material in the blade ring fit and gland locations and having the following mechanical properties found in Section 10.2.3.1.The studs have lengths ranging from 28 to 59 inches and diameters ranging from 2.5in. to 3.5 in. About 90% of them have diameters ranging between 2.75 and 4 inches. The total stud cross-sectional area is approximately 620 in 2 and the total stud free-length volume is approximately 31,500 in 3.Effects on HP Element of Turbine-Generator Unit Over-SpeedingDue to the very large margin between the high-pressure, spindlebursting speed and the maximum speed at which the steam can drive the unit with all the admission valves fully open, the probability of spindle failure is practically zero. Therefore, no missile will be developed during turbine runaway.Evaluations of existing and new retrofit HP rotors were perform ed considering various failure modes to assess the potential for generating a missile [Ref. 20]. Ductile burst would require rotational speed beyond terminal speed as explained. Failure due to high cycle fatigue has not occurred in the past and the retrofit rotors have improved design safety factors. Failure due to low cycle fatigue is unlikely since rotor LCF is significantly greater than 10,000 start cycles for original and retrofit rotors.Based on the successful operating history of nuclear HP rotors and the results of this evaluation, HP rotors of integral construction do not need to be considered when assessing missile generation probability of nuclear turbines.
3.5-14MISSILE PROTECTION WATTS BARWBNP-110Low-Pressure TurbineLow-Pressure Turbine Construction and DesignThe double flow low pressure turbine incorporates high efficiency blading, diffuser type exhaust and liberal exhaust hood design. The low pressure turbine cylinder is fabricated from steel plate to provide uniform wall thickness thus reducing thermal distortion to a minimum. The entire outer casing is subjected to low temperature exhaust steam.The temperature drop of the steam from its inlet to the LP turbine to its exhaust from the last rotating blades is taken across two walls: an inner casing and a thermal shield. This precludes a large temperature drop across any one wall, except the thermal shield which is not a structural element, thereby virtually eliminating thermal distortion. The fabricated inner casing is supported by the outer casing at the horizontal centerline and is fixed transversely at the top and bottom and axially at the centerline of the steam inlets, thus allowing freedom of expansion independent of the outer casing. The inner casing is surrounded by the thermal shield. The steam leaving the last row of blades flows into the diffuser where the velocity energy is converted to pressure energy.
Material PropertiesThe outer cylinder and the inner casing are fabricated mainly of ASTM 515-GR65 or equivalent material. The minimum specified properties can be found in Section 10.2.3.1. The low-pressure rotors are made of NiCrMoV alloy steel. The specified minimum mechanical properties can be found in Section 10.2.3.1. The shrunk-on discs are made of NiCrMoV alloy steel. There are six discs shrunk on the shaft with three per flow. These discs experience different degrees of stress when in operation. Disc No. 3, starting from the transverse centerline, experiences the highest stress, while Disc No. 1 experiences the lowest. The minimum specified mechanical properties for the discs are shown in Section 10.2.3.1.Effects on Low-Pressure Element of Turbine-Generator Unit OverspeedingThe bursting speed of each of the shrunk-on discs is calculated under the assumption that the disc will fail when the average tangential stress equals the maximum temperature corrected tensile strength of the disc materials. (No disc cracks are assumed. The effects of stress corrosion cracking on the low-pressure elements are discussed later in this section.) Disc 1 is calculated to fail at 177% of rated speed, Disc 2 at 174% and Disc 3 at 160%, respectively. Upon failure of any disk, further acceleration of the unit is assumed to halt because of extensive internal damage to the turbine.
MISSILE PROTECTION 3.5-15WATTS BARWBNP-110Watts Bar Steam PlantIn addition to the turbine generator set at Watts Bar Nuclear Plant, there are four 3,600 rpm steam turbines at Watts Bar Steam Plant located approximately 3,600 feet from the nuclear plant (See Figure 3.5-3); however, these are not currently in operation.
Therefore, they do not currently pose a hazard to the Watts Bar Nuclear Plant due to turbine missiles. In the event that the steam plant is reactivated, the turbine missile hazard analysis will be updated at that time. Potential missiles originating from any of these turbines will be considered in this analysis.
3.5.1.3.3 Primary Safety-Related Equipment Installations and StructuresThe primary safety-related equipment installations and structures at the plant are those whose loss could lead to conditions in excess of the guidelines specified in 10 CFR 100. Items in this category are those in which a single strike by a potential turbine missile could result in a loss of the capability to function in the manner needed to meet these guidelines. At the Watts Bar Nuclear Plant, these are the a) Reactor Building, b)main control room, c) spent fuel pool, d) main steam valve rooms, and e) ERCW electrical conduits from manhole Nos. 1-3.The Diesel Generator Building and Additional Diesel Generator Building were considered in the determination of unacceptable damage probability but are not listed in the previous paragraph because only a small portion of these structures must be considered. The redundancy of the diesel-generators and the separation between each diesel-generator make the buildings nearly invulnerable to a turbine missile strike. A turbine missile striking the barrier between trains A & B of the diesel generators could theoretically incapacitate both trains of emergency ac power; therefore, an area larger in section that the barrier is included in the analyses. The contribution of this area to the total probability of unacceptable damage is negligible.The locations of these essential safety-related equipment installations and structures as well as their relationship to the potential turbine missile sources are shown in Figure3.5-4.Those safety-related equipment installations and structures not considered essential for the preservation of safety if struck by a dangerous turbine missile were those that are redundant.Included in this group are the:
(1)Essential raw cooling water (ERCW) Intake Pumping Station - This station is considered to have sufficient redundance that a single turbine missile strike cannot cause unacceptable damage. The addition of a missile-resistant roof on this structure has further reduced the chance for any damage to this area
from turbine missiles.
3.5-16MISSILE PROTECTION WATTS BARWBNP-110 (2)Heating and ventilating equipment installations needed for temperature control of engineered safety features equipment. All installations of this kind are redundant and adequately separated to prevent a loss by single turbine missiles.3.5.1.3.4 Turbine Missile Protection CriterionThe turbine missile protection criterion utilized in the design of the Watts Bar Nuclear Plant was that the probability of unacceptable damage should not be significant. In this instance, an event having a probability of causing unacceptable damage on the order of about 10
-7 per year per reactor unit at the plant is not considered significant. Therefore, for the two-unit Watts Bar Nuclear Plant, an event having a probability of occurrence on the order of 2 x 10
-7 will fulfill this criterion.The turbine placement and orientation are shown in Figure 3.5-4. The orientation of the turbine axis is parallel with the containment. With the exception of the ERCW conduit, there are no essential systems or structures located inside the low trajectory missile zones defined in NRC Regulatory Guide 1.115.For the ERCW conduit target, the strike probability due to a low trajectory turbine missile is considered to be zero since the rotation of the turbine will preclude a tangential missile from directly impacting the ERCW conduit as the turbine pedestal and Turbine Building structure provide barriers to the trajectory.Although low trajectory missiles are excluded from plant design considerations, a probabilistic analysis has been performed for both low and high trajectory missiles.
3.5.1.3.5 Turbine Missi le Hazard EvaluationThe turbine missile hazard evaluation made for the Watts Bar Nuclear Plant considers missiles produced during accidents at or near rated speed and at destructive overspeed. The evaluation also took into account different missile dispersions that are likely to occur for center disc missiles and for end disc missiles. This was done using the expression:
Pr(H) =The probability of event H. Event H is the receipt of unacceptable damage.
Pr(H) =
N 1xPr(A 1)[Pr(B 1)Pr(C 1)Pr(D 1)Pr(F 1)Pr(G 1)+Pr(B 1)Pr(C 1)Pr(D 2)Pr(E)Pr(F 2)Pr(G 1)+Pr(B 2)Pr(C 1)Pr(D 1)Pr(F 3)Pr(G 2)+Pr(B 2)Pr(C 1)Pr(D 2)Pr(E)Pr(F 4)Pr(G 2)+Pr(B 3)Pr(C 2)Pr(D 1)Pr(F 5)Pr(G 3)+Pr(B 3)Pr(C 2)Pr(D 2)Pr(E)Pr(F 6)Pr(G 3)]+N 2 xPr(A 2)[Pr(B 1)Pr(C 1)Pr(D 1)Pr(F 7)Pr(G 4)+Pr(B 1)Pr(C 1)Pr(D 2)Pr(E)Pr(F 8)Pr(G 4)
MISSILE PROTECTION 3.5-17WATTS BARWBNP-110where:+Pr(B 2)Pr(C 1)Pr(D 1)Pr(F 9)Pr(G 5)+Pr(B 2)Pr(C 1)Pr(D 2)Pr(E)Pr(F 10)Pr(G 5)+Pr(B 3)Pr(C 2)Pr(D 1)Pr(F 11)Pr(G 6)+Pr(B 3)Pr(C 2)Pr(D 2)Pr(E)Pr(F 12)Pr(G 6)]N 1 =The number of turbogenerator sets at Watts Bar Nuclear Plant. In this instance, N 1=2.N 2 =The number of turbogenerator sets at Watts Bar Steam Plant. In this instance, N 2=4.Pr(A l) =The probability of event A 1 occurring per turbine year, Event A1 is the disintegration of a low-pressure turbine at the nuclear plant.Pr(A 2)=The probability of event A 2 occurring per turbine year. Event A 2 is the disintegration of a 3,600 rpm turbine at Watts Bar Steam Plant.Pr(B 1) =The probability of event B
- 1. Event B 1 is the fraction of the turbine disintegrations that will generate missiles with exit velocities in the lower portion of the rated speed missile spectrum.Pr(B 2)=The probability of event B
- 2. Event B 2 is the fraction of the turbine disintegrations that will generate missiles with exit velocities in the upper portion of the rated speed missile spectrum.Pr(B 3)=The probability of event B
- 3. Event B 3 is the fraction of over-speed turbine disintegrations occurring per turbine disintegration.Pr(C 1)=The probability of event C
- 1. Event C 1 is the fraction of rated speed turbine disintegrations that produce dangerous missiles.Pr(C 2)=The probability of event C
- 2. Event C 2 is the fraction of over-speed turbine disintegrations that produce dangerous missiles.Pr(D 1)=The probability of event D
- 1. Event D 1 is the fraction of times that center disc missiles will be produced per dangerous missile producing turbine disintegration.Pr(D 2)=The probability or event D
- 2. Event D 2 is the fraction of times that end disc missiles will be produced per dangerous missile producing turbine disintegration.Pr(E)=The probability of event E. Event E is the fraction of times end disc missiles will be deflected towards esse ntial plant equipm ent per end disc missile produced.Pr(F l)=The probability of event F
- l. Event F l is the fraction of times a center, disc missile from Watts Bar Nuclear Plant (WBNP) having an exit velocity in the lower portion of the rated speed missile velocity spectrum will strike essential equipment or structures.
3.5-18MISSILE PROTECTION WATTS BARWBNP-110Pr(F 2)=The probability of event F
- 2. Event F 2 is the fraction of times an end disc missile from WBNP having an exit velocity in the lower portion of the rated speed missile velocity spectrum will strike essential equipment or structures.Pr(F 3)=The probability of event F
- 3. Event F 3 is the fraction of times a center disc missile from WBNP having an exit velocity in the upper portion of the rated speed missile velocity spectrum will strike essential equipment or structures.Pr(F 4)=The probability of event F
- 4. Event F 4 is the fraction of times an end disc missile from WBNP having an exit velocity in the upper portion of the rated speed missile velocity spectrum will strike essential equipment or structures.Pr(F 5)=The probability of event F
- 5. Event F 5 is the fraction of times an over-speed center disc missile from WBNP will strike essential equipment or structures.Pr(F 6)=The probability of event F
- 6. Event F 6 is the fraction of times an over-speed end disc missile from WBNP will strike essential equipment or structures. Pr(F 7)=The probability of event F
- 7. Event F 7 is the fraction of times a center disc missile from Watts Bar Steam Plant (WBSP) having an exit velocity in the lower portion of the rated speed missile velocity spectrum will strike essential equipment or structures.Pr(F 8)=The probability of event F
- 8. Event F 8 is the fraction of times an end disc, missile from WBSP having an exit velocity in the lower portion of the rated speed velocity spectrum will strike essential equipment or structures.Pr(F 9)=The probability of event F
- 9. Event F 9 is the fraction of times a center disc missile from WBSP having an exit velocity in the upper portion of the rated speed missile velocity spectrum will strike essential equipment or, structures.Pr(F l0)=The probability of event F
- 10. Event F 10 is the fraction of times an end disc missile from WBSP having an exit velocity in the scooper portion of the rated speed missile velocity spectrum will strike essential equipment or structures.Pr(F 11)=The probability of event F
- 11. Event F 11 is the fraction of times an over-speed center disc missile from WBSP will strike essential equipment or structures.Pr(F 12)=The probability of event F
- 12. Event F 12 is the fraction of times an over-speed end disc missile from WBSP will strike essentia l equipment or structures.Pr(G 1)=The probability of event G
- 1. Event G 1 is the fraction of times that a strike by a rated speed missile with an exit velocity in the lower portion of the rated speed missile velocity spectrum from WBNP will result in the elimination of the capability provided by that safety-related equipment installation or structure.
MISSILE PROTECTION 3.5-19WATTS BARWBNP-110Additional factors and interpretations utilized to make this expression represent conditions at Watts Bar Nuclear Plant are:
(1)The low-pressure turbine disintegration rate, Pr(A 1), will be 7x10
-5/year. Such a value is conservatively determined to represent state-of-the-art in References [2] and [10] for turbines.
(2)The 3,600 rpm turbine disintegration rate, Pr(A 2), will be 1x10
-4/year. This value represents current data failure rates, and does not consider less than 100% plant utilization or planned unit phase-out.
(3)The center of each turbine assembly was assumed to be the origin of the turbine missiles.
(4)Only one turbine disc from one turbine assembly was assumed to disintegrate in a turbine accident producing dangerous turbine missiles.
(5)The fraction of turbine disintegrations that will occur in the rated speed accident realm was assumed to be 0.8 and the fraction of turbine disintegrations that will occur in the overspeed accident realm was assumed to be 0.2. Such values were judged to be appropriate based on data provided in References [2] and [10]. This data source indicated that 14 known failures since 1951 occurred at or close to rated speed, and seven overspeed incidents occurred in that general span of time. This reference also indicated Pr(G 2)=The probability of event G
- 2. Event G 2 is the fraction of times that a strike by a rated speed missile with an exit velocity in the upper portion of the rated speed missile velocity spectrum from WBNP will result in the elimination of the capability provided by that safety-related equipment installation or structure.Pr(G 3)=The probability of event G
- 3. Event G 3 is the fraction of times that a strike by an over-speed missile from WBNP will result in the e limination of the safety-related equipment or structure.Pr(G 4)=The probability of event G
- 4. Event G 4 is the fraction of times that a strike by a rated speed missile with an exit velocity in the lower portion of the rated speed missile velocity spectrum from WBSP will result in the elimination of the capability provided by that safety-related equipment installation or structure.Pr(G 5)=The probability of event G
- 5. Event G 5 is the fraction of times that a strike by a rated speed missile with an exit velocity in the upper portion of the rated speed missile velocity spectrum from WBSP will result in the elimination of the capability provided by that safety-related equipment installation or structure.
Pr(G 6)=The probability of event G
- 6. Event G 6 is the fraction of times that a strike by an overspeed missile from WBSP will result in the elimination of the safety-related equipment or structure.
3.5-20MISSILE PROTECTION WATTS BARWBNP-110that the incidents of overspeed, with or without failure, have decreased markedly since 1961 due to organized programs of checking all valves by load change tests. Consequently, the values 0.8 and 0.2 are considered to be appropriately weighted fractions.
(6)The rated speed accident missile speed spectrum was assumed to contain two domains and the overspeed accident missile speed spectrum was assumed to contain one domain. The first rated speed missile domain was created to represent missiles in the lower exit speed portion of the rated speed missile spectrum, while the second domain was created to represent missiles in the upper exit speed portion of the rated speed missile spectrum. It was then assumed that half of the rated speed spectrum fell in each of the two domains. Therefore, Pr(B 1)=0.4, Pr(B 2)=0.4, and for over-speed missiles, Pr(B 3)=0.2. From these determinations, consideration is given to both the high terminal speed missiles that are most likely to eliminate essential ESF functional capabilities in the event of impact and the higher likelihood of the lesser speed missiles to impact upon the essential equipment or structures in the two unit complex.
(7)The fraction of dangerous missiles produced per rated speed turbine disintegration was assumed to be 0.7, thus making Pr(C
- 1) equal to 0.7. This is considered appropriate and quite conservative because 1) seven of the ten turbine disintegrations listed in Table 3 of Reference [1] for the 70,280 turbine years of operation produced missiles, and 2) all of the missiles under consideration were assumed to possess mass characteristics appropriate to causing maximum destruction potential. See item (11), below. The fraction of dangerous missiles produced per over-speed accident was assumed to be 1.0, thereby making Pr(C 2)=1.0.(8)The fraction of missile-producing turbine accidents generating center disc missiles was assumed to be 0.9 while those generating end disc missiles was assumed to be 0.1. Therefore, Pr(D
- 1) and Pr(D
- 2) were set equal to 0.9 and 0.1, respectively.
(9)Half of the end disc missiles produced will be deflected away from safety-related components and structures. The basis for this judgment comes from the deflection range established for end disc missiles in Reference [4]. This reference indicates that end disc missile deflections during the turbine casing penetration process will most likely fall between 0
° to 25°. Such a deflection pattern in the plant arrangements at Watts Bar Nuclear and Steam Plants, where all potential safety-related equipment lies on one side of a 180
° sector defined by the disc plane of rotation indicates that half of the end disc missiles will be deflected away from any essential plant items. Therefore, Pr(E) is set equal to 0.5. It should be noted that the same reference indicates that center disc missiles can be deflected plus or minus 5° to the disc plane of rotation; therefore, any center disc missile may be deflected towards essential safety equipment or structures. For this reason, the angular bias function is not applicable to center disc missiles.
MISSILE PROTECTION 3.5-21WATTS BARWBNP-110 (10)A representative lumped missile speed value in each of the three exit speed domains defined in (6), above, was assumed. For the turbines at both power plants, exit speeds of 250 ft/sec and 350 ft/sec were assumed for missiles in the lower and upper portion of the rated speed accident missile domain, respectively. An exit speed of 550 ft/sec was assumed for missiles in the overspeed domain.These assumptions appear very conservative. Evidence obtained from an analysis of the Gallatin turbine accident
[3], shows that the most energetic missile had a speed not greater than 300 ft/sec. All the other 22 missiles produced in this accident weighing more than 100 pounds had exit speeds well below this value. Further support for this claim comes from References [2] and [10] where it is stated that the more probable missile velocities are between 200 and 500 ft/sec. An additional degree of conservatism is applied in this analysis by using an uncertainty function of +10% on all the turbine exit velocities.
(11)All dangerous missiles produced in turbine disintegrations are those having the highest kinetic energy after completion of the turbine penetration process. As indicated previously, these are disc fragments having about 1/4 of the disc mass. One fragment is assumed emitted per quadrant in the disc plane of rotation. Two of the fragments are therefore deflected into the ground around the turbine and cause no damage. Conservation of momentum principles indicate that the other two missiles in this worst case situation would emerge with upward directed trajectory on each side of the turbine axis of rotation. Because these missiles will be moving in opposite horizontal directions from each other, only one can present a threat to any given piece of equipment.
(12)A disablement factor of 0.5 was utilized to make the transformation from 250ft/sec missile impact probabilities to unacceptable damage probabilities.
Therefore, Pr(G
- 1) = 0.5. The basis for this is presented in Reference [2]. On page 195 it states that "With the cited concrete thickness (4.5 ft wall, 3.5 ft dome) a missile velocity of 300 ft/sec is not high enough to penetrate either a wall or a dome." On page 192, in the same reference, it is stated that "The kinetic energy may be reduced as much as 20% for high velocity, irregularly shaped missiles" to account for the effect of drag forces in air. In this instance, a 20% reduction in kinetic energy if utilized, would reduce the 250ft/sec expected impact speed to approximately 225 ft/sec. However, for conservatism, the unreduced velocity of 250 ft/sec was used. At such a speed, a 0.5 disablement factor is judged to be appropriate. However, the disablement factor for strikes by all faster missiles was set equal to 1.0. Such a factor takes all impacts by other than 250 ft/sec missiles upon essential equipment installations or structures to be certain loss of service of the item struck. Consequently, Pr(G 2), Pr(G 3), Pr(G 4), Pr(G 5), and Pr(G
- 6) in the analytical model are equal to 1.0.
3.5-22MISSILE PROTECTION WATTS BARWBNP-110Strike probabilities upon the essential safety-related components and structures identified in Section 3.5.1.3.3 were calculated by the methodology described in Reference [4] and Item (10), above. Both two and three dimensional analyses were conducted.The three dimensional analysis of the strike probability was an investigation to determine the probability that a missile will emerge from the turbine casing with the velocity vector directed toward essential safety-related items. The results obtained indicate that no missiles can emerge from any of the low-pressure turbines at a sufficiently low trajectory to strike these structures. (See Figure 3.5-5). Such findings indicate that there is no hazard to essential safety-related components or structures from missiles on the upward part of their trajectories.The two dimensional analysis of the strike probability upon the safety-related components listed in Section 3.5.1.3.3 was an analysis to find the impact probabilities on these items during the downward part of the missile trajectory. Such analyses for rated speed and over-speed center disc and end disc missiles provided values for the only undefined factors in the turbine hazard evaluation equation given previously
[Pr(F l), Pr(F 2) ... Pr(F 12)]. The results obtained from this analysis are presented in Table 3.5-6. This table shows the probability of unacceptable damage calculated in the manner described in the analytical model given previously. From this tabulation, it can be seen that the probability for unacceptable damage at the site totals 2.79 x 10
-7 events/year.
[14]3.5.1.3.6 Turbine Missile SelectionAnalyses described above indicate that the hazard from turbine missiles at the Watts Bar Nuclear Plant is not significant. A three dimensional analysis of the hazard showed that the probability of unacceptable damage due to turbine missiles on the upward portion of their flight was zero. A two dimensional analysis of the hazard from turbine missiles on their downward flight path showed that the probability of unacceptable damage was about 2.79 x 10
-7 events/year at the nuclear plant site.Since each step in the development of the analytical model described in Section 3.5.1.3.5 contains one or more conservative assumptions, all aspects associated with these two analyses support the contention that the turbine missile hazard at this plant is not significant.In addition, the plant uses turbines designed, manufactured, installed, and operated in accordance with standards that minimize the possibility of an accident that may produce dangerous missiles. The unit has its essential, safety-related equipment installations and structures positioned to minimize the strike probability on these items. Probability of unacceptable damage for critical structure are presented in Table 3.5-10.Such findings indicate that the potential for turbine generated missiles at the Watts Bar Nuclear Plant is credible, but not significant. Therefore, turbine missile hazards need not be considered in the design of the Watts Bar Plant.
MISSILE PROTECTION 3.5-23WATTS BARWBNP-110 3.5.1.4 Missiles Generated By Natural PhenomenaCategory I structures at Watts Bar Nuclear Plant are designed for tornado- generated missiles based on the following:
(1)Spectrum A (see Table 3.5-7) was used in the design of: (a)Manholes and protective slabs over manholes for Class 1E electric systems.(b)Protection for Class 1E conduit duct runs.(c)Hatch assemblies for personnel access openings to pipe tunnels A & B.(d)Slabs supporting the ERCW piping at the Intake Pumping Station.(e)Pipe encasement at the Diesel Generator Building.(f)Refueling Water Storage Tank foundation.(g)Roofs and walls of Category I structures except as noted for Spectrums B, C & D.(h)Protection for diesel generator exhaust stacks.(i)Protection for fuel oil storage tank vent lines in Diesel Generator Building.(2)Spectrum B (see Table 3.5-8) was used in the design of the equipment doors and bulkheads on the Diesel Generator Building.
(3)Spectrum C (see Table 3.5-9) was used in the design of the structures not covered by Items 1, 2 or 4 (Intake pumping station structural steel roof, ERCW standpipe encasement, ERCW discharge overflow structure, and ERCW valve covers).
(4)Spectrum D (See Table 3.5-17) was used in the design of the Additional Diesel Generator Building and any additional Category I Structures after July1979.3.5.1.5 Missiles Ge nerated by Events Near the Site.There are no postulated accidental explosions in the vicinity of the site (See Section 2.2.3). The only significant nearby industrial activity is the Watts Bar Steam Plant. Turbine missiles from this plant are treated in Section 3.5.1.3. No other missiles are considered significant. Therefore, the Watts Bar Nuclear Plant need not be designed for protection against missiles generated by explosions of trucks, trains, ships, barges, industrial facilities, hydrogen storage tanks, pipelines and mili tary facilities.
3.5-24MISSILE PROTECTION WATTS BARWBNP-110 3.5.1.6 Aircraft HazardsThere is one federal airway passing within two miles of the nuclear facility. The probability per year of an aircraft crashing into the plant (P FA)[16] is estimated in the following manner:
P FA = C x N x A/wwhere:C = inflight crash rate per mile for aircraft using airway.w = width of airway (plus twice the distance from the airway edge to the site when the site is outside the airway) in miles.N = number of flights per year along the airway, and A = effective area of plant in square miles.For the Watts Bar site, C = 4.0 x 10
-10, w = 8 miles, N = 2 x 2,000/year, A = 0.01 mi
- 2. The value for N, per Section 2.2.2.5, was doubled to account for increases in aircraft traffic. Therefore, P FA = 2.0 x 10
-9/year. This conservative upper bound probability is less than the Standard Review Plan range of "1 x 10
-7" and indicates that further consideration of hazard from this federal airway is unnecessary.There are no airports located within five miles of the site. There are no airports with projected operations greater than 500 d 2 movements per year located within 10 miles of the site or greater than 1,000 d 2 outside 10 miles, where d is the distance in miles from the site.There are no military installations or any airspace use that might present a hazard to the site. Therefore, aircraft hazards need not be considered in the design of the Watts Bar Nuclear Plant.
3.5.2 Systems To Be ProtectedSystems whose failure could lead to offsite radiological consequences or which are required for reactor shutdown and cooldown under normal and/or design basis conditions are listed in Table 3.2-1. These include 1) the fluid handling equipment in ANS Safety Classes 1, 2a, 2b or 3 listed by system in Tables 3.2-2a and 3.2-2b, 2) Class 1E electrical systems and components listed in Table 3.2-3, and 3) the Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning components in TVA Classes B, M, Q, and S as described in Table 3.2-2a. A more detailed discussion of required equipment and its safety-related implications may be found in the FSAR sections covering individual system.It is important to note that all of the equipment referenced above is required for some safety-related function but not all at once. The list of required equipment for a particular missile event depends on the nature of the missile (whether it is associated MISSILE PROTECTION 3.5-25WATTS BARWBNP-110with or can cause a LOCA, whether or not the missile is being generated from a safety-related piece of equipment, etc). Hence, much of the missile damage consideration outside containment can be reduced to looking at those systems and components required for reactor shutdown, coolant system makeup, and for decay heat removal to the ultimate heat sink.Table 3.5-14 lists outdoor features, including air intakes and exhausts, which may be required to perform a safety-related function coincident with or following the occurrence of a tornado.For the Watts Bar Nuclear Plant the layout of structures and equipment is such that there are no systems or components which rely upon redundancy and separation alone for protection against externally generated missiles. There are however certain systems and components which, due to their location and/or separation of trains, are inherently protected against specific types of missiles. This protection by separation and location concept has been addressed where applicable in the missile analyses of Section 3.5.1.
3.5.3 Barrier Design ProceduresTo arrive at a formula to use in computing penetration into concrete walls, a comparison was made of formulas listed in ORNL-NSIC-22, "Missile Generation and Protection in Lightwater-Cooled Power Reactor Plants." Four equations were studied in ORNL-NSIC-22 in connection with penetration in concrete. Two of these, the Army Corps of Engineers formula and the National Defense Research Committee formula, do not apply for impact velocities under 500 ft/sec and thus are not applicable here (velocity of 300 mph = 440 ft/sec). The remaining two equations are the modified Petry formula and the Ballistic Research Laboratory formula. These two formulas were compared for a 6-inch diameter missile of 100 pounds and a 16-inch diameter missile of 2,500 pounds with velocities in the range from 0 to 500 ft/sec. As seen in Figures 3.5-6 and 3.5-7, the Petry formula is the most conservative for velocities greater than 150 to 200 mph.The following describes the barrier procedures utilized for concrete barriers. The depth to which a missile penetrated a concrete wall was estimated by use of the modified Petry formula.[6]D' = 12 KAV' [1 + e-4(a - 2)]whereD' = depth of penetrationV = impact velocityK = A material constantA = weight of missile/impact area of missile V'log 10 1 V 2215,000---------------------
+=a T12KAV'--------------------
=
3.5-26MISSILE PROTECTION WATTS BARWBNP-110 T = wall thicknessThe results are given in Figures 3.5-8 and 3.5-9. According to C. V. Moore,[7] spalling on the inside face of a wall does not occur for penetrations less than two-thirds the wall thickness. Conservatism was assured by assuming nondeformable missiles in the penetration analysis using the modified Petry formula.None of the postulated missiles described in Section 3.5.1, internal or external, will impair the capability of the engineered safety features to shut down the reactor or to maintain the reactor in a safe shutdown mode indefinitely. For portions of the engineered safety features located within the containment structure, protection against missiles generated inside containment is accomplished with the basic approach of assuring design adequacy against generation of credible missiles rather than to allow missile formation and try to contain the subsequent effects. Further, valves are oriented so that the trajectory of missiles will not likely pass through openings in the crane wall and the valve bonnets and stems will not penetrate the containment shell should they strike it. For these same engineered safety features, protection against tornado-generated missiles is provided by the Shield Building. If one of the pressurizer heaters in the bottom of the pressurizer should become loose and become a jet-propelled missile, it would move downward and could strike the pressurizer surge line beneath the pressurizer. The line will not be perforated and will not jeopardize the capability to bring the nuclear facility to a safe shutdown.For those portions of the engineered safety features located outside the Shield Building and required for shutdown of the reactor and/or indefinite maintenance of the reactor in the safe shutdown mode, protection is provided against tornado-generated missiles. Protection is provided by locating these features within structures which have been designed to withstand damage by the spectrum of credible tornado-generated missiles.The postulated missiles inside the containment as defined in Tables 3.5-1, 3.5-2, 3.5-3, and 3.5-4 have been investigated to determine their penetration characteristics. Penetration depths, or minimum thickness to just perforate, have been calculated based upon three commonly used equations. They are:
(1)The Stanford Equation.
(2)The Ballistics Research Laboratory Equation.
(3)The Recht and Ipson Equation.The minimum thicknesses to just perforate a plate having the characteristics of SA-516-GR70 carbon steel represent the largest values obtained from the three above-mentioned equations. The worst case involves a penetration depth that is 45% of the actual containment thickness. Based upon the analysis, it is reasoned that none of the postulated missiles pose a threat to the integrity of the containment.
MISSILE PROTECTION 3.5-27WATTS BARWBNP-110Tornado missile impact loads, where required, were calculated based upon several applicable techniques. Impact loads for all missiles of Spectrum A (Table 3.5-7) except missile A3, the 4,000-pound automobile at 50 miles per hour, were determined by the relationships presented in Reference [9]. Missile A3 loads were based on actual test results and analysis technique. Time histories of decelerations were obtained from the National Highway Safety Bureau for automobile crash tests early in a crash safety program. Their time histories were converted to shock spectra by the usual methods and dynamic load factors were plotted against period of structures or elements of structures. An envelope was then constructed envel oping all spectra.To determine the automobile impact load on a structure or element of a structure, the natural period of the item was determined and the appropriate loading obtained from the shock spectra. This technique yields the maximum load irrespective of time.Values obtained from this technique have been corroborated with subsequent reports by the National Highway Safety Bureau. In Reference [5], time histories of forces are presented for several automobile crash tests which are closely confirmatory. The impact loads obtained by the previously described methods were then applied to the structures and the structures were analyzed for the effect of the loads by conventional analytical methods. Impact loads from the missiles of Spectrum C (Table 3.5-9) were calculated using the procedures of Reference [8]. See Section 3.5.1.4 for a discussion of structures designed for Spectrum C.The structural steel grillage roof system for the Intake Pumping Station was designed for impact from the tornado missiles listed in FSAR Table 3.5-9. The EPRI testing results (Reference 21) were used to determine the possible maximum impact force for the steel grillage roof system.The force-time history of the end impact loading was further refined to account for the stiffness of the missile and the target. The impulse-momentum principle (Reference 22 and 23) was used to analyze the midspan and end impacts. For the midspan impact, the response of the elastic-plastic single-degree system was considered along with a maximum ductility of = 20 for bending deformation (Reference 8).Tornado missile protection for all safety-related buried piping is provided by one of the four protective schemes described below.
(1)10 feet of compacted fine-grained soil.
(2)7 feet of compacted crushed stone.
(3)18 inches of conventional unreinforced concrete.
(4)18 inches of roller-compacted unreinforced concrete.In each scheme, a 12-inch cushion of either compacted sand or fine-grained earthfill is required over the top of the pipe.
3.5-28MISSILE PROTECTION WATTS BARWBNP-110The acceptability of each scheme has been verified by a full-scale test program
[16] in which missiles from the NRC spectrum were dropped from a helicopter into test pits of crushed stone or earthfill and onto concrete slabs. The missiles used in the testing were: (1.a)1,500-pound utility pole, (2.a)12-inch diameter schedule 40 steel pipe, (3.a)1-inch diameter steel rod, (4.a)3-inch diameter schedule 40 steel pipe, and (5.a)6-inch diameter schedule 40 steel pipe.Of these missiles, the 12-inch pipe and utility pole caused the greatest penetration depths. Impact velocities of 200-215 ft/s were achieved for both the utility pole and 12-inch pipe which equals or exceeds the design velocities for those missiles as listed in Tables 3.5-7 and 3.5-9. The protective thicknesses listed above are based on the maximum thicknesses observed in the test program and are, therefore, conservatively chosen.It is concluded that the missile protection criteria to which the plant has been analyzed and protected against comply with Criteria 2 and 4 of 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, General Design Criteria for Nuclear Power Plants.
3.5.3.1 Additional Diesel Generator Building (And Other Category I Structures Added After July 1979)The openings in the walls and roof for access, ventilation, air intakes, and exhaust discharge, are designed to withstand the effects from the tornado missiles listed in Spectrum D of Table 3.5-17. The 480V auxiliary board room (ABR) ventilation air intake vent is the only primary safety-related equipment located outside the Additional Diesel Generator Building not protected against tornado missiles. The roof opening for the ABR vent is protected against tornado missile entry by a missile shield installed inside the roof structure. In-lieu of protecting the ABR vent from tornado missiles, operator actions are specified in the event of a tornado warning to restore ventilation cooling to the ABR. Overall structural response evaluation of concrete barriers to tornado missile impact was performed using the general requirements of Appendix C, ACI 349-76, "Code Requirements For Nuclear Safety-Related Concrete Structures." Minimum concrete thickness required to resist penetration, perforation or backface scabbing from these tornado missiles are given in Table 3.5-18.REFERENCES (1)Burnell, J., 'The Flow of Boiling Water Through Nozzles, Orifices, and Pipes.' The Institute of Engineers, Australia, March 1946.
MISSILE PROTECTION 3.5-29WATTS BARWBNP-110 (2)Bush, Spencer H., 'Probability of Damage to Nuclear Components Due to Turbine Failures.' Nuclear Safety Magazine, Volume 14, No. 3, May-June 1973, pages 187-201.
(3)Proctor, L. D. 'Gallatin Turbine Disintegration Study,' TVA Document No. TI-275-4 RO, October 9, 1974.
(4)Semendares, S. N., 'Topical Report-Methods of Determining the Probability of a Turbine Missile Hitting a Particular Plant Region,' WCAP-7861, February 1972.(5)DeLeys, Norman J., et al., 'Full Scale Crash Tests of Rigid Simulated Heavy Vehicle Underride Guard,' Cornell Aeronautical Laboratory, Inc., Buffalo, New York, March 1970. Report prepared for Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, National Highway Safety Bureau, Washington, DC.
(6)Amirikan, A., 'Design of Protective Structures,' NP-3726, Bureau of Yards and Docks, Department of the Navy, Washington, DC, August 1950.
(7)Moore, C. V., 'The Design and Barricades for Hazardous Pressure Systems,' Nuclear Engineering and Design, Vol. 5, 1967, pp. 85-86.
(8)Design of Structures for Missile Impact', BC-TOP-9A, Revision 2 Topical Report, Bechtel Power Corporation, San Francisco, California, September 1974.
(9)Westinghouse Systems Standard Design Criteria, "Protection Criteria Against Dynamic Effects Resulting from Pipe Rupture" (Identification No. 1.19).(10)Bush, S.H., "Probability of Damage to Nuclear Components Due to Turbine Failure." CONF-730304, Topical Meeting on Water Reactor Safety, Salt Lake City, Utah, March 26-28, 1973, pp.84-104.
(11)Letter from Mr. Herbert N. Berkow, NRC Director, to Mr. Stan Dembkoski, SWPC Director, dated March 30, 2004,
Subject:
Final Safety Evaluation Regarding Referencing the Siemens Technical Report No. CT-27332, Revision 2, "Missile Probability Analysis for the Siemens 13.9m2 Retrofit Design of Low-Pressure Turbines by Siemens AG", TAC No. MB7964.
(12)Topical Report TP-04124-NP-A: "Missile Probability Analysis for the Siemens 13.9m2 Retrofit Design of Low-Pressure Turbine by Siemens AG", Submitted to the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, For Public Record, June 7, 2004, Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation.Note: Topical Report TP-04108-P-A: "Missile Probability Analysis for the Siemens 13.9m2 Retrofit Design of Low-Pressure Turbine by Siemens AG",
Submitted to the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Not For Public Record, 3.5-30MISSILE PROTECTION WATTS BARWBNP-110June 7, 2004, Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. This is the proprietary version of the same report referenced above.
(13)CT-27467, Missile Report, TVA Watts Bar 2, BB281-13.9m2, October 6, 2009, Siemens Energy, Inc.
(14)Calculation TI-858, "Probability of Unacceptable Damage to the Diesel Generator Building from Turbine Missiles." (15)Calculation TI-521, "Probability for Turbine Missile Strike Damage at Watts Bar Nuclear Plant." (16)CEB Report CEB-81-20, "Testing of Protective Cover for Essential Buried Structures." (17)U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission NUREG-0800, "Standard Review Plan," Section 3.5.1.6.III.2.
(18)WCAP-16501-P, Revision 0, "Extension of Turbine Valve Test Frequency Up to 6 Months for BB-296 Siemens Power Generation (Westinghouse)
Turbines with Steam Chests", February 2006, Westinghouse Electric Company, LLC, Westinghouse Proprietary Class 2.
(19)Technical Instruction TI-227, "Turbine Integrity Program with Turbine Overspeed Protection (TIPTOP)", Revision 3, October 24, 2008, TVA Watts Bar Nuclear Plant.
(20)EC-02262, "Missile Generation Risk Assessment for Original and Retrofit Nuclear HP Rotors", December 17, 2002, Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation.
(21)Stephenson, A. E., and G. E. Sliter, "Full-Scale Tornado-Missile Impact Tests," Electric Power Research Institute Final Report, EPRI NP-440, July 1977.(22)Civil Design Guide DG-C1.5.7, Rev.1, "Design of Slabs for Missile Impact."
(23)Topical Report TVA-TR78-4, "Design of Structures to Resist Missile Impact,"
TVA Office of Engineering Design and Construction (B41 851204 002).
MISSILE PROTECTION 3.5-31WATTS BARWBNP-110Table 3.5-1 Summary of Postulated CRDM Missile AnalysisPOSTULATED MISSILESWEIGHT (5)(LB)THRUSTAREA (in 2)IMPACTAREA (in 2)IMPACT (1)VELOCITY(4)(Ft/SEC)KINETIC (1)ENERGY(Ft-Lbs)1. Mechanism Housing Plug 115.94 (2) 7.07450 34,6002. Drive Shaft Assembly136 2.41 2.41179 69,8003. Mechanism Housing (3) Plug And Drive Shaft Impacting On Same Missile
Shield Spot-----4. Drive Shaft Latched To Mechanism15002.41 11.04 34 26,400NOTES:(1) Velocities and kinetic energies for a distance of 4.389(ft) between top of CRDM Housing and Missile Shield.(2) Flow discharge area (equal to thrust area-no expansion of jet assumed).
(3) Assume drive shaft further pushes housing plug into shield.
(4) For the calculational methods, see Appendix 3.5A.
(5) Dry Weight 3.5-32MISSILE PROTECTION WATTS BARWBNP-110Table 3.5-2 Typical Postulated Valve Missile CharacteristicsMissile DescriptionWeight (lb) FlowDischarge Area (in 2)Thrust Area (in 2)Impact Area (in 2)Weight toImpact AreaRatio (psi)Terminal (1)velocity (fps) Safety Relief Valve Bonnet (3" x 6" or 6" x 6")3502.86 802414.5 1103 Inch Motor Operated Isolation Valve Bonnet (plus motor and stem) (3")4005.5 1132814.1 1352 Inch Air Operated Relief Valve Bonnet (plus stem) 751.8 2020 3.751153 Inch Air Operated Spray Valve Bonnet (plus stem)1205.5 5050 2.4 1904 Inch Air Operated Spray Valve2009.3 5050 4 190NOTES:1. For the calculational methods, see Appendix 3.5A MISSILE PROTECTION 3.5-33WATTS BARWBNP-110NOTES: 1. For the calculational methods, see Appendix 3.5ATable 3.5-3 Postulated Piping Temperature Element Assembly Missile Characteristics1.For a tear around the weld between the boss and the pipe:CharacteristicsFlow Discharge Area Thrust Area Missile Weight Area of Impact"without well"0.11 in 2 7.1 in 211.0 lb 3.14 in 2"with well" 0.60 in 2 9.6 in 215.2 lb 3.14 in 23.5 psi4.84 psiVelocity (1)20 ft/sec120 ft/sec2.For a tear at the junction between the temperature element assembly and the boss for the "without well" element and at the junction between the boss and the well for the "with well" element.CharacteristicsFlow Discharge Area Thrust Area Missile Weight Area of Impact"without well"0.11 in 23.14 in 2 4.0 lb 3.14 in 2"with well" 0.60 in 23.14 in 2 6.1 lb 3.14 in 21.27 psi1.94 psiVelocity 75 ft/sec120 ft/secMissileWeight ImpactArea----------------------------------------
-MissileWeight ImpactArea----------------------------------------
-
3.5-34MISSILE PROTECTION WATTS BARWBNP-110Table 3.5-4 Characteristics of Other Missiles Postulated Within Reactor Containment Reactor CoolantPump Temperature Element InstrumentWell ofPressurizerPressurizer Heaters WeightDischarge Area Thrust Area Impact Area0.25 lb 0.50 in 20.50 in 20.50 in 2 5.5 lb 0.442 in 21.35 in 2 1.35 in 2 15 lb 0.80 in 2 2.4 in 2 2.4 in 20.5 psi4.1 psi6.25 psiVelocity (1)260 ft/sec100 ft/sec55 ft/secNOTES:1. For the calculational procedures, see Appendix 3.5AMissileWeight ImpactArea----------------------------------------
-
MISSILE PROTECTION 3.5-35WATTS BARWBNP-110Table 3.5-5 Deleted by Amendment 71; See Section 10.2.3.1 3.5-36MISSILE PROTECTION WATTS BARWBNP-110Table 3.5-6 Tabulated Calculation of the Probability of Event H - The Receipt of Unacceptable DamageNUCLEAR PLANT TURBINESSTEAM PLANT TURBINESEventRated Speed MissilesOverspeedRated Speed MissilesOverspeed250 fps + 10%350 fps + 10%550 fps + 10%310 fps + 10%500 fps + 10%865 fps + 10%CenterEndCenterEndCenterEndCenterEndCenterEndCenterEndA7X10-5 7X10-5 7X10-5 7X10-5 7X10-57X10-5 1X10-4 1X10-4 1X10-4 1X10-41X10-41X10-4B0.40.40.40.40.20.20.40.40.40.40.20.2C0.70.70.70.71.01.00.70.70.70.71.01.0D0.90.10.90.10.90.10.90.10.90.10.90.1E-0.5-0.5-0.5-0.5-0.5-0.5F6.72X10-37.89X10-3 3.42X10-32.81X10-37.67X10-48.79X10-402.91X10-508.77X10-43.32X10-62.23X10-4G0.50.51.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.0Subtotal5.93x10
-83.86x10-96.04x10-82.75x10-99.66x10-96.15x10-1004.07x10-1101.23x10-95.98x10-112.23x10-10Subtotal1.37x10
-71.49x10-9H(2 1800 rpm Turbines)x(1.37x10
-7)+(4 3600 rpm Turbines)x(1.49x10
-9) = 2.79x10
-7 events per year MISSILE PROTECTION 3.5-37WATTS BARWBNP-110Table 3.5-7 Tornado Missile Spectrum A for Category I Structures(1)Design VelocityMissile(2) DescriptionExterior System ft/s (mi/h) Roof Wall ft/s (mi/h)A1Wood plank, 2 in. x 4 in. x 12-ft long, weight 27 lbs 440 (300) --A2Cross tie, 7 in. x 9 in. x 8.5 ft long, weight 186 lbs 440 (300)--A3Automobile, weight 4000 lbs, up to 25 ft above grade at structure 73 (50)--A4Steel pipe, 2-in. diameter, 7-ft long, weight 26 lbs147 (100)--A5Steel rod, 1-in. diameter x 3-ft long, weight 8 lbs210 (143) 168 (115)A6Utility pole, 13.5 in. diameter x 35-ft long, weight 1490 lbs, up to 30 feet above grade200 (136) 160 (109)
Notes:(1) See Section 3.5.1.4.
(2) Missiles A1 through A4 were considered in original design. Missiles A5 and A6 were based on the structural adequacy of as-designed structures.
3.5-38MISSILE PROTECTION WATTS BARWBNP-110Table 3.5-8 Tornado Missile Spectrum B Diesel Generator Building Equipment Doors (1)MissileDescriptionDesign Velocity ft/sec (mph) B1100-lb missile with 4-in. diameter for impact area147 (100)
B210-ft length of 2 in. standard pipe impact endwise (weight = 36.5 lbs.)147 (100)
B310-ft length of 1/2-in. standard pipe impacting endwise (weight 8.5 lbs.)147 (100)B4Wood plank, 2 in. x 4 in. x 12 ft long, weight 27 lbs.440 (300)
B5Cross tie, 7 in. x 9 in. x 8.5 ft long, weight 186 lbs.440 (300)
B6Steel pipe, 2-in. diameter by 7 ft long, weight 26 lbs.147 (100)Missiles B1, B2, and B3 were considered in the design of the equipment doors. Additional protection is provided for missiles B4, B5, and B6.
Note:1. See Section 3.5.1.4.
MISSILE PROTECTION 3.5-39WATTS BARWBNP-110Table 3.5-9 Tornado Missile Spectrum C for Category I Structures(1) Design VelocityExterior Roof Wall System ft/s (mi/h) ft/s (mi/h)C1Wood plank, 4 in. x 12 in. x 12 ft., weight 200 lbs.368 (251)294 (200)
C2Steel pipe, 3-in. diameter, 10-ft long, weight 78 lbs268 (183)215 (147)
C3Steel rod, 1-in. diameter, 3-ft long, weight 8 lbs259 (177)207 (141)
C4Steel pipe, 6-in. diameter, 15-ft long, weight 285 lbs230 (157)184 (125)
C5Steel pipe, 12-in. diameter, 15-ft long, weight 743 lbs205 (140)165 (112)C6Utility Pole, 13-1/2-in. diameter, 35-ft long, weight 1490 lbs. 241 (164) 205 (140) C7Automobile, frontal area 20 ft 2, 4000 lbs, up to 30 ft above grade100 (70) 80 (56) NOTE:(1) See Section 3.5.1.4.
3.5-40MISSILE PROTECTION WATTS BARWBNP-110Table 3.5-10 Tabulation of the Probability of Receipt of Unacceptable Damage - Per Critical StructureRated Speed MissilesOverspeed Missiles250fps + 10%350 fps +10% 550 fps + 10% Structure Center End CenterEnd Center EndReactor Building #12.28 x 10
-8 1.35 x 10
-9 3.13 x 10
-87.04 x 10-102.87 x 10-9 7.59 x 10-11Reactor Building #22.38 x 10
-8 1.49 x 10
-9 2.88 x 10
-86.35 x 10-102.67 x 10-9 5.78 x 10-11Control Room2.59 x 10
-8 5.61 x 10-108.82 x 10-92.04 x 10-102.55 x 10-9 5.85 x 10-11Spent Fuel Pool6.17 x 10
-101.88 x 10-103.34 x 10-97.72 x 10-113.18 x 10-10 7.46 x 10-12Valve Room 1A2.36 x 10 9 6.96 x 10-111.95 x 10-94.78 x 10-111.96 x 10-10 4.40 x 10-12Valve Room 1B4.22 x 10
-101.48 x 10-102.90 x 10-96.70 x 10-112.72 x 10-107.11 x 10-12Valve Room 2A2.61 x 10
-9 5.72 x 10-111.50 x 10-93.14 x 10-111.32 x 10-10 3.25 x 10-12Valve Room 2B5.72 x 10
-101.72 x 10-103.88 x 10-99.86 x 10-112.55 x 10-10 5.85 x 10-12ERCW Conduit Run3.95 x 10
-8 3.58 x 10
-9 3.56 x 10
-83.57 x 10-9 9.02 x 10
-9 1.00 x 10
-9 Diesel Generator Bldg01.14 x 10-102.55 x 10-97.03 x 10-111.03 x 10-9 1.15 x 10-11TOTALS1.19 x 10
-77.73 x 10-91.21 x 10-75.51 x 10-9 1.93 x 10
-8 1.23 x 10
-9 MISSILE PROTECTION 3.5-41WATTS BARWBNP-110Table 3.5-11 Deleted by Amendment 95 3.5-42MISSILE PROTECTION WATTS BARWBNP-110Table 3.5-12 Deleted by Amendment 95 MISSILE PROTECTION 3.5-43WATTS BARWBNP-110Table 3.5-13 Deleted by Amenedment 95 3.5-44MISSILE PROTECTION WATTS BARWBNP-110Table 3.5-14 Outdoor Safety-Related Features (1) (Including Air Intakes and Exhausts) (Sheet 1 of 2)FeatureFSARFigureTornado Protection1.ERCW pumps, traveling screens, and ancillary features located on the deck of the intake pumping station.3.8.4-50Steel grillage roof system consisting of a series of wide flange beams (W21 x 49) spaced 9 inches on center and rotated 45 degrees. Walls of 15 inch reinforced concrete.2.ERCW Standpipes2.5-225Reinforced concrete enclosure (15-inch clear cover) 3.ERCW Overflow Box3.8.4-46aReinforced concrete cover (2-feet thickness)4.ERCW yard piping9.2-40Buried with one of the following minimum covers: 18 inches of concrete, 7 feet of crushed stone, or 11 feet of earthfill.5.RWST3.8.4-353-1/2 feet high concrete wall with earth backfill surrounding tank to preserve necessary volume of water6.Pipe tunnels3.8.4-35Buried reinforced concrete cover (2-feet thickness) 7.Diesel generator ventilation intakes and exhausts3.8.4-26Reinforced concrete canopy (1-foot thickness)8.Diesel generator engine combustion air exhausts3.8.4-26Reinforced concrete curb, 3 feet high and 18 inches thick around the exhaust9.Diesel generator electric board room air intakes (4 total)3.8.4-26Steel canopy with barrier protection (steel frame with 1 inch cover plate).10.480V transformer room, ventilation intakes and exhausts1.2-1Suspended steel grating (2-1/2 inch x 3/8 inch main bars and 1/2 in diameter connecting bars).11.Vital battery room exhausts1.2-1Same as for Item 10 except the fifth Vital Battery Room is same as Item 9.12.480V board room condensing unit air intake and exhaust (train A)1.2-1Reinforced concrete roof parapet (a minimum of 12 inches thick and 3 feet high)13.480V board room condensing unit air intake (train B)1.2-1Reinforced concrete canopy (18 inches thick)NOTE:(1)This tabulation consists of these outdoor features which are safety-related in the event of a tornado and as defined in Branch Technical Position ASB3-2 of the Standard Review Plan for Section 3.5.1-4 "Missiles Generated by Natural Phenomena."
MISSILE PROTECTION 3.5-45WATTS BARWBNP-11014.480V board room condensing unit air exhaust (train B)1.2-1On roof of mechanical equipment rooms.15.Class 1E duct banks and manholes3.8.4-37Buried with concrete protection (9 inch clear concrete cover for conduits; 12 inches total concrete thickness of manholes).16.Fuel oil 7-day tank vent line (portion above roof)3.8.4-26Encased in reinforced concrete.
17.IPS El. 728' terrace roof openings which expose Cat. I electrical cable trays3.8.4-50Steel grating 4'-10" x 4' -10" Borden type C Style 18 size C A36, structural steel shroud (3/4" thickness), 18" thick precast concrete panels.18.DGB & ADGB fuel oil 1-day tank vent lines (portions protruding from exterior walls)3.8.4-27Steel plate shrouds (2" cover plate thickness)19.Vacuum Relief Ducts in Aux. Bldg. Roof, Units 1&21.2-1Steel plate canopy (1/2" thickness) over existing duct opening20.Diesel Generator Bldg. roof access hatches (two)3.8.4-26Structural steel plate shrouds under DGB roof. Steel plate thicknes s varies from 1/4" to 1/2", as required21.Emergency Pressurizer Fan opening on Cont. Bldg. roof, column lines C10-C11 & n-q 1.2-1Steel plate canopy (1/2" min. thick.) over opening22.Toilet and locker room exhaust fan opening on Cont. Bldg. roof, column lines C2-C3 & n-q1.2-1Steel plate canopy (1/2" min. thick.) over opening23.Battery room exhaust vent in Cont. Bldg. roof, column lines C3-C4 & n-q 1.2-1Steel plate canopy (1/2" min. thick.) over openingTable 3.5-14 Outdoor Safety-Related Features (1) (Including Air Intakes and Exhausts) (Sheet 2 of 2)FeatureFSARFigureTornado Protection 3.5-46MISSILE PROTECTION WATTS BARWBNP-110Table 3.5-15 Deleted by Amendment 95 MISSILE PROTECTION 3.5-47WATTS BARWBNP-110Table 3.5-16 Deleted by Amendment 95 3.5-48MISSILE PROTECTION WATTS BARWBNP-110 Notes:(1) For Additional Diesel Generator Building and additional Category I structures after July 1979(2) Vertical velocities of 70% of the postulated horizontal velocities are acceptable except for the 1 inch steel rod which shall have a vertical velocity equal to its horizontal velocity (167 ft/sec).
These missiles are capable of striking in any horizontal or downward direction and at all elevations.Table 3.5-17 Tornado Missile Spectrum D(1)MissileDescriptionWeight (lb)
CrossSectionLength (ft)HorizontalVelocity (2) (ft/sec) Wooden Plank 1154" x 12"12272 Steel Rod 91" dia 3167 6" Schedule 40 Pipe 2876" dia15171 12" Schedule 40 Pipe 74312" dia15154 Utility Pole112413-1/2" dia35180 Automobile40006.5' x 4.3'16.5194 MISSILE PROTECTION 3.5-49WATTS BARWBNP-110 Note:(1) For the Additional Diesel Generator Building and additional Category I structures added after July 1979.Table 3.5-18 Minimum Wall and Roof Thickness RequirementsTo Resist the Effects of Tornado Missile Impact (1)Tornado Intensity Region 28-DayConcreteStrength (PSI) Wall Thickness (Inches) RoofThickness (Inches) Region I3000231840002016 50001814 3.5-50MISSILE PROTECTION WATTS BARWBNP-110THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK MISSILE PROTECTION3.5-51WATTS BARWBNP-110Figure 3.5-1 Ice Condenser Lower Inlet Door Opening, Typical Missile Trajectory Orientation
MISSILE PROTECTION3.5-52WATTS BARWBNP-110Figure 3.5-2 Physical Dimensions of Important Potential Turbine Missiles MISSILE PROTECTION3.5-53WATTS BARWBNP-110Security-Related Information - Withheld Under 10CFR2.390Figure 3.5-3 Turbine Generator Locations MISSILE PROTECTION3.5-54WATTS BARWBNP-110Security-Related Information - Withheld Under 10CFR2.390Figure 3.5-4 Watts Bar Nuclear Plant Layout MISSILE PROTECTION3.5-55WATTS BARWBNP-110Figure 3.5-5 Cross-Sectional Analysis of Susceptibility of CriticalComponents to Upward Turbine Missile Trajectories MISSILE PROTECTION3.5-56WATTS BARWBNP-110Figure 3.5-6 Comparison of Missile Formulas (6-in Cylindrical Missile)
MISSILE PROTECTION3.5-57WATTS BARWBNP-110Figure 3.5-7 Comparison of Missile Formulas (l6-in Cylindrical Missile)
MISSILE PROTECTION3.5-58WATTS BARWBNP-110Figure 3.5-8 Depth of Missile Penetration for Tornado (2-in Diameter Pipe)
MISSILE PROTECTION3.5-59WATTS BARWBNP-110Figure 3.5-9 Depth of Missile Penetration for Tornado (2X4)
MISSILE PROTECTION3.5-60WATTS BARWBNP-110Figure 3.5-10 LP Disc Missiles MISSILE PROTECTION3.5-61WATTS BARWBNP-110Figure 3.5-11 LP Cylinder & Blade Ring Fragments MISSILE PROTECTION3.5-62WATTS BARWBNP-110THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK ESTIMATES OF VELOCITIES OF JET PROPELLED MISSILES 3.5A-1WATTS BARWBNP-110 3.5A ESTIMATES OF VELOCITI ES OF JET PROPELLED MISSILESA. Jet Stream RelationsFor steady flow, assuming bulk properties across a cross section of a "free jet," the following conservation relations hold between the orifice and any downstream position.Continuity in axial direction:From conservation of axial momentum:Where,W = mass discharge rate A = area of jet stream
V z = axial fluid velocityP = fluid pressure
G = mass flux rate
= fluid density T j = total jet thrust W*G o A oGAPVA z===(1)T j P o A o W*g-----+V o PA=W*g-----V z P o G o V o g--------------
+A o=+=(2)G o0.612 gP r P o-=
3.5A-2ESTIMATES OF VELOCITIES OF JET PROPELLED MISSILES WATTS BARWBNP-110 P o = orifice pressure P r = reservoir pressureSubscript o refers to orifice conditions.
These relations indicate that mass flow rate and axial jet force are constant at any downstream plane even though pressure, area, density, and fluid velocity change from one downstream position to another.B. Missile AccelerationAssuming that fluid impinging on missile imparts all of its axial momentum to the missile and splashes radially out of the stream, the force balance on the missile is:(3) Where,f(z) = represents the fraction of the jet impinging W = missile weight
V m = missile velocityFor no expansion of jet, f(z) = 1, A = A o (A m A o is assumed)
V o 2 gP r P o-------------------------------
W g-----dV m dt------------fzP G g----V z V m-+A 3
ESTIMATES OF VELOCITIES OF JET PROPELLED MISSILES 3.5A-3WATTS BARWBNP-110C. Effect on Jet Radial ExpansionFor the general case, the missile would not receive the full thrust of the jet throughout its travel, and an estimate of f(z) with downstream distance is needed. For a first approximation, it is assumed that the jet expands with a constant half angle and that the thrust fraction, f(z), impinging on the missile is:Where, A(z)= (R o + Z tan )2 fz1=for A m Az fzA m Az=for A m Az 3.5A-4ESTIMATES OF VELOCITIES OF JET PROPELLED MISSILES WATTS BARWBNP-110THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK009_TVA_WB_FSAR_Section_3_A.book